TMCI ELECTRONICS INC
10-K, 1998-04-01
SHEET METAL WORK
Previous: FIRST TRUST SPECIAL SITUATIONS TRUST SER 144, 485BPOS, 1998-04-01
Next: GLENBROOK LIFE AIM VARIABLE LIFE SEPARATE ACCOUNT A, NSAR-U, 1998-04-01



                   U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
                            Washington, D.C. 20549
                                Form 10-K

(Mark One)
           [x] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [Fee Required]
                 For the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1997 
           [ ]  TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                  SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [No Fee Required]
                 For the transition period from                       to
                      Commission file number 0-27510

                           TMCI Electronics, Inc.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

            Delaware                           77-0413814
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                    1875 Dobbins Drive,  San Jose CA 95133 (Address of principal
executive  offices)  (Zip Code)  Registrant's  telephone  number (408)  272-5700
Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

         Title of each class         Name of each exchange on which registered






Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

                                     Units
                                    (Title of Class)

                                 Common Stock
                                    (Title of Class)

                               Class A Warrants
                                    (Title of class)

      Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  has (1) has  filed all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange Act during
the past 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the registrant was required
to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. Yes |_| No |X|

      Indicate by check mark if disclosure  of delinquent  filers in response to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained in this form,  and  disclosure  will
not be contained,  to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information  statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. |_|

      State the  aggregate  market value of voting and non voting  common equity
held by non affiliates of the  Registrant.  The aggregate  market value shall be
computed by reference to the price at which the common  equity was sold,  or the
average of the bid and asked price of such common equity, as of a date specified
within 60 days prior to the date of the filing (See  definition  of affiliate in
Rule 405 17 C.F.R. 405): $16,898,604.28 as of March 16, 1998.

Note: If a determination of whether a person or entity is an affiliate cannot be
made without  unreasonable effort or expense,  the aggregate market value of the
common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  may  be  calculated  on the  basis  of
reasonable assumptions under the circumstances provided that the assumptions are
set forth in this Form.

                        (ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY
                    PROCEEDING DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

      Indicate by check mark whether the  registrant has filed all documents and
reports  required  to be  filed by  Section  12,  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the  distribution of securities  under a plan
confirmed by a court. Yes |_| No |_|

                  (APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS)

      State the number of shares  outstanding of each issuer's classes of common
equity, as of the latest practicable date. 4,057,758 as of March 16, 1998.

                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
   None



<PAGE>




   PART I

      This Form 10-K contains  forward-looking  statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Actual  results and the timing of
certain   events  could   differ   materially   from  those   projected  in  the
forward-looking  statements as a result of difficulties in product  development,
sales,  competition,  changes in the economy and other unforeseen events. In the
event that this annual report is used in  connection  with an investment in TMCI
Electronics,   Inc.,   prospective   investors  should  carefully  consider  the
possibility  that   forward-looking   statements  discussed  herein  may  differ
materially from the actual operating results.

   Item 1.  Business

   Overview, Formation, and Acquisitions

    TMCI  Electronics,   Inc.   ("TMCI")   provides  custom   manufacturing  and
value-added  services to original equipment  manufacturers  ("OEMs") through its
four  subsidiaries:   Touche  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc.  ("Touche"),  Touche
Electronics,  Inc.,  ("TEI"),  Enterprise  Industries,  Inc. ("EII") and Trinity
Electronics,  Inc.  ("Trinity,"  collectively,  with  Touche,  TEI and EII,  the
"Subsidiaries" and the Subsidiaries, collectively with TMCI, the "Company"). The
customers of the Company are concentrated into four (4) different segments:  (1)
mini  and   mainframe   computers;   (2)   telecommunications   equipment;   (3)
semiconductor  manufacturing test equipment; and (4) medical test equipment. The
Company  manufactures   products  pursuant  to  customer   specifications  after
receiving  orders  from  customers.  The principal  executive  offices of the 
Company are located in San Jose, California.

   TMCI was  incorporated  in the State of  Delaware on December 7, 1995 for the
purpose of  acquiring  the  businesses  of Touche and TEI in  anticipation  of a
public  offering.  Touche and TEI were  principally  owned by Rolando Loera, the
President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the TMCI.  TMCI  acquired all of the
issued  and  outstanding  shares of common  stock of Touche and TEI on March 11,
1996  from Mr.  Loera and all of the  minority  shareholders  of Touche  and TEI
pursuant to the terms of certain Stock  Purchase  Agreements  dated December 28,
1995 (the "Stock Purchase  Agreements").  Following the exchange of common stock
of Touche and TEI contemplated by the Stock Purchase  Agreements,  the Company's
business  became that of Touche and TEI.  The  Company now derives its  revenues
from the  operation of Touche and TEI and its other  wholly  owned  subsidiaries
described below.

      The  Company  actively  seeks to  enhance  its  growth  through  strategic
acquisitions  and has made three  acquisitions  following its formation.  Future
acquisitions, if any, will be made only if the Company can find candidates which
fit into its strategic goals and corporate structure.

     Pen  Interconnect,  Inc. On November 1, 1996, the Company and TEI purchased
the  net  assets  of  the  San  Jose  Division  of  Pen  Interconnect,  Inc.,  a
manufacturer of wire cable and harness assemblies, for a total purchase price of
three million  three hundred  thousand  dollars  ($3,300,000)  consisting of two
million dollars  ($2,000,000 ) in cash, nine hundred thousand dollars ($900,000)
in two promissory notes and fifty three thousand six hundred sixty nine (53,669)
shares of common  stock of TMCI  valued at $7.4532 per share  determined  as the
average of the last reported  sales price of the common stock of TMCI for the 20
trading days prior to November 1, 1996. In addition,  the Company  agreed to pay
an additional six hundred  thousand  dollars  ($600,000) in eighty thousand five
hundred three (80,503) shares of common stock of TMCI valued at $7.45 per share,
subject to the performance of the acquired division in accordance with the terms
of an earn out agreement.  Following the closing of the  transaction,  a dispute
arose  regarding  the value of  certain  inventory  which  resulted  in  certain
adjustments to the foregoing purchase price. See Item 3 Legal Proceedings.

      Enterprise Industries,  Inc. On January 24, 1997, the Company acquired all
of the issued and outstanding  shares of common stock of Enterprise  Industries,
Inc., a metal stamping and  manufacturing  company,  in exchange for one million
five hundred  thousand  dollars  ($1,500,000)  consisting of one million dollars
($1,000,000)  in cash and ninety six thousand five hundred sixty (96,560) shares
of common stock of TMCI valued at $5.18 per share  determined  as the average of
the  closing  prices  for TMCI  common  stock for the 10  trading  days prior to
January 1, 1997.

   Trinity Electronics, Inc. On December 22, 1997, Trinity Electronics,  Inc., a
distributor  of board level  electronic  component  parts,  merged with and into
TMCI/Trinity  Acquisition  Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of TMCI. The parties
negotiated  October 1, 1997 as the effective date for accounting  purposes.  The
sole  shareholder of Trinity received a total of four million two hundred ninety
thousand dollars ($4,290,000)  consisting of one million dollars ($1,000,000) in
cash,  one million two  hundred  ninety  thousand  dollars  ($1,290,000)  in two
promissory notes and four hundred four thousand five hundred  thirty-nine shares
(404,539)  of TMCI  common  stock  valued at $4.94 per share  determined  as the
average  closing price of common stock of TMCI for the ten trading days prior to
September  4, 1997.  The notes pay  interest in the amount of 9% per annum.  The
$290,000  note is due April 15, 1998.  The  $1,000,000  note was  personally
guaranteed by Rolando Loera, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, was due
March 9, 1998 and was paid without penalty.  The shares are being held in escrow
pursuant to the terms of an escrow agreement as security for the representations
of Trinity and its sole  shareholder  made in the merger agreement and are being
released from escrow in the amount of 25% one year  following  the closing,  25%
two years  following the closing,  35% three years following the closing and 15%
four years following the closing.  In connection  with this merger,  the Company
received  approximately  $3,583,000 in goodwill which is being amortized over 15
years. Following the merger, TMCI /Trinity Acquisition Corp. changed its name to
Trinity Electronics, Inc.


      Financial Information About Product Lines.
                                         1995           1996          1997
Sales to
Unaffiliated
Customers
                      Manufacturing   $18,952,842    $17,823,148   $23,264,194
                      Wire and Cable            0        866,334     9,173,355
                      Turnkey           9,146,077      7,450,346     5,607,052
                                     ===========================================
Total                                  28,098,919     26,139,828    38,044,601
Sales to
Affiliates
                      Manufacturing   $ 4,649,012     $3,712,554    $2,077,246
                      Wire and Cable            0              0     1,062,571
                      Turnkey                   0              0             0
                                     ===========================================
Total                                   4,649,012      3,712,554     3,139,817
Operating Profit
(loss)
                      Manufacturing
                                      $ 1,680,311     $451,988      $801,740
                      Wire and Cable            0      144,848       846,273
                      Turnkey              42,013      (71,886)      397,476
                                     ===========================================
Total                                   1,722,234      524,950     2,045,489
Identifiable
Assets
                      Manufacturing   $ 8,452,937   $8,914,649   $16,999,053
                      Turnkey           3,959,230    2,536,886     3,526,700
                      Cable                     0    4,030,092     6,933,093
                                     ===========================================
Total                                  12,412,167   15,481,627    27,458,846
                                                     

            Description of Business.
      .
                   General Market for Contract Manufacturing Services.

   The Company  focuses on selling  products and services to OEMs  interested in
utilizing  custom  manufacturers.  OEMs have been increasing their use of custom
manufacturers in order to reduce their investment and focus their resources.

   Reduce  Investment.   Advances  in  technology  of  electronic  products  and
increases  in unit  volumes  require  OEMs to invest  more  heavily in  internal
manufacturing  through  increased  working capital,  capital  equipment,  labor,
systems and  infrastructure.  Use of contract  manufacturers such as the Company
allows OEMs to maintain  advanced  manufacturing  capabilities  while minimizing
overall resource requirements.

   Focus  Resources.  With the increased  level of  competition  and the pace of
product change in the electronics industry,  use of contract  manufacturers such
as the Company enables OEMs to focus more sharply on their own core competencies
where they add the greatest value such as product development and marketing.


<PAGE>



         Target Market for the Company

   The  Company  provides  its custom  manufactured  products to a wide range of
companies   that   manufacture:   (1)  mini   and   mainframe   computers;   (2)
telecommunications  equipment; (3) semiconductor test equipment; and (4) medical
test equipment, primarily in the Silicon Valley area.

   Computer Systems. The Company's manufacturing and assembly businesses provide
a  full  complement  of  manufacturing   capabilities  for  mini  and  mainframe
computers.  As the  industry  is  being  reshaped  by  evolutionary  changes  in
semiconductor  design and memory  capacity,  OEMs are outsourcing  more of their
manufacturing  of their metal  cabinets  and  enclosures.  The  Company  focuses
primarily on commercial markets.

   Telecommunications  Equipment.  Based on the changing  conditions  within the
telecommunications   industry,   the   Company   believes   that  the  need  for
telecommunications  equipment  will continue to grow at an above average  annual
rate.  The Company  actively  markets itself to this industry and believes that,
with its present and future manufacturing and service  capabilities,  it is well
positioned  to service  this  growing  industry.  Marketing  activities  in this
segment are directly in line with the Company's  acquisition  of facilities  for
the production of specific types of wire and cable contained in products used by
the telecommunications equipment industry.

   Semiconductor Test Equipment.  The Company markets its product  manufacturing
and service  capabilities in the semiconductor  test equipment market areas. The
Company targets principally large and medium-sized  corporations that specialize
in the design and  development of scientific  measurement  and  production  test
devices that may be used by major  producers in the  semiconductor  industry who
design and  manufacture  wafers that produce  computer  chips and the like.  The
Company will continue to explore and expand new opportunities  with its customer
base and look to refine the  diversification  of its production  capabilities in
designing and manufacturing products used within this market segment.

   Medical  Test  Equipment.  The Company  markets its  manufacturing  and cable
harness  assembly  services to existing  and  prospective  OEMs of medical  test
equipment.  The  Company  targets  customers  with strong  track  records in the
design,  development  and  production of  sophisticated  medical  diagnostic and
analysis equipment, such as MRI equipment, which is used in hospital and medical
clinics  by  medical  doctors  to  assist  in their  diagnoses  of  serious  and
complicated  patient medical  problems.  The Company believes that this industry
will grow, offering increased opportunities to companies which are positioned to
provide  cost-effective  manufacturing  and value added  services at competitive
prices.


<PAGE>



         Operations of the Company

            Business Conducted by Subsidiaries

   The Company provides its  manufacturing  services through Touche and EII, its
turnkey  and cable and  harness  assembly  services  through  TEI with a limited
portion provided by Trinity, and its distribution services through Trinity.

Manufacturing.   The  manufacture  and  fabrication  of  custom-designed   metal
enclosures  cannot  be  homogenized  into a single  operation  or  manufacturing
approach for its entire  production line. With each custom order received from a
customer  comes a  different  list of  requirements  for  manufacturing  design,
process and finish. In addition,  the manufacturing  environment  allows for the
manufacture  of both  prototype and  production of the various types of customer
products. To support its manufacturing operations,  the Company maintains a wide
variety of  sophisticated  automated  machinery and shop equipment,  tools,  and
supplies.

   Touche  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc.  Touche  manufactures  custom  designed
fabricated  metal  cabinets and  enclosures  for OEMs to house  various types of
electronic  components.  As a  full  service  manufacturing  facility,  Touche's
engineering  and design  personnel work closely with each customer to design and
build an initial prototype of the specified cabinet or enclosure. Based upon the
development   of  the   prototype,   the  Company   develops  a  cost  effective
manufacturing  process.  Touche provides all of the  manufacturing  processes in
house, which includes metal shearing,  punching, bending and welding, as well as
machining,  detailing,  zinc  plating,  painting  and  final  assembly.  All raw
materials used to manufacture these products are readily available from numerous
suppliers  at  competitive  prices.  By  controlling  the various  manufacturing
processes in-house, Touche provides its customers with custom manufactured metal
cabinets or enclosures in a timely and  cost-effective  manner,  giving Touche a
competitive advantage over other manufacturers that have to sub-contract for one
or more of the various  manufacturing  processes.  Approximately 75% of Touche's
manufacturing  is performed  on a volume production basis for metal  cabinets or
enclosures,  while the  remaining 25% is in  developing  prototype  products for
future use by its customers.

   Enterprise Industries, Inc. EII provides production metal stamping, precision
machining and electrical discharge  manufacturing  services to OEMs. Because EII
has tool and die capability,  use of its services generally requires a higher up
front costs for the production of the tools with correspondingly  lower per unit
production  costs than the  processes  used by Touche.  EII services  clients in
automotive,  furniture,  hardware, audio components, and aerospace industries in
addition to servicing clients in the core industries serviced by the Company and
is focusing its marketing efforts on the target market of the Company. Recently,
EII moved from a 25,000 square foot facility into a 126,000 square foot facility
to accommodate anticipated growth.

      Cable and Harness Assembly.

   Touche  Electronics,  Inc.  In late  1992,  a number  of  Touche's  customers
expressed an interest in identifying methods of reducing their own manufacturing
costs. Accordingly,  Touche examined its existing manufacturing capabilities and
considered  other types of services  that could be offered to its  customers  in
conjunction with its manufacturing of custom designed  fabricated metal cabinets
and  enclosures.  In early 1993, TEI was formed as a sister company to Touche to
provide value added services. In November,  1996, TEI assumed responsibility for
operating  acquired  assets of the San Jose Division of Pen  Interconnect,  Inc.
Accordingly, TEI currently operates two divisions.

   Turnkey  Division.  TEI  provides  value  added  turnkey  services to many of
Touche's OEM customers.  These services are primarily the  installation of cable
and harness  assemblies  into the products  manufactured by Touche and also into
enclosure products  manufactured by other custom  manufacturers and OEMs that do
not have the in-house  capability to provide such  services.  In 1996, TEI added
clean room  assembly at the request of its  customers as part of its strategy to
expand its value added services.  All of TEI's value-added  turnkey services are
provided pursuant to contracts or purchase orders with its customers.

   Cable and Harness  Division.  To obtain  better prices for the  cable and
harness material installed by the Turnkey Division,  TEI acquired the net assets
(accounts  receivable,  inventory  and capital  equipment) of the San Jose based
division of Pen  Interconnect,  Inc. The acquired  division  produces  different
types of wire cable and harnesses  installed by TEI and other companies in metal
cabinets and enclosures.  The cable and harness division both produces cable for
use by TEI in the Turnkey  Division  and sells cable to OEMs and other  contract
manufacturers.

      Distribution

   Trinity  Electronics,   Inc.  Trinity  is  primarily  a  passive  electronics
distributor of board level electronic components including capacitors, 
resistors, board to board  interconnects,  back plane  interconnects and D-subs 
to OEMs and contract manufacturers.  Trinity primarily sells to instrumentation 
industry accounts.  Trinity provides  just-in-time,  bin  stocking,  and KanBan
inventory  services  to its distribution customers. In addition, Trinity 
provides cable assembly services to its customers at competitive prices using 
franchise lines for assemblies.  Sales of electronic  parts to OEMs are  
approximately  55% of the revenues of Trinity. Sales  of  assembled  cable  both
to  OEMs  and  contract   manufacturers   are approximately  30% of the  
revenues of  Trinity.  Sales of  electronic  parts to contract  manufacturers  
are  approximately  15% of the revenues of Trinity.  In addition to  revenues  
generated  from the  operations  of Trinity,  the Company expects to see 
additional  benefits through better pricing on connectors used by
the cable and harness  division of TEI and  introductions  to OEM  customers  of
Trinity that may be interested in utilizing the contract  manufacturing services
of the Company.

   New Product Service Lines of Business

   In 1996,  TEI added clean room assembly  internally as well as cable and 
harness  assembly  through  its  acquisition  of the San  Jose  Division  of Pen
Interconnect, Inc.

   In 1997, the Company added metal stamping and tool and die capability through
its  acquisition  of EII as well  as  distribution  of  board  level  electronic
components through the acquisition of Trinity.


      Marketing and Sales

   The  marketing  strategy  of the  Company  focuses  on  developing  long-term
relationships  with OEMs in its target market of  computers,  telecommunications
equipment,  semiconductor test equipment and medical test equipment. The Company
intends to focus its marketing  efforts on a greater number of  manufacturers of
telecommunications  equipment,  provided, however, that the marketing efforts of
the  Company  will  continue  to reflect the  evolution  of OEMs from  different
segments of the technology industry to use contract manufacturers.

   Touche  and TEI will  continue  to focus and  concentrate  on major  existing
customers and to pursue new business from other potential  customers in evolving
segments of its core industry focus. EII will focus its efforts on expanding its
business in the core  industry  segments  of Touche and TEI.  The ability of the
Company to  maintain  relationships  with  major  existing  customers  remains a
significant  factor in  determining  future  growth of the Company.  The Company
intends to achieve growth through competitive  pricing strategies,  expansion of
existing  turnkey   capabilities  and  more  aggressive   direct  sales  efforts
supplemented by sales representatives in geographic areas where the Company does
not have a physical  presence.  As a result of the limited  and  focused  target
market, the marketing efforts of the Company will rely primarily on direct sales
efforts,  which  will  emphasize  its  design-engineering  and  quality  control
manufacturing capabilities.

   Sales  activities  of Company are handled by a  combination  of direct  sales
personnel and limited use of independent sales  representatives.  Because of the
complexity and analysis involved in the customer's design and purchase decision,
management  emphasizes  active  interaction  between the direct sales staff, its
independent  sales  representatives  and the buyer or  engineer  throughout  the
selling process.

      Customer Service and Support

   The Company  handles all customer  service-related  inquiries  or  complaints
through  the sales  staff who have been  assigned  to handle and manage  account
relationships.  This requirement  enables the salesperson to monitor and control
the quality of  production  during the entire  manufacturing  process,  which is
designed  to  help  prevent  production  problems  before  shipment  is  made to
customers.  Such efforts are  supported  by the  engineering  department  of the
appropriate  Subsidiary which is directly involved in the development process of
the products.

   To ensure that adequate  support is given to customers,  each salesperson has
formal sales training  augmented by direct  participation  in the  manufacturing
process at the appropriate facility.

      Working Capital Practices

   Because the Company produces custom designed products, it orders inventory to
fulfill existing orders resulting in minimal financial exposure.

      Sources of Supply, Major Suppliers and Backlog

   The largest  supplier of the Company is  Teredyne  Connection  Systems,  Inc.
Purchases  from this vendor  accounted  for  approximately  7.6% of the combined
purchases of the Company in calender 1997.

   The  raw  materials,  such as  sheet  metal, wire and cable, and electronic
components  used in the  development  and  manufacture of customer  products are
generally available from domestic suppliers at competitive  prices;  fabrication
of certain major components may be subcontracted for on an as-needed basis. With
the exception of other material requirements, sheet metal may be purchased on an
as-needed basis under a consignment arrangement with suppliers. The Company does
not have any material long term contracts for new materials. The Company has not
experienced any significant difficulty in obtaining adequate supplies to perform
under its contracts.

   Touche  and  TEI  have  established   operating  policies  that  require  the
development and  maintenance of a second vendor source for purchasing  materials
and supplies that are needed to perform under contract for their customers. This
purchasing  requirement  focuses on the  prevention  of potential  problems that
might otherwise  originate from a single supplier's  financial  condition.  Such
policies allow greater  flexibility in keeping purchasing costs down and greater
assurance that raw material is available in order to meet customer  contract and
delivery requirements.

     At  December  31,  1997,  the Company had a firm  backlog  approximately  $
18,000,000.  The Company does not believe that its combined  rolling  backlog at
any  particular  time  is  necessarily  indicative  of its  future  business  or
performance.

      Major Customers

     Touche  and TEI's  major  customers  include  various  technology  industry
related companies,  such as Hewlett Packard Company,  Lam Research  Corporation,
Tandem Computers Inc.,  Applied  Materials,  Inc., KLA  Instruments,  and Varian
Associates, Inc. For the year ended December 31, 1997, revenues derived from two
customers (Lam Research Corporation and Tandem Computers  Incorporated) amounted
to  approximately  12%  and  14%  respectively,   of  total  revenue,  excluding
intercompany  sales. Due to the growth in sales to other customers,  reliance on
major  customers  represents a substantial  shift from 1996 when the Company had
three  customers each accounting for over 10% of its business  individually  and
65% of its  business  in the  aggregate.  As the sales  arrangements  with these
customers are  terminable  upon short notice,  the loss of any one of them would
have a material adverse impact on the revenues and profits of the Company, given
the significant  percentage of revenues derived from these  customers.  Although
the Company cannot control the needs of these  customers,  the Company  believes
that  expansion  of  services   offered  by  the  Company  will  strengthen  its
relationship with these customers.

      Patent, Trademark, Copyright and Proprietary Rights

   The  Company  does not have any  patent or  copyright  applications  pending,
because the Company does not offer or provide any  original  design work that is
not otherwise proprietary to the product  design-engineering of their customers.
The  Company  owns  trademark  rights  to  its  "Touche"    trademark  and
servicemark.

      Competition

   Manufacturing  of enclosures for  electronic equipment is highly competitive,
fragmented,  and involves  rapid change.  Competitors  of the Company range from
small firms able to provide only a few of the  services  provided by the Company
to substantially  bigger, better financed competitors able to provide more value
added  services.  Competition is generally based on several  factors,  including
services provided, quality of work, reputation, price and marketing approach.

   The Company is established in the industry and maintains a strong competitive
presence  by  delivering  high-quality  work  in a  timely  fashion  within  the
customer's  budget  constraints  with  enhanced  ability to deliver  value added
services.

   Because   of  the   continuing   change   by  OEMs  from   manufacturers   to
design-engineering,   electronics  value  added,  and  marketing  organizations,
contract  manufacturers  are  receiving  a much  greater  share  of the  overall
manufacturing  task of  products  that are  designed  for  manufacture  by their
customers.  The process itself removes more and more of the  subcontracting  and
replaces it with a prime contractor  status  gradually  eliminating the need for
submitting  joint  subcontracting  work  proposals.  By  reducing  the number of
subcontractors,  the customers benefit from the reduction in the turnaround time
and the  maintenance  of more  efficient  and quality based  manufacturers.  The
Company  believes  that  the  creation  and  maintenance  of a  "one-stop  shop"
manufacturing environment makes it an effective competitor in the industry.

      Government Regulation

   Substantial  environmental  laws have been  enacted in the United  States and
California in response to public concern over environmental deterioration. These
laws and the  implementing  regulations  affect nearly every activity of Touche,
TEI and EII.  The  principal  federal and state  legislation  which has the most
significant  effect  on the  Company's  business  includes  the  following:  The
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response;  Compensation  and  Liability  Act;  The
Resource  Conservation  and Recovery  Act; The Clean Air Act; The Safe  Drinking
Water Act; The  Emergency  Planning and Community  Right-to-Know  Act; The Clean
Water Act; and The Toxic Substance Control Act. Failure by the Company to comply
with applicable federal and state environmental  regulations could result in the
Company  incurring  substantial  fines and penalties  and/or having  restraining
orders issued against it.

      Employees

   As of December  31, 1997,  the Company  employed  approximately  585 persons,
including the officers of the Company,  all of whom are full-time  employees and
none of whom are subject to collective bargaining agreements. Of these full-time
employees,  114 are engaged in administration and finance, 457 in manufacturing,
engineering and production, and 14 in marketing and sales. Many employees of the
Company have overlapping responsibilities in these job descriptions. The Company
has  never   experienced  a  work  stoppage.   The  Company  believes  that  its
relationships with its employees are good.

      Item 2.     Description of Property

     Touche leases  approximately  224,000 square feet of factory  manufacturing
space in three adjacent buildings which are equipped with state-of-the-art metal
fabrication  equipment.  Touche leases approximately 123,000 square feet at 1875
Dobbins Drive, San Jose, California 95133, which consists of 113,000 square feet
in manufacturing space and approximately  10,000 square feet of office space. In
addition,  TEI leases approximately 78,000 square feet of manufacturing space at
1881-1899 Dobbins Drive, San Jose, California 95133. Touche leases approximately
22,000  square feet of  manufacturing  space at 1565-C  Mabury  Road,  San Jose,
California  95133.  EII leases  approximately  126,000  square  feet of combined
office and  manufacturing  space in a light  industrial  building at 7500 Tyrone
Avenue, Van Nuys,  California.  The Company negotiates all lease agreements on a
triple net basis with landlords.

      Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

   Subsequent to the closing of the  acquisition of the San Jose Division of Pen
Interconnect,  Inc.  ("PII"),  a dispute arose regarding  various aspects of the
transaction.  On February 14, 1997,  the Company filed a Demand for  Arbitration
against  PII,  seeking  a  substantial  purchase  price  reduction,  or,  in the
alternative,  other  remedies and damages as provided by law. The Company sought
such remedies based upon  overstatement  of the value of inventory in connection
with the  acquisition,  a  substantial  change in the  operation of the division
prior to the acquisition and failure to disclose certain accounts payable to the
Company.

   On December 5, 1997, the Company and PII entered into a settlement  agreement
pursuant to which PII agreed to cancel the earn out agreement  which  eliminated
the ability of PII to receive up to an additional six hundred  thousand  dollars
($600,000) in the form of eighty  thousand five hundred three (80,503) shares of
the  common  stock of the  Company.  In  addition,  EII  agreed  to  cancel  two
promissory worth nine hundred  thousand dollars  ($900,000) and accrued interest
as well as release Rolando Loera from his personal  guaranty thereon in exchange
for one hundred  thirty two  thousand  twenty three  (132,023)  shares of common
stock of the Company.  The Company  delivered an additional  five thousand three
hundred sixty seven (5,367)  shares of its common stock in  satisfaction  of its
obligation to issue  additional  common stock for collection of certain accounts
receivable of PII pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement. Further, the Company
released  fifty three  thousand six hundred  sixty nine  (53,669)  shares of its
common  stock  owned  by PII  and  being  held in  escrow  as  security  for the
obligations  of PII under the  Asset  Purchase  Agreement.  The  Company  waived
certain additional claims against PII in the amount $77,000. Finally, PII agreed
to cooperate with the Company in obtaining an audit of the acquired  division so
that  the  Company  could  file  the  necessary  financial  statements  with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.

      Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   The Company held its annual shareholder  meeting on December 22, 1997 for the
purpose of approving  an amendment to the bylaws to permit a staggered  board of
directors;  electing  directors;  approving an amendment to the  certificate  of
incorporation  authorizing ten million  (10,000,000)  shares of preferred stock;
approving  the 1997 Stock  Option  Plan (the "1997  Plan");  approving  the 1997
Employee  Stock  Purchase Plan (the "ESPP");  and ratifying the  appointment  of
Moore Stephens, PC as the independent auditors of the Company.

   A total of  3,341,981  shares of common  stock  were  present in person or by
proxy at the meeting.  For the amendment to the bylaws for the staggered  board,
of the shares present and able to vote at the meeting, 1,421,327 shares voted in
favor of the  amendment,  166,930  shares voted  against the  amendment,  29,300
shares  abstained  from  voting,  and  1,624,424  shares  did not vote.  For the
election of  directors,  of the shares  present and able to vote at the meeting,
3,184,151 shares voted in favor of each and every nominee,  157,830 shares voted
against each and every nominee,  no shares abstained and no shares went unvoted.
For the amendment to the articles of incorporation to authorize preferred stock,
of the shares present and able to vote at the meeting, 1,384,077 shares voted in
favor of the  amendment,  250,280  shares voted  against the  amendment,  33,200
shares  abstained from voting,  and 1,624,424  shares did not vote. For the 1997
Plan, of the shares present and able to vote at the meeting,  1,392,977,  shares
voted in favor of the 1997 Plan,  244,980  shares  voted  against the 1997 Plan,
29,600 shares abstained from voting,  and 1,624,424 shares did not vote. For the
ESPP, of the shares  present and able to vote at the meeting,  1,452,977  shares
voted in favor of the ESPP, 191,180 shares voted against the ESPP, 23,400 shares
abstained from voting,  and 1,624,424 shares did not vote. For approval of Moore
Stephens as the independent  auditors of the Company,  of the shares present and
able to vote at the meeting,  3,300,511 shares voted in favor of approving Moore
Stephens, P.C. as the  independent  auditors,  11,020 shares voted  against  
ratifying Moore  Stephens, P.C. as the  independent  auditor,  and 30,450 shares
abstained from voting.


<PAGE>



      Item 5. Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

   The  Company's  Common  Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ  SmallCap  market.  The
following  table  sets forth the  reported  high and low bid  quotation  for the
Common Stock of the Company for the periods  indicated.  Such quotations reflect
inter dealer prices, without retail mark up, mark down or commission and may not
necessarily reflect actual transactions.

                                                 Common Stock
                              High                 Low
      1996
      First Quarter           $8.375               $6.50
      Second Quarter          $9.50                $8.375
      Third Quarter           $9.50                $6.50
      Fourth Quarter          $7.00                $4.75

      1997
      First Quarter           $6.75                $4.50
      Second Quarter          $7.00                $4.50
      Third Quarter           $6.25                $4.50
      Fourth Quarter          $6.19                $4.00

    On March 16, 1998,  the closing bid price of the  Company's  Common Stock as
reported on the NASDAQ  SmallCap  Market system was $5.66. As of March 12, 1998,
there were approximately 38 holders of record of the Company's Common Stock. The
Company has not paid any  dividends  on its common stock in the past three years
and anticipates  retaining future earnings, if any, to finance the growth of the
Company.

   On February 10, 1998, the Company raised $3.3 million through the sale of its
5%,  $275,000  principal  amount,  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures.   Such
securities  were issued in reliance of Rule 506 of Regulation D  promulgated  by
the U.S.  Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to its authority under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  in as much as all investors were accredited
investors as defined in Regulation  D. See Item 7  Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations; Subsequent Events.


<PAGE>



      Item 6. Selected Financial Data

     The following selected historical  financial  information of the Company is
qualified by reference to and should be read in  conjunction  with the financial
statements and notes thereto included  elsewhere herein.  The selected financial
information set forth below for each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 1997
and  December 31, 1996 is derived from  financial  statements  contained in this
Form 10-K. The selected  financial  information  for the years December 31, 1995
and  December  31,  1994 is derived  from  financial  statements  of the Company
audited by Moore Stephens, P.C., independent public accounts, which are included
in the prospectus for the public  offering of the Company  completed on March 5,
1996.  The  selected  financial  data for the year ended  December  31,  1993 is
derived  from  unaudited  financial  statements  of the  Company  which  are not
included in documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

             Selected Financial Data (in thousands except for per share data)
                                       Years Ended
                                       December 31

                          1997         1996      1995(1)     1994(1)     1993(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      Statement of Operations
       Data

      Net Sales          38,947      26,140      28,099      20,869      14,391

      Net Income          1,136         148         473         420         248
      
      Net Income per
      Common Share
      from Operations (2) 0.31         0.05        0.25        0.22        0.08

      Balance Sheet Data

      Total Assets      28,543       15,482      12,412       9,332       6,982

      Total Long Term
      Obligation         4,168        2,501       2,757       2,682       2,576

      Shareholders' 
      Equity            13,299        8,639       2,180         957         257

      (1) For  comparative  purposes,  the  amounts  have been  combined to give
      retroactive  effect to the  acquisition by TMCI of all of the  outstanding
      common stock of Touche and TEI.

      (2) See Note 3 to the financial statements for an explanation of the basis
      used to calculate net income per share and weighted average common shares 
      and share equivalents. 
      
      Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition 
               and Results  of Operations
      Overview

   On March 5, 1996,  the Company  acquired  Touche and TEI  pursuant to certain
Stock Purchase Agreements executed on December 28, 1995. Prior to that time, the
Company's  operations  consisted  of  forming  the  Company,  preparing  for the
acquisition  of Touche and TEI,  as well as  preparing  for the  initial  public
offering of its securities discussed below.

   The Company's  strategy has been to expand its core and value added  business
by  increasing  its product  offerings to satisfy the needs of its customers and
their growing demand for more outsourcing of contract manufacturing services. On
November 1, 1996, TEI acquired the San Jose cable and harness manufacturing 
division of Pen  Interconnect,  Inc. On January 1, 1997, the Company acquired 
Enterprise Industries,  Inc., a metal  stamping  business.  Effective  
October 1, 1997, the Company  acquired  the  operations  of  Trinity  
Electronics,  Inc., a passive distributor of board level electronic components; 
Trinity formally merged with a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company on 
December 22, 1997.
<PAGE>

                                          Year Ended
                                          December 31,

                                    1997        1996        1995
                                    ----        ----        ----
                    

  Sales                             100%        100%        100%
  Costs of Goods Sold                73.8        77.4        77.2
                               ------------------------------------
              Gross Profit           26.2        22.6        22.8

  Operating Expenses                 20.9        20.6        16.7
                               ------------------------------------
  Income From Operations
                                      5.3         2.0         6.1

  Net Other Expenses                  0.6         1.4         2.5
  Income Before  Provision for        4.7         0.6         3.6
  Income Taxes                                              
  Provision for Income Taxes          1.8         0.0         1.9
                               ====================================
  Net Income                          2.9         0.6         1.7
     
 All figures rounded to the nearest one tenth of one percent.
      


      Results of  Operations  - For the Fiscal  Year Ended  December  31, 1997
      Compared with the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1996

   The results of operations  utilizes the consolidated  results of the Company.
The discussion below should be read in conjunction with the financial statements
and the notes thereto, that appear elsewhere in this report.

      Net Sales

   The  Company's  net  sales  increased  approximately  $12,806,838  or  49% to
$38,946,666  from  $26,139,828  in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997,  as
compared with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. Sales growth was due to a
significant  increase  in sales  volume  through  both  existing  as well as new
customer orders,  and significant  growth and continued  diversity of operations
through the acquisition of the cable and harness and metal stamping 
manufacturing businesses  at the end of 1996  and  beginning  of  1997,  
respectively,  as new product services continue to be introduced and added to 
consolidated operations.  In addition, the acquisition of Trinity Electronics,  
Inc., effective October 1, 1997 for accounting purposes, impacted positively on 
the fourth quarter.

   Inasmuch as the Company's two largest  customers  accounted for approximately
26% of revenues for the fiscal year ended  December  31, 1997,  with the largest
accounting  for 14% of such  revenues,  the  disruption or loss of a significant
amount of  business  of either one could have a material  adverse  impact on the
total revenues of the Company.  The Company has reduced  dependency of the major
customers  substantially;  in 1996,  the three largest  customers of the Company
accounted for 65% of total revenues of the Company.

      Gross Profit

   The  Company's  gross profit  increased  approximately  $4,288,536  or 73% to
$10,190,618  from  $5,902,082  in the fiscal year ended  December 31,  1997,  as
compared with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. As a percentage of sales,
the Company's gross profit  increased 3.6% to 26.2% from 22.6 in the fiscal year
ended  December 31, 1997,  as compared  with the fiscal year ended  December 31,
1996.  The increase in gross profit is primarily due to increased  sales and the
acquisition  and  successful  integration  of  the cable and harness and metal 
stamping businesses.  The Company's gross profit margin may be materially 
impacted by the diversity of its operations  which are constantly  modified in 
order to meet the changing demands of the competitive market bidding processes 
with its customers.

      Operating Expenses

   General and administrative expenses increased approximately $2,760,982 or 51%
to  $8,138,114  from  $5,337,132 in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997, as
compared with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. As a percentage of sales,
general and  administrative  expenses remained constant at approximately 21% for
the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997, as compared with the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996. The dollar  increase in general and  administrative  expenses
resulted primarily from increased overhead and transaction costs associated with
the acquisitions.


<PAGE>



      Other Income [Expense]

   The  Company's  other  expenses  decreased  approximately  $127,060 or 36% to
$230,554 from  $357,614 in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997, as compared
with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease was primarily due to 
the elimination of a one time non-cash finance charge in the amount of $462,122 
on certain bridge loans incurred by the Company in 1996 and an increase of  
$102,121 in other income, offset by an increase of $274,697 in interest  expense
used to finance  increases in  inventory,  the  nonreocurrence of $69,742 in 
interest income and a reduction of $138,224 in gains from the sale of equipment.

      Income Tax Expense

   Income tax expense increased  $666,765 to 685,764 from $18,999 as a result  
of a  substantial  increase  in  income  from  operations  and the  full
utilization of net operating loss carry forwards in the prior year.


      Net Income

   Net  income  before  taxes  increased  approximately  $1,654,614 to  
$1,821,950 from $167,336 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997, as compared
with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The increase in net income was due
primarily  to: (1) a net  increase in income from  operations  of  approximately
$1,654,614  resulting  from  increased  sales and sales from  recently  acquired
companies, and (2) a net decrease in other expenses of approximately $127,060.

   Net income after taxes increased approximately $987,849 to $1,136,186 from 
$148,387 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 compared to the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996 .


<PAGE>



      Results of  Operations  - For the  Fiscal  Year ended  December  31,  1996
      compared with the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1995

   The Results of Operations  discussion  utilizes the  consolidated  results in
1996 compared to the combined  results in 1995 from the  operating  subsidiaries
(Touche  and  TEI)  prior  to  their  acquisition  by the  Company,  eliminating
inter-company transactions.

            Net Sales

   Net  sales  decreased  approximately  $1,950,100  or 7% to  $26,139,828  from
$28,089,919  for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996,  as compared with the
fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995. The decline in net sales was due primarily
to significant  order  cancellations  and  rescheduling  of orders by one of the
Company's  major  customers,  which  resulted  from (1) a change in local market
conditions,  and  (2) a  general  slowdown  in the  semiconductor  manufacturing
marketplace. This general slowdown impacted the industry as a whole.

            Gross Profit

     Gross profit  decreased  approximately  $499,702 or 8% to  $5,902,082  from
$6,401,784  for the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1996,  as compared to the
fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995.  As a  percentage  of sales,  gross profit
remained  constant  during the period the fiscal  year  ended.  The  decrease is
primarily due to the corresponding reduction in sales.

            Operating Expenses

       Operating expenses increased  approximately $697,672 or 14% to $5,377,132
from  $4,679,460 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, as compared to the
fiscal year ended  December 31, 1995.  This  increase  was  primarily  due to an
investment  in  infrastructure  to support  planned  growth,  including  two new
operating  divisions,  plus  the  acquisition  of the San Jose  Division  of Pen
Interconnect,  Inc., which included additional  personnel,  building rent costs,
repairs,  professional  fees,  promotions  of certain  engineers  to  management
positions and other related items.

            Other Income [Expense]

     Interest expense decreased  approximately  $292,202 or 47% to $323,679 from
$615,881 for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996, as compared to the fiscal
year ended December 31, 1995.  Interest expense decreased during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1996 due to a substantial  reduction in outstanding long term
debt,  capital lease obligations,  and bank borrowings,  as compared to December
31, 1995.

            Income Tax Expense

        Income tax expense  declined  primarily  due to the  decrease in taxable
income as well as the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards. Proforma
income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1996 gives effect to the loss
of the S corporation on a combined basis prior to March 5, 1996.

            Net Income

        Income before income taxes  decreased  approximately  $840,300 or 83% to
$167,336  from  $1,007,616  for the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1996,  as
compared  with the fiscal year ended  December 31,  1995.  The decline in income
before  taxes was  primarily  due to: (1) an  increase in  financing  charges of
$174,244  on certain  bridge  loans that were made by the  Company in the fourth
quarter of 1995 to help fund its  initial  public  offering,  and (2)  increased
operating  expenses  incurred to fund two new divisions  which produced  nominal
income during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.

     Net Income  after  taxes  decreased  by  approximately  $325,100  or 69% to
$148,337 from $473,416 for the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996, as compared
to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.

      Liquidity and Capital Resources

   The Company  renewed and  increased its  long-term  revolving  line of credit
("Revolving Line") with  Manufacturers Bank ("Mfrs.").  The Revolving Line bears
interest  at Mfrs.'  base rate plus 1/4%.  This  facility  allows the Company to
borrow  up to  $5,750,000  based on a  stipulated  percentage  of  contractually
defined  eligible  trade  accounts  receivable.  The Company  had  approximately
$3,856,268  in  outstanding  borrowings  under the  Revolving  Line and  nothing
available  (based on the eligible  trade  accounts) as of December 31, 1997.  In
addition,  the Company and Mfrs.  have agreed to a line of credit facility of up
to $2,000,000 available for equipment  purchases,  which bears interest at Mfrs.
base fixed rate of 8.75% per annum  (the  "Equipment  Line").  The  Company  had
approximately $1,214,814 outstanding and $785,186 available under the Equipment 
Line as of December 31, 1997.

   The  Company's  working  capital  decreased by  approximately  $922,745  from
$4,036,532 to $3,113,787 in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997 as compared
to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The decrease resulted primarily from
an increase in amounts  outstanding  under the line of credit of $3,271,268,  an
increase in the current  portion notes payable of $2,571,882  and an increase in
accounts payable of $1,121,683  offset by an increase in accounts  receivable of
approximately  $1,423,525, an increase in inventory of approximately $4,550,389,
and an increase in cash of $166,837.  The high level of accounts  receivable  at
December  31, 1997 as  compared to December  31,  1996,  is due  primarily  to a
significant  increase in sales. The significant increase in inventory during the
same  period is due to both an  increase in sales and a change in product mix to
products coupled with an increased use of raw materials and longer production 
cycles.

   The net cash required to fund operating  activities  increased by $398,944 or
55% to $1,129,241  from $730,297 in the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997, as
compared  to the fiscal  year ended  December  31,  1996.  The change  primarily
represents an increase of $613,333 in depreciation and amortization  expense, an
increase of $2,876,872 in accounts receivable, an increase of $2,864,028 in 
accounts payable,  and an increase of $2,606,601 in  inventory, offset primarily
by the elimination  of a  $462,122  one time non cash  finance  charge in 1996, 
and an increase of $736,318 in income taxes payable.  

  Cash used in investing activities remained relatively constant at $2,942,319
in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 as compared  with $3,064,495  in the 
fiscal year ended  December 31, 1996. Fluctuations  in cash used in  investing  
activities  included  an  increase  of $179,276 for repayment of advances by  
stockholders  and a reduction of $450,224 in the amount spent for the  purchase 
of  equipment  offset by an increase in of $258,312  for the  purchase of other 
assets,  a reduction  of $193,650  for the proceeds from the sale of equipment 
and an increase of $147,996 in cash used for the purchase of businesses.  

   Cash  generated from financing  activities increased $999,432 or 31% to 
$4,238,397 from $3,238,965 in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 compared  
to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The change resulted from an increase
of $1,987,990 in amounts outstanding under the line of credit,  an increase of 
$2,341,328 of proceeds from notes payable,  the non  recurrence  of a  one time 
charge of $1,000,000 in 1996 for the repayment of certain  bridge  notes and the
elimination  $734,742 of  obligations  under the Company's  capital  lease  
obligations,  offset  by the one  time  impact  of $6,036,798 from the  proceeds
of the public  offering in 1996,  and an increase of $1,317,551  in repayment of
notes payable.

   During the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1997 and  December  31, 1996,  the
Company spent approximately $2,496,925 and $643,451,  respectively,  to purchase
capital equipment which was financed through equipment contracts.
Additionally,   management   expects  the  Company's  level  of  future  capital
expenditures  to  increase  at a level  that is  consistent  with the  Company's
projected growth and operations.  Management has projected  capital  expenditure
requirements of  approximately  $1,800,000 for the calendar year ending December
31, 1998.  This  increase  will be supported by increased  bank  borrowings  and
internal operations.

   The Company  experienced tighter cash flow in the fourth quarter of 1997 as a
result of increasing inventory and receivables from increased sales and a change
of product mix.  Accordingly,  management believes that it will need new sources
of funding either  through  increased  equity  investment or an expanded line of
credit facility in order to meet the Company's  anticipated  operating needs and
projected  capital  expenditure  requirements  through  the fiscal  year  ending
December 31, 1998, excluding acquisition related expenses.  See following 
discussion on sale of debentures and new Fleet Capital Line of Credit.

            Subsequent Events

   Sale of Debentures. On February 10, 1998, the Company closed an offering of 3
Units,  each  Unit  consisting  of  4  of  its  5%,  $275,000  principal  amount
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due February 10, 2001 (the "Debentures") and
100,000  Class  B  Warrants  to  purchase  common  stock  of  the  Company  (the
"Warrants")  for a total of $3.3  million.  Interest on the  Debentures  accrues
quarterly and is payable annually.  From the sale of the Debentures were used to
repay the $1,000,000 note issued in connection with the Trinity acquisition; the
remainder of the proceeds went to working capital.

   The Debentures are convertible  into common stock at the option of the holder
at a variable  conversion  price ranging from $3.00 to $5.50 per share depending
on the market value of the common stock of the Company at the time of the notice
of  conversion.  Accordingly,  the Company may be required to issue no less than
600,000 shares nor more than 1,110,000 shares of common stock upon conversion of
the Debentures.

   In addition,  the Company is issuing  25,000  Warrants per Debenture for each
Debenture  outstanding as of the earlier to occur of the one year anniversary of
the  closing  date of the  sale  of the  Debentures  or the  date  three  months
following  the  registration  of the common stock usable upon  conversion of the
Debentures and upon the exercise of the Warrants.  The Warrants have an exercise
price of $5.50 per share,  subject to  adjustment  for dilutive  issuances.  The
Company is obligated to register the common stock  underlying the Debentures and
the Warrants with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

   In connection with the foregoing issuance, the Company paid a finder's fee to
M.J. Segal and Associates in the amount of $176,000 in cash pursuant to terms of
a Non  Circumvention  and Finder's Fee Agreement (the "Agreement") and a $66,000
credit toward the purchase of one quarter of one Debenture.  The Agreement calls
for (1) the issuance of the number of shares of common  stock to M.J.  Segal and
Associates equal to 5% of the principal amount of the securities sold divided by
the  greater of (a) any stated  conversion  price in the  Debenture  and (b) the
average of the closing bid and asked  prices of the common  stock of the Company
for the five  trading  days prior to the closing and, (2) in this case, a number
of warrants  equal to 10% of the number of shares  issuable  based on the Stated
Conversion  Price as defined in the Agreement,  to be determined  between 60,000
and 110,000. The warrants are to be issued at 125% of the average of the closing
of the bid and asked  prices of the  common  stock of the  Company  for the five
trading days preceding their  issuance,  are non callable and expire three years
from their date of issuance.

   The Agreement also provides that upon exercise of any Warrants  issued in the
offering,  M.J. Segal and Associates shall receive a cash fee equal to 4% of the
amount  received upon exercise of the Warrants;  common stock equal to 5% of the
number of shares  issued upon such  exercise;  and warrants  equal to 10% of the
number of shares issued upon such exercise (excluding warrants exercised by M.J.
Segal and  Associates or its  affiliates).  The warrants  shall have an exercise
price of 125% of the average of the bid and asked  prices for the Company on the
five trading dates preceding the transaction,  shall be non callable,  and shall
expire three years from the date of issuance.

   Fleet Capital Line of Credit.  On March 2, 1998,  the Company  entered into a
Loan and Security  Agreement with Fleet Capital  Corporation  (the "Fleet 
Facility") providing  for  borrowings  of up  to  $25,000,000  based  on  
certain  formulas contained  within the Loan and Security  Agreement.  The 
Company paid a finder's fee of $250,000 and a loan fee of $250,000 in connection
with the transaction.  As of March 10,  1998,  the Company was  eligible to 
borrow up to  $17,222,691 under the Fleet Facility and had borrowed $10,347,841.
Borrowings were in the form  of two Term Loans ("Term Loan A" and "Term Loan B,"
respectively),  an equipment loan (the  Equipment  Loan, together with the Term 
Loans, the "Fixed Loans") and revolving credit loans (the "Revolving  Credit 
Loans").  Term  Loan A is in the principal  amount  of $4.7 million and accrues 
interest at the rate of prime  plus 0.5%.  Term Loan B is in the principal  
amount of $2.0 million and accrues  interest at the rate of prime plus 1.5%. Th
Equipment Loan is in the  principal amount of $4.0 million and accrues interest 
at the rate of prime plus 0.5%.

   The Revolving  Credit Loans are in such amount as the Company  elects,  up to
the  borrowing  base  permitted  by the Loan and Security  Agreement  and accrue
interest at the rate of 0.25% plus prime.  As of March 10, 1998, the Company had
$3,647,841  available  for  borrowing.  The Fixed  Loans are  payable in monthly
installments  of principal and interest with principal  amortizing  over a seven
year period and the balance due on March 2, 2003; interest only on the Revolving
Credit Loans is payable  monthly with the principal due upon  termination of the
Loan and Security  Agreement.  Interest on the Fixed Loans and Revolving  Credit
Loans is adjusted daily. Interest on the Fixed Loans may be adjusted downward by
0.25% each year for two years if the Company meets certain performance  criteria
as  reflected  in its audited  financial  statements  for the fiscal years ended
December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1999, respectively. Interest on the Revolving
Credit Loan may be adjusted downward by 0.25% only once if the Company meets the
performance  criteria as reflected in its audited  financial  statements for the
fiscal year ended  December 31,  1998.  In  addition,  if the Company  meets the
conditions  specified  for December 31,  1998,  it may, at its option,  have the
interest rate on (1) the Revolving  Credit Loan  converted into LIBOR plus 2.5%;
(2) Term Loan A and the Equipment Loan converted into LIBOR plus 2.75%;  and (3)
Term Loan B converted into LIBOR plus 3.75%.


<PAGE>


      New Authoritative Accounting Pronouncements

   The Financial  Accounting  Standards Board ("FASB") has issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  ("SFAS") No. 130,  "Reporting  Comprehensive
Income." SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December
15, 1997.  Earlier  application  is permitted.  Reclassification  of financial
statements  for  earlier  periods   provided  for   comparative   purposes  is
required.  SFAS no.  130 is not  expected  to have a  material  impact  on the
Company.

   The  FASB  has  issued  SFAS  No.  131,  "Disclosures  About  Segments  of an
Enterprise and Related Information." SFAS No. 131 changes how operating segments
are  reported in annual  financial  statements  and  requires  the  reporting of
selected  financial  information  about operating  segments in interim financial
reports  issued to  shareholders.  SFAS 131 is effective  for periods  beginning
after December 15, 1997, and comparative  information for earlier years is to be
restated.  SFAS No. 131 need not be applied to interim  financial  statements in
the  initial  year of its  application.  SFAS No. 131 is not  expected to have a
material impact on the Company.

      Inflation

   The Company  continues to experience the benefits of a low inflation  economy
locally,  regionally  and  nationally.  However,  the Company enters into mostly
short-term  fixed price  contracts  and a large  portion of these  contracts are
labor intensive.  Accordingly,  the short-term contracts are less susceptible to
inflationary pressures.

      Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Not Applicable

      Item 8. Financial Statements

The  financial  statements  are attached as an Exhibit  hereto and  incorporated
herein by reference.

      Item 9. Changes In and  Disagreements  With Accountants on Accounting and
      Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.


<PAGE>



                                         PART III

      Item 10.    Directors,  Executive  Officers,  Promoters  and Control  
        Persons: Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.


                  The current  directors and  executive  officers of the Company
      are as follows:

      Name                         Age    Position
      -----------------------------------------------------


      Rolando Loera                 44    Chairman, President and Chief
                                          Executive Officer; Director

      Livino D. Ribaya, Jr.         49    Vice President-Manufacturing

      Frank Ramirez III             42    Vice President-Engineering

      Charles E. Shaw               53    Vice President-Chief Financial 
                                          Officer; Director

      Robert Loera                  31    Controller and Secretary; Director

      Thomas F. Chaffin             40    Director

      Robert Fink                   62    Director

      Boris Lipkin                  50    Director

      Dominic A. Polimeni           51    Director

   Mssrs. Shaw and Polimeni  serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders
or until their  successors are elected and qualified.  Mssrs.  Fink,  Lipkin and
Robert Loera serve until the 1999 annual  meeting or until their  successors are
elected and  qualified.  Mssrs.  Chaffin and Rolando  Loera serve until the 2000
annual meeting or until their successors are elected and qualified.  At present,
the Company's bylaws provide for not less than one director nor more than nine 
directors. Currently, there are seven directors of the Company. The bylaws 
permit the Board of  Directors  to fill any  vacancy and such  director  may 
serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until such director's 
successor is elected and qualified. Officers serve at the discretion of the 
Board of Directors. There are no family  relationships  among any officers or 
directors of the Company  except that Robert Loera and Rolando Loera are 
brothers.

   The principal  occupation and business  experience for each executive officer
and director of the Company for at least the last five years are as follows:

   Rolando  Loera.  Mr.  Rolando  Loera has been  Chairman,  President,  Chief
Executive  Officer and a Director of the Company  since  December 1995 and has
held similar  positions with Touche since September 1992. Prior to that he was
Chief Financial  Officer of a predecessor of Touche for eight years. Mr. Loera
holds  a B.A.  degree  in  Business  Administration  from  the  University  of
Washington.

   Livino D. Ribaya, Jr. Mr. Ribaya has been Vice  President-Manufacturing  of
the Company  since  December  1995 and has held the same  position with Touche
since  September  1992.  Prior to that he was  employed  by a  predecessor  to
Touche  since  1978 in a  variety  of  positions.  Mr.  Ribaya  has a B.S.  in
Mechanical  Engineering  from  the  Mauja  Institute  of  Technology,  Manila,
Philippines.

   Frank Ramirez III. Mr. Ramirez has been Vice  President-Engineering  of the
Company  since  December 1995 and has held the same position with Touche since
1978.  Prior to that he was employed by a predecessor  to Touche since 1978 in
a variety of positions.  Mr. Ramirez has an A.A. degree in Mechanical Drafting
from San Jose City College.

   Charles  E.  Shaw.  Mr.  Shaw  has been  Vice  President,  Chief  Financial
Officer,  and a Director of the Company  since  December 1995 and has held the
same  positions  with Touche since 1993.  Prior to that he was  President  and
Chief  Executive  Officer of Compro Business  Solutions,  Inc., a business and
management  consulting  firm  established  by Mr.  Shaw in 1992.  During  1988
through  1992,  he served as Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer of
Douglas  Broadcasting,  Inc. a $51 million radio broadcast  network.  Mr. Shaw
has a B.S. in Business  Administration from the City University of New York, a
Masters of Business  Administration  from New York University and a LL.B. from
LaSalle Law School.

   Robert  Loera.  Mr.  Robert  Loera  has been  Controller,  Secretary  and a
Director of the Company since December 1995 and has been  Controller of Touche
since June,  1992.  Mr. Robert Loera is Rolando  Loera's  brother.  Mr. Robert
Loera has a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Washington.

   Thomas F.  Chaffin.  Mr.  Chaffin  has been a Director  of the  Company and a
member of the Audit  Committee of the Board of Directors  since January 1997. He
has been a partner in the law firm of Rosenblum  Parish & Isaacs,  San Jose,  CA
since January 1995.  During the period  1988-1995,  Mr. Chaffin was a partner in
the law firm of Berliner,  Cohen, San Jose, CA. He holds a bachelor's  degree in
accounting  from the University of  California,  Santa Barbara and earned a J.D.
with honors from the University of San Francisco  School of Law. He also holds a
L.L.M. in Taxation from the New York University School of Law and is a certified
specialist  in  Taxation  Law by the  State  Bar of  California  Board  of Legal
Specialization.

   Robert C. Fink.  Mr. Fink has been a Director of the Company since November
1997. From 1993 until his retirement in December, 1997, Mr. Fink has been Senior
Vice President of Corporate  Support and Chief  Operating  Officer of Lam 
Research  Corporation,  a manufacturer of semiconductor  processing equipment.  
From 1988 to 1993 he served as President of Drytek, Inc., a former subsidiary of
General Signal Corporation.  From 1984 to  1988,  he was a  Director  of  VLSI  
Operation  (North  America)  for  ITT Corporation's  Semiconductor  Division.  
Prior to 1984, Mr. Fink served for 12 years  as  Director  of  World  Wide   
Manufacturing   Resources  for  General Instrument  Corporation's  
Microelectronics  Division.  Mr.  Fink  has  been a Director of Uniphase  
Corporation  since April 1995,  a Director of Consilium, Inc. since January 1996
and a Director of CVC, Inc. since 1997.

      Boris  Lipkin.  Mr.  Lipkin has been a  Director  of the  Company  since
November  1997.  Mr.  Lipkin  has been  President  of the Track  Division  and
Corporate Vice  President of Silicon Valley Group,  Inc., a San Jose, CA based
medical  test  equipment  company,  since 1995.  From 1992 to 1995 he was Vice
President and General Manager of Varian Associates,  a semiconductor equipment
company.  From 1978 to 1992 he served in various  management  and  engineering
positions at IBM's Fishkill,  New York facility.  Mr. Lipkin received a Master
of  Science  Degree in electro  mechanical  engineering  at the  Polytechnical
Institute in Kharkov, Russia.

     Dominic A. Polimeni.  Mr. Polimeni has been a Director of the Company since
March,  1996.  Since  September,  1997,  Mr.  Polimeni has been a Director of Nu
Horizons,  Inc., a publicly held company based in Melville, New York, which is a
distributor  of electronic  components.  Mr.  Polimeni has been the Chairman and
Chief Executive  Officer of Quest  Electronic  Hardware,  Inc., a distributor of
fasteners and  electronic  hardware sold to electronic  equipment  manufacturers
since  February  1996.  Mr.  Polimeni  has also  been the  President  and  Chief
Operating Officer of Questron Technology,  Inc., a publicly traded company which
owns Quest,  since March 31, 1995 and  Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of
Questron  since  February,  1996.  He has  also  been  a  Managing  Director  of
Gulfstream  Financial Group, Inc., a financial consulting and investment banking
firm,  since  1990.  He held the  position of Chief  Financial  Officer of Arrow
Electronics,  Inc., an international  electronics distribution company traded on
the New York Stock  Exchange,  for four  years  from 1986 to 1990.  He also held
several other positions, including general management positions, with Arrow over
an  eight-year  period  from  1981 to 1990.  He has held the  position  of Chief
Operating  Officer of Fugazy  Express,  Inc.,  a New York  based  transportation
company,  in its  start-up  phase,  and was a Partner in the New York  office of
Arthur Young & Company. He holds a BBA degree from Hofstra University.



<PAGE>


      Item 10.    Executive Compensation

   Below the following table sets forth  remuneration paid by the Company during
fiscal years 1995,  1996 and 1997, to the named  officers and directors of TMCI.
For the periods shown,  no other  executive  officer  received  remuneration  in
excess of $100,000 per annum.
<TABLE>

                           Summary Compensation Table

            Annual
Name of Individual or                                     Compensation      Securities Underlying
Number of Persons in 
Group                   Position with Company              Year   Salary   Options/SARs(#)

<S>                                                        <C>    <C>      <C>    
Rolando Loera           Chairman,                          1997   225,000  200,000
                        President and CEO                  1996   225,000  100,000
                                                           1995   150,000
</TABLE>
<TABLE>

                        Option SAR in Last Fiscal Year
                              Individual Grants

                                                                                                 Potential Realizable
                                                                                                 Value at Assumed Annual
                                                                                                 Rates of Stock Price
                                                                                                 Appreciation for Option
                                                                                                 Term
      (a)                  (b)                    (c)                (d)             (e)         (f)          (g)
     Name       Number of Securities      % of Total           Exercise Price   Expiration       5%           10%
                Underlying/Options        Options/SARs         or Base Price    Date
                SARS Granted (1)          Granted to           per Share
                                          Employees            
                                          in Fiscal Year
                                          ($/sh)
<S>             <C>                       <C>                  <C>              <C>           <C>         <C>         
Rolando Loera   200,000                   60%                  $5.3625          7/08/07       $674,489.48 $1,709,288.78

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>

Aggregated Options/SAR Exercised in Last Fiscal Year and FY-End Option/SAR Values
                                                    Number of Securities               Value of Unexercised
                                                   Underlying Unexercised                  In-the-Money
                        Shares                        Options/SARs at                    Options/SARs at
                      Acquired on     Value              FY-End(#)                            FY-End($)

Name                  Exercise(#)   Realized($)   Exercisable/Unexercisable        Exercisable/Unexercisable

<S>                         <C>      <C>              <C>     <C>                      <C>     <C> 
Rolando Loera              -0-      -0-               100,000/200,000                  $25,000/0(1)

(1) The closing  price for the common  stock of the Company on December 31, 1997
was $4.00 per share.
</TABLE>

Employment Agreement

   The Company has entered into an employment  agreement  ("Agreement") dated as
of December 28, 1995 with Rolando  Loera.  The term of  employment  commenced on
March 11,  1996 and will  expire on the fifth  anniversary  thereof.  The annual
salary  under  the  Agreement  is  $225,000.  The  term  of  employment  will be
automatically extended for an additional five year term in the absence of notice
from either party. This salary may be increased to reflect annual cost of living
increases and may be supplemented by discretionary and performance  increases as
may be determined  by the Board of Directors  except that during the first three
years  following the Effective  Date,  his salary may not exceed  $225,000.  Mr.
Loera is also eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to $100,000,  payable in
four  quarterly  installments.  The  Agreement  provides that during the initial
three  years of the term of  employment,  an annual  bonus of  $100,000  will be
awarded to Mr.  Loera and that such bonus  awards  will be used by Mr.  Loera to
repay the $303,325 loan TEI to Touche  Properties,  Inc.  referred to in Item 12
below.  Mr. Loera relinquished his bonuses in 1996 and 1997.  Bonuses during the
remainder of the term of  employment  will be at the discretion  of  the  Board 
of  Directors.   No  objective  criteria  have  been established for determining
the amount of any bonuses for subsequent years.

   The Agreement provides, among other things, for participation in an equitable
manner in any  profit-sharing or retirement plan for employees or executives and
for  participation  in other  employee  benefits  applicable  to  employees  and
executives  of the Company.  The  Agreement  further  provides for the use of an
automobile  and  other  fringe  benefits   commensurate   with  his  duties  and
responsibilities.  The  Agreement  also  provides  for  benefits in the event of
disability.  Under the  Agreement,  the Company is also obligated to procure and
pay the  premiums  for a $1 million  term life  policy  and, in the event of Mr.
Loera's death, to use the death benefit under such policy to purchase from Mr.
Loera's estate shares of the Company's Common Stock at its fair market value.

      Pursuant to the  Agreement,  employment  may be  terminated by the Company
with cause or by the executive  with or without good reason.  Termination by the
Company  without cause,  or by the executive for good reason,  would subject the
Company to liability for liquidated damages in an amount equal to the terminated
executive's current salary ($225,000) and a pro rata portion of his prior year's
bonus  (up to  $100,000)  annually,  for the  remaining  term of the  Agreement,
payable in equal  monthly  installments,  without any  set-off for  compensation
received from any new employment. In addition, the terminated executive would be
entitled to continue to  participate  in and accrue  benefits under all employee
benefit  plans  and to  receive  supplemental  retirement  benefits  to  replace
benefits under any qualified plan for the remaining term of the Agreement to the
extent permitted by law.

Stock Plans

      The Company  adopted its 1995 Stock  Option Plan,  effective  December 22,
1995 (the  "1995  Plan").  Under such  plan,  key  employees  and  officers  and
consultants  of the  Company may be granted  options to  purchase  shares of the
Company's Common Stock at their fair market value on the date of grant. The plan
provides for an aggregate of 500,000 options. Options to purchase 100,000 shares
at $3.75 per share were granted to Rolando Loera effective December 22, 1995 and
options to purchase  200,000  shares at 5.3625 were granted to Rolando  Loera on
July 7,  1997.  The 1995  grant  vested on  December  21,  1997 and will  expire
December  2005.  The 1997 grant vests  monthly over a three year period and will
expire on July 9, 1997, 2007.

   The  Board of  Directors  adopted  the  Company's  1997  Stock  Option  Plan,
effective  December 1, 1997 (the "1997 Plan"),  approved by the  stockholders on
December 22, 1997.  Under such plan, key employees and officers and  consultants
of the Company may be granted options to purchase shares of the Company's Common
Stock at their fair market value on the date of grant.  The plan provides for an
aggregate of 1,000,000 options.

    Any  future  awards  will be  determined  by the  Board  of  Directors  or a
Committee established by the Board.

    The Board of Directors  adopted the Company's  1997 Employee  Stock Purchase
Plan  effective  December 1, 1997 approved by the  stockholders  on December 22,
1997. Under such plan,  employees of the Company,  including  executive officers
may defer up to 20% of their  annual  compensation  for the  purchase  of common
stock of the  Company at a price of 85% of the fair  market  value of the common
stock on the date of  issuance.  The plan  provides  for the  issuance  of up to
250,000 shares.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

   Based solely on a review of the Forms 3 and 4 and  amendments  thereto  filed
during the recently  completed  fiscal year and forms 5 and  amendments  thereto
with  respect  to  the  most  recently  completed  fiscal  year,  the  following
individuals  failed to file reports  required  pursuant to Section  16(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, on a timely basis.

   Rolando Loera, Charles Shaw, Livino Ribaya, Frank Ramirez,  Robert Loera, Tom
Chaffin, and Dominic Polimeni each failed to file one report on a timely basis
representing one transaction.

   Robert  Fink and  Boris  Lipkin  each  failed  to  report  on a timely  basis
representing their election to the Board of Directors and no transactions.


<PAGE>



Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

   The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding the Company's
Common Stock owned on the date of March 16, 1998 by (i) each person who is known
by the Company to own beneficially  more than five percent (5%) of the Company's
common  stock;  (ii)  each of the  Company's  executive  officers  named  in the
compensation  table and  directors;  and (iii) all officers  and  directors as a
group:
<TABLE>

Name and              Position                                Number              Percentage
Address(1)            With Company                            Of Shares           of Shares(2)
- --------------------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>                 <C>     
Rolando Loera         Chairman,  President  and  Chief        805,889(3)          19%     
                      Executive Officer; Director        
Patrick McQuade       President,  Trinity Electronics,        404,539             10
                      Inc.                                             
Thomas Chaffin        Director                                 10,000(4)          *
Robert Loera          Director; Controller                     10,000(4)          *
Charles Shaw          Director, Chief Financial Officer        10,000(4)          *
Dominic A. Polimeni   Director                                 10,000(4)          *
Robert Fink           Director                                      0
Boris Lipkin          Director                                      0

Rolando Loera         Trustee   for  Touche   Employee                      
                      Stock Ownership Plan                     27,280(5)          *

All   Officers   and                                        1,084,429             26%
Directors    as    a
Group (9 persons)                                       
</TABLE>

*  Less than 1%
(1) Unless otherwise noted, c/o TMCI Electronics,  Inc., 1875 Dobbins Drive, San
    Jose,  CA 95133.  
(2) Does not include the exercise of up to  1,492,000  Class A
    Warrants  outstanding  as of March 11, 1996.  
(3) Includes  options to purchase 138,889 shares of Common Stock subject to 
    outstanding options which have vested.
(4) All shares are subject to options which have vested.
(5) Mr. Loera shares voting power with respect to these shares
(6) Includes 224,040 shares and options to purchase 14,500 shares owned by 
    certain  additional  executive officers of the Company.

Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   TEI leases  approximately  78,000  square feet of space  located at 1881-1899
Dobbins Drive, San Jose,  California from Touche  Properties,  Inc.  ("TPI"),  a
company wholly owned by Rolando Loera,  Chairman,  President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, pursuant to a lease agreement dated November 1, 1993. In
addition, TEI leases space to Touche is one subtenant.  Rent expense amounted to
approximately $576,144 in 1997.

     In connection with its acquisition of 1881-1899 Dobbins Drive, TPI borrowed
$1,000,000 from the Small Business Administration which was guaranteed by Touche
and TEI. The loan was repaid in full in March, 1998.

    TPI also borrowed  $303,325 from Touche in December,  1993.  This loan bears
interest  at 10% per annum,  and  principal  and  interest  are payable in equal
monthly  installments  until  satisfied.  The  principal  balance  on  the  loan
increased  as a result of  certain  expenses  of TPI  advanced  by  Touche. In 
1997, TPI paid $67,743 toward the retirement of this loan. The outstanding 
balance of the loan as of December 31, 1997 was $469,878.

   In  addition,  in  1993  Touche  made  loans  to  Rolando  Loera  aggregating
$87,190.39.  This loan bears interest at 10% per annum and is payable in monthly
installments of $1,000.  Certain  additions were made to the principal amount of
the loan in fiscal 1995 to account for payments of certain personal  expenses of
Rolando Loera by Touche.  Accordingly,  the outstanding principal balance on the
loan was $111,984 at December 31, 1997.  In 1997, Mr. Loera paid $150,000 toward
the retirement of these loans.

   During  1996,  the  Company  advanced  $95,986  to Frank  Ramirez  III at 10%
interest  amortizing over a 10 year period. As of December 31, 1997, Mr. Ramirez
owed  the  Company  $106,037.   

   During  1997,  the  Company  sold  approximately $5,821,576  in products  and
services to Lam Research  Corporation.  Mr.  Robert Fink, a director of the 
Company,  retired as Senior Vice President of Corporate  Support and Chief 
Operating Officer of Lam Research Corporation in December 1997.

During 1997,  the Company sold  approximately  $2,038,749  worth of products and
services  to Silicon  Valley  Group Inc.  Mr.  Boris  Lipkin,  a director of the
Company is  president  of the Track  Divison and  Corporate  Vice  President  of
Silicon Valley Group Inc.  The Company sold products to Silicon Valley 
Group, Inc. for many years prior to Mr. Lipkin joining the board.


Item  13.   Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.

            (a)   Financial Statements

Report of Independent Auditors                                        F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996          F-2 - F-3

Statements of Operations for the
  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995                       F-4

Combined Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the                   F-5
Years Ended  December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the
  Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                        F-6 and
                                                                      F-7

Notes to Combined Financial Statements                                F-8 - F-24

            (b)   Exhibits

The following is a list of Exhibits filed herewith or  incorporated by reference
herein as noted below.

3.0   Certificate  of  Incorporation,  filed with Delaware Secretary of State on
       December 7, 1995.(a) 
3.1   By-laws.(c) 
3.2   Certificate of Secretary for amendment to By-laws dated April 6, 1996.(j)
3.3   Certificate of Secretary for mmendment to By-laws dated 
       December 22, 1997.(j)
4.0   Specimen Copy of Common Stock Certificate.(a)
4.1   Form of Class A Warrant Certificate.(a)
4.2   [Intentionally omitted.]
4.3   Form of Underwriters'  Purchase  Option,  as amended.(b) 
4.4   Form of Warrant Agreement,  as amended.(b)  
10.0  Employment  Agreement,  Rolando  Loera,  dated December 28, 1995.(a)  
10.1  Lease Agreement  dated January 1, 1993 relating to 1875 Dobbins Drive, San
       Jose,  CA.(a) 
10.2  Lease Agreement dated October 25, 1993 relating to 1881-1899 Dobbins Drive
       San Jose CA.(a) 
10.3  Lease  Agreement  dated June 21, 1995 relating to 1565-C Mabury Road,San 
       Jose,  CA.(a) 
10.4  Touche  Manufacturing Company,  Inc.  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan.(a)
10.5  Form of 5% 275,000 in principal amount Secured  Convertible  Promissory  
       Debenture 
10.6  Asset Purchase Agreement  dated November 1, 1996 by and among Pen  
       Interconnect, Inc., Touche Electronics,Inc. and TMCI Electronics, Inc.(d)
10.7  Stock Purchase  Agreement dated  effective as of January 1, 1997 by and 
       among TMCI  Electronics,  Inc. and the  Shareholders of Enterprise  
       Industries, Inc.(e) 
10.8  Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among TMCI Electronics,
       Inc., TMCI/Trinity Acquisition Corp., Trinity Electronics, Inc. and 
       Patrick McQuade, dated December 22, 1997.(f)
10.9  Loan and Security Agreement with Fleet Capital Corporation
10.10 Lease Agreement dated  relating to 7500 Tyrone Avenue, Van Nuys 
       California (j)
10.11 1995 Stock Option Plan.(a)
10.12 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan(h)
10.13 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (i)
21.0  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1  Consent of Moore Stephens, P.C.(d)
   
a.  Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 
    (No. 33-80973) as originally filed with the  Securities and Exchange 
    Commission (the "SEC") on December 29, 1995 (the "Registration Statement").
b.  Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement, 
    as filed with the SEC on February 14, 1996.
c.  Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement, 
    as filed with the SEC on March 4, 1996.
d.  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 1.0 to the  Registrant's  Form 8-K
    filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 27, 1996.
e.  Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 2.0 the Registrant's  Form 8-K filed
    with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 1997.
f.  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 2.0 to the  Registrant's  Form 8-K
    filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 6, 1998.
h.  Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Definitive Proxy Statement
    as filed with the SEC on December 3, 1997.
i.  Incorporated by reference to Appendix D to the Definitive Proxy Statement
    as filed with the SEC on December 3, 1997
j.  Available form the Company upon request
<PAGE>



                                SIGNATURE PAGE

   In accordance with Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the registrant
has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized.


TMCI Electronics, Inc.



By (Signature and Title)  /s/Rolando Loera
                         ------------------------------
                         ROLANDO LOERA
                         Chairman,
                         President and
                         Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 31, 1998


<PAGE>


   In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the
following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.


Name                                                Date

By: /s/ Rolando Loera                               March 31, 1998
    ------------------------------------
     ROLANDO LOERA, Chairman, President
     and Chief Executive Officer


By: /s/Charles E. Shaw                              March 31, 1998
    -------------------------------------
     CHARLES E. SHAW, Vice President
     Chief Financial Officer, Director


By: /s/Robert Loera                                 March 31, 1998
    ------------------------------------- 
     ROBERT LOERA, Controller, Secretary
     and Director

By: /s/ Thomas F. Chaffin                           March 30, 1998
    -------------------------------------
    THOMAS CHAFFIN, Director


By: 
    -------------------------------------
     ROBERT C. FINK Director


By: 
    -------------------------------------
     BORIS LIPKIN, Director


By: 
    -------------------------------------
     DOMINIC POLIMENI, Director



<PAGE>


                              Exhibit Index

The following is a list of Exhibits filed herewith or  incorporated by reference
herein as noted below.

3.0   Certificate  of  Incorporation,  filed with Delaware Secretary of State on
       December 7, 1995.(a) 
3.1   By-laws.(c) 
3.2   Certificate of Secretary for amendment to Bylaws dated April 6, 1996.(j)
3.3   Ammendment to the bylaws dated December 22, 1997.(j)
4.0   Specimen Copy of Common Stock Certificate.(a)
4.1   Form of Class A Warrant Certificate.(a)
4.2   [Intentionally omitted.]
4.3   Form of Underwriters'  Purchase  Option,  as amended.(b) 
4.4   Form of Warrant Agreement,  as amended.(b)  
10.0  Employment  Agreement,  Rolando  Loera,  dated December 28, 1995.(a)  
10.1  Lease Agreement  dated January 1, 1993 relating to 1875 Dobbins Drive, San
       Jose,  CA.(a) 
10.2  Lease Agreement dated October 25, 1993 relating to 1881-1899 Dobbins Drive
       San Jose CA.(a) 
10.3  Lease  Agreement  dated June 21, 1995 relating to 1565-C Mabury Road,San 
       Jose,  CA.(a) 
10.4  Touche  Manufacturing Company,  Inc.  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan.(a)
10.5  Form of 5% 275,000 in principal amount Secured  Convertible  Promissory  
       Debenture 
10.6  Asset Purchase Agreement  dated November 1, 1996 by and among Pen  
       Interconnect, Inc., Touche Electronics,Inc. and TMCI Electronics, Inc.(d)
10.7  Stock Purchase  Agreement dated  effective as of January 1, 1997 by and 
       among TMCI  Electronics,  Inc. and the  Shareholders of Enterprise  
       Industries, Inc.(e) 
10.8  Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among TMCI Electronics,
       Inc., TMCI/Trinity Acquisition Corp., Trinity Electronics, Inc. and 
       Patrick McQuade, dated December 22, 1997.(f)
10.9  Loan and Security Agreement with Fleet Capital Corporation
10.10 Lease Agreement dated  relating to 7500 Tyrone Avenue, Van Nuys 
       California (j)
10.11 1995 Stock Option Plan.(a)
10.12 1997 Employee Stock Option Plan(h)
10.13 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (i)
21.0  Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1  Consent of Moore Stephens, P.C.(d)
   
a.  Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form SB-2 
    (No. 33-80973) as originally filed with the  Securities and Exchange 
    Commission (the "SEC") on December 29, 1995 (the "Registration Statement").
b.  Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement, 
    as filed with the SEC on February 14, 1996.
c.  Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement, 
    as filed with the SEC on March 4, 1996.
d.  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 1.0 to the  Registrant's  Form 8-K
    filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 27, 1996.
e.  Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 2.0 the Registrant's  Form 8-K filed
    with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 7, 1997.
f.  Incorporated  by  reference  to Exhibit 2.0 to the  Registrant's  Form 8-K
    filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 6, 1998.
h.  Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Definitive Proxy Statement
    as filed with the SEC on December 3, 1997.
i.  Incorporated by reference to Appendix D to the Definitive Proxy Statement
    as filed with the SEC on December 3, 1997
j.  Available form the Company upon request



<PAGE>

TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Report of Independent Auditors..................................    F-1

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996....    F-2 - F-3

Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995...................................................    F-4

Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31,
1997, 1996 and 1995.............................................    F-5

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 1997,
1996 and 1995 ..................................................    F-6 - F-7

Notes to Financial Statements...................................    F-8 - F-25



                    .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .


<PAGE>



                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
  TMCI Electronics, Inc.
  San Jose, California


            We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of TMCI
Electronics, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the
related consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and cash
flows for each of the two years in the period ended  December 31, 1997.  We have
also audited the combined  statements of operations,  stockholders'  equity, and
cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1995. These financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

            We  conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
auditing  standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial  statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial  statements.  An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates
made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement
presentation.  We believe  that our audits  provide a  reasonable  basis for our
opinion.

            In our opinion,  the financial  statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial  position of TMCI Electronics,
Inc. and its  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the results of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended  December 31, 1997,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.








                                          MOORE STEPHENS, P. C.
                                          Certified Public Accountants.

New York, New York
February 20, 1998



                                       F-1

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                                  December 31,
                                                              1 9 9 7      1 9 9 6
Assets:
Current Assets:
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>        
  Cash                                                     $  312,682   $   145,845
  Accounts Receivable - Net                                 3,950,341     2,526,816
  Inventory                                                 9,721,050     5,170,661
  Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets                   182,968       272,587
  Deferred Income Taxes                                       183,376       187,991
  Other Receivables                                                --        63,669
  Notes Receivable - Stockholders                              39,312        10,706
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Assets                                     14,389,729     8,378,275
                                                           ----------   -----------

Property and Equipment - Net                                6,583,260     3,638,300
                                                           ----------   -----------

Other Assets:
  Notes Receivable - Stockholders                             144,292       155,520
  Due from Stockholder                                        111,984       238,167
  Due from Related Party                                      469,878       473,952
  Other Assets                                                277,439        48,152
  Goodwill                                                  6,766,564     2,549,261
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Other Assets                                        7,770,157     3,465,052
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Assets                                             $28,743,146  $15,481,627
                                                           ===========  ===========


</TABLE>

See Notes to Financial Statements.


                                        F-2

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>

                                                                  December 31,
                                                              1 9 9 7      1 9 9 6
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:
Current Liabilities:
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>        
  Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses                    $4,050,925   $ 2,929,242
  Due to Affiliate                                                 --        30,634
  Line of Credit                                            3,856,268       585,000
  Notes Payable                                             2,055,256       796,867
  Promissory Notes to a Stockholder                         1,313,493            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Current Liabilities                                11,275,942     4,341,743
                                                           ----------   -----------

Long-Term Liabilities:
  Notes Payable - Net of Current Portion                    3,607,877     2,064,273
  Deferred Income Taxes                                       560,180       436,781
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Long-Term Liabilities                               4,168,057     2,501,054
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Liabilities                                        15,443,999     6,842,797
                                                           ----------   -----------

Commitments and Contingencies                                      --            --
                                                           ----------   -----------

Stockholders' Equity:
  Common Stock,  $.001 Par Value,  25,000,000 Shares  
   Authorized,  4,057,758 and 3,499,772 Issued and 
   Outstanding as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, 
   Respectively                                                 4,057         3,500

  Additional Paid-in Capital                               10,890,233     7,366,659

  Retained Earnings                                         2,404,857     1,268,671
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Stockholders' Equity                               13,299,147     8,638,830
                                                           ----------   -----------

  Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity               $28,743,146  $15,481,627
                                                           ===========  ===========

</TABLE>


See Notes to Financial Statements.



                                        F-3

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                             Years ended
                                                            December 31,
                                                   1 9 9 7     1 9 9 6     1 9 9 5
                                                   -------     -------     -------
                                                      [Consolidated]     [Combined]

<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>        
Sales - Net                                     $38,946,666 $26,139,828 $28,098,919

Cost of Goods Sold                               28,756,048  20,237,746  21,697,135
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Gross Profit                                   10,190,618   5,902,082   6,401,784

Operating Expenses                                8,138,114   5,377,132   4,679,460
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Income from Operations                          2,052,504     524,950   1,722,324
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

Other Income [Expense]:
  Other Income                                      291,825     189,704      40,394
  Interest Income                                        --      69,742       9,726
  Interest Income - Related Party                    74,756      29,276      29,276
  Interest Expense                                 (598,376)   (323,679)   (615,881)
  Non-Cash Finance Charge                                --    (462,122)   (287,878)
  Gain on Sale of Equipment                           1,241     139,465     109,655
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Total Other [Expense]                            (230,554)   (357,614)   (714,708)
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Income Before Provision for Income Taxes        1,821,950     167,336   1,007,616

Provision for Income Taxes                          685,764      18,999     534,200
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Net Income                                    $ 1,136,186 $   148,337 $   473,416
                                                =========== =========== ===========

Basic Earnings Per Share                        $       .31 $       .05 $       .25
                                                =========== =========== ===========

Weighted Average Number of Shares                 3,627,582   2,865,445   1,893,600
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

Diluted Earnings Per Share:
  Incremental Shares from Assumed Conversion of
   Options and Warrants                             387,362     332,154          --
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

Adjusted Weighted Average Shares                  4,014,944   3,197,599   1,893,600
                                                =========== =========== ===========

Diluted Earnings Per Share                      $       .28 $       .05 $       .25
                                                =========== =========== ===========


</TABLE>



See Notes to Financial Statements.



                                        F-4

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                         Common Stock      Additional                   Total
                                      Number of              Paid-in     Retained   Stockholders'
                                        Shares    Amount     Capital     Earnings       Equity
                                      --------   --------   ----------   ---------   -----------
Balance - December 31, 1994
<S>                                    <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>       
  [Combined]                           600,000   $    600   $  279,829   $ 676,610   $  957,039

  Finance Charge Incurred on Bridge
   Notes Payable                            --         --      750,000          --      750,000

  Net Income for the Year Ended
   December 31, 1995                        --         --           --     473,416      473,416
                                      --------   --------   ----------   ---------   ----------

  Balance - December 31, 1995
   [Combined]                          600,000        600    1,029,829   1,150,026    2,180,455

  Issuance of Common Stock in
   Connection with Exchange of
   Shares under Common Control         594,880        595         (595)         --           --

  Issuance of Common Stock to
   Former Convertible Debt Holders     298,720        299      165,927          --      166,226

  Issuance of Common Stock to
   Bridge Lenders                      400,000        400         (400)         --           --

  Transfer of Subchapter S Retained
   Earnings of Acquired Company to
   Additional Paid-in Capital               --         --       29,692     (29,692)          --

  Net Proceeds from Initial Public
   Offering and Issuance of Common
   Stock                             1,472,000      1,472    5,742,340          --    5,743,812

  Issuance of Common Stock in
   Connection with Acquisition         134,172        134      399,866          --      400,000

  Net Income for the Year Ended
   December 31, 1996                        --         --           --     148,337      148,337
                                      --------   --------   ----------   ---------   ----------

  Balance - December 31, 1996
   [Consolidated]                    3,499,772      3,500    7,366,659   1,268,671    8,638,830

  Issuance of Common Stock in
   Connection with Acquisitions        501,099        501    2,499,499          --    2,500,000

  Issuance of Common Stock in
   Connection with Settlement          137,390        137    1,023,994          --    1,024,131

  Cancellation of Common Stock in
   Connection with Settlement          (80,503)       (81)          81          --           --

  Net Income for the Year Ended
   December 31, 1997                        --         --           --   1,136,186    1,136,186
                                      --------   --------   ----------   ---------   ----------

  Balance - December 31, 1997
   [Consolidated]                    4,057,758   $  4,057  $10,890,233  $2,404,857   $13,299,147
                                     =========   ========  ===========  ==========   ===========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Financial Statements.

                                        F-5

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>


                                                                            Years ended
                                                                            December 31,
                                                                 1 9 9 7      1 9 9 6     1 9 9 5
                                                                 -------      -------     -------
                                                                    [Consolidated]     [Combined]
Operating Activities:                                               --------------     ----------
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>        
  Net Income                                                   $ 1,136,186 $   148,337 $   473,416
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------
  Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to
   Net Cash [Used for] Provided by Operations:
   Depreciation and Amortization                                 1,453,057     839,724     702,056
   Deferred Income Taxes                                           128,014     (15,465)    201,272
   [Gain] on Sale of Equipment                                      (1,241)   (139,465)         --
   Amortization of Deferred Loan Fees                                   --      28,500     114,000
   Non-Cash Finance Charge                                              --     462,122     287,878
   Provision for Bad Debts                                          67,077      85,000          --

  Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
   [Increase] Decrease in:
     Accounts Receivable                                          (885,329)  1,991,543  (1,855,640)
     Inventory                                                  (3,881,696) (1,275,095)   (800,439)
     Prepaid Expenses                                              (48,812)   (130,027)   (104,192)
     Other Receivables                                                  --     (63,669)         --
     Interest Income on Notes Receivable - Stockholder             (41,195)     (6,134)         --

   Increase [Decrease] in:
     Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses                         466,548  (2,397,500)  2,087,105
     Income Taxes Payable                                          478,150    (258,168)    179,145
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------

   Total Adjustments                                            (2,265,427)   (878,634)    811,185
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------

  Net Cash - Operating Activities - Forward                     (1,129,241)   (730,297)  1,284,601
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------

Investing Activities:
  Repayments from and [Advances] to Stockholder                    150,000     (29,276)         --
  Purchase of Other Assets                                        (277,034)    (18,722)         --
  Advances Note Receivable - Stockholders                               --    (128,794)   (170,370)
  Incorporation Fees                                                    --          --         354
  Purchase of Equipment                                           (664,740) (1,114,964)   (343,956)
  Proceeds from Sale of Equipment                                    4,000     197,650          --
  Purchase of Businesses - Net of Cash Acquired                 (2,222,288) (2,074,292)         --
  Advance Under Note Receivable                                         --      98,989       8,698
  Repayments from Related Party                                     67,743       4,914          --
                                                               ----------- ----------- -----------

  Net Cash - Investing Activities - Forward                    $(2,942,319)$(3,064,495)$  (505,274)



</TABLE>

See Notes to Financial Statements.

                                        F-6

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>

                                                             Years ended
                                                            December 31,
                                                   1 9 9 7     1 9 9 6     1 9 9 5
                                                   -------     -------     -------
                                                      [Consolidated]     [Combined]

<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>        
  Net Cash - Operating Activities - Forwarded   $(1,129,241)$  (730,297)$ 1,284,601
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Net Cash - Investing Activities - Forwarded    (2,942,319) (3,064,495)   (505,274)
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

Financing Activities:
  Proceeds from Public Offering                          --   6,036,798          --
  Advances Under Line of Credit                   4,672,732   2,684,742      51,513
  Repayments of Line of Credit                   (1,454,597) (3,744,318)         --
  Proceeds of Notes Payable                       4,359,518   2,018,190     137,085
  Repayment of Bridge Loans                              --  (1,000,000)         --
  Repayment of Note Payable                      (3,339,256) (2,021,705)   (625,827)
  Repayment of Capital Lease Obligations                 --    (734,742)   (251,886)
  Payments of Deferred Offering Costs                    --          --    (292,986)
  Proceeds from Bridge Loans                             --          --   1,000,000
  Advance from Affiliates                                --          --    (100,182)
  Other                                                  --          --     (11,288)
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Net Cash - Financing Activities                 4,238,397   3,238,965     (93,571)
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Net [Decrease] Increase in Cash                   166,837    (555,827)    685,756

Cash - Beginning of Years                           145,845     701,672      15,916
                                                ----------- ----------- -----------

  Cash - End of Years                           $   312,682 $   145,845 $   701,672
                                                =========== =========== ===========

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
  Cash paid during the years for:
   Interest                                     $   563,658 $   316,567 $   578,492
   Income Taxes                                 $   159,920 $   468,419 $   156,707

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and 
Financing Activities:
  The  following  table sets  forth  property  
  and  equipment  costs  which were completely 
  financed through equipment contracts:

                                                $ 2,496,925 $   643,451 $   124,035
</TABLE>

  See Note 4 with respect to the purchase of businesses.

  See Note 14 for information on related party transactions.

  In November 1995, the Company  incurred a non-cash  finance charge of $750,000
in connection with bridge financing,  of which $462,122 and $287,878 was charged
to operations at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively [See Note 13].

  See Note 2 for information about the exchange of shares.

See Notes to Financial Statements.

                                        F-7

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[1] Financial Statement Presentation, Organization and Nature of Operations

The financial statements presented include the results of operations of the 
parent company, TMCI Electronics, Inc. ["TMCI"], and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries, Touche Manufacturing, Inc. ["Touche"], Touche Electronics, Inc. 
["TEI"], Enterprise Industries, Inc.  ["Enterprise" or "EII"] and Trinity 
Electronics, Inc. ["Trinity"] [collectively, the "Company"].  The Company's 
revenues are predominately generated from the manufacture and sale of custom-
fabricated metal enclosures for manufacturers of computers, telecommunications 
equipment, semiconductor manufacturing test equipment and medical test 
equipment.  The Company also assembles and installs wire cable harnesses used in
custom-fabricated metal enclosures for manufacturers of computers, 
telecommunications test equipment and medical test equipment.  The Company sells
to original equipment manufacturers primarily located in the Silicon Valley, 
California area.

All  significant  intercompany  amounts  have been  eliminated  for all  periods
presented.

[2] Basis of Presentation

The combined  financial  statements  for the period ended December 31, 1995 give
retroactive  effect to the acquisition by TMCI of all of the outstanding  common
stock of TEI [an S  corporation]  and  Touche on March 5,  1996.  The  financial
statements of the Company are presented on a consolidated basis commencing as of
such date. The separate results of TEI and Touche have been combined on an as-if
pooling basis consistent with that of consolidated  financial  statements giving
retroactive  effect to the  issuance of 27,280  shares of the  Company's  common
stock to the  stockholders  of TEI, and 567,600  shares of the Company's  common
stock to the  stockholders  of Touche.  Additionally,  the S corporation  equity
section  of  TEI  has  been  reclassified  to  additional  paid-in  capital.  No
adjustment  of assets to "fair  value" had been  recorded  and all  intercompany
balances and transactions were eliminated.  The accompanying  combined financial
statements for 1995 became the historical  financial statements upon issuance of
financial statements subsequent to March 5, 1996.

[3] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates - The  preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash  Equivalents  - Cash  equivalents  are  comprised of certain  highly liquid
investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.  At December
31, 1997 and 1996, there were no cash equivalents.

Inventory - Inventory  is recorded at the lower of cost or market.  Cost,  which
includes  materials,  labor and  overhead,  is  determined  using the  first-in,
first-out method. The Company reviews inventory items and charges earnings if it
is determined  that such inventory has become  obsolete.  During the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, the Company charged $78,000, $40,000 and $-0-,
respectively.

Property and  Equipment and  Depreciation  - Property and equipment is stated at
cost.  Depreciation  is computed  utilizing  the  straight-line  method over the
estimated useful lives of the assets which range from 5 to 7 years.



                                       F-8

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #2
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[3] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

Goodwill Amortization - Goodwill is amortized utilizing the straight-line method
over a period of 15 years. Total accumulated amortization as of December 31,1997
and 1996 was $275,198 and $27,593, respectively.

Deferred Loan Costs - Deferred loan costs have been  amortized  over the term of
the loan using the straight-line method which approximates the interest method.

Earnings  Per  Share - The  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  has  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  ["SFAS"] No. 128,  "Earnings  per
Share";  which is effective for financial  statements  issued for periods ending
after December 15, 1997.  Accordingly,  earnings per share data in the financial
statements  for the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  have been  calculated  in
accordance  with SFAS No. 128.  Prior periods  earnings per share data have been
recalculated as necessary to conform prior years data to SFAS No. 128.

SFAS No. 128 supersedes  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 15, "Earnings
per  Share,"  and  replaces  its  primary  earnings  per share  with a new basic
earnings per share  representing the amount of earnings for the period available
to each share of common stock outstanding during the reporting period.  SFAS No.
128 also requires a dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share on
the face of the statement of operations for all companies  with complex  capital
structures.  Diluted  earnings per share reflects the amount of earnings for the
period available to each share of common stock outstanding  during the reporting
period,  while giving effect to all dilutive  potential  common shares that were
outstanding during the period,  such as common shares that could result from the
potential exercise or conversion of securities into common stock.

The  computation  of diluted  earnings  per share  does not  assume  conversion,
exercise,  or contingent  issuance of securities that would have an antidilutive
effect on earnings  per share [i.e.,  increasing  earnings per share or reducing
loss per share].  The dilutive  effect of  outstanding  options and warrants and
their   equivalents  are  reflected  in  dilutive  earnings  per  share  by  the
application  of the treasury  stock method which  recognizes the use of proceeds
that could be  obtained  upon  exercise of options  and  warrants  in  computing
diluted  earnings  per share.  It  assumes  that any  proceeds  would be used to
purchase common stock at the average market price during the period. Options and
warrants will have a dilutive  effect only when the average  market price of the
common  stock  during the period  exceeds the  exercise  price of the options or
warrants.

The 1995  weighted  average  number of shares gives  retroactive  effect for the
shares issued in the business combination [See Note 2].

Securities  that could  potentially  dilute earnings per share in the future are
disclosed in Note 22.

Advertising  -  The  Company  expenses  advertising  costs  as  incurred.  Total
advertising  costs charged to expense  amounted to $15,613,  $18,316 and $11,874
for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Stock Options - The Company accounts for employee stock-based compensation under
the intrinsic  value based method as prescribed by Accounting  Principles  Board
["APB"]  Opinion No. 25. The Company  applies the  provisions  of  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards  ["SFAS"] No. 123 to  non-employee  stock-based
compensation  and the pro  forma  disclosure  provisions  of that  statement  to
employee stock-based compensation.



                                       F-9

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #3
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[3] Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Continued]

Impairment - Certain  long-term assets of the Company,  including goodwill, are
reviewed  when changes in  circumstances  warrant as to whether  their  carrying
value has become  impaired,  pursuant to guidance  established  in  Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards ["SFAS"] No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment
of Long-Lived  Assets and for Long-Lived  Assets to be Disposed of."  Management
considers  assets to be  impaired  if the  carrying  value  exceeds  the  future
projected cash flows from related operations  [undiscounted and without interest
charges].  If impairment is deemed to exist,  the assets will be written down to
fair value.

Risk Concentrations - Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company
to  concentrations of credit risk include cash and accounts  receivable  arising
from its  normal  business  activities.  The  Company  places its cash with high
credit quality financial institutions located in the western United States.

The Company periodically has money in financial  institutions that is subject to
normal credit risk beyond insured  amounts.  This credit risk,  representing the
excess of the bank's deposit  liabilities  reported by the bank over the amounts
that would have been  covered by federal  insurance,  amounted to  approximately
$490,000 and $191,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

The Company's extension of credit to its customers,  which are primarily located
in the Silicon Valley,  California,  results in accounts receivable arising from
its normal business activities. The Company does not require collateral from its
customers, but routinely assesses the financial strength of its customers. Based
upon factors  surrounding  the credit risk of its  customers  and the  Company's
historical  collection  experience,  an  allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts
amounting to $160,356 and $93,279 has been  established at December 31, 1997 and
1996,  respectively.  The Company believes that its accounts  receivable  credit
risk exposure  beyond such allowance is limited.  Such assessment may be subject
to change in the near term.

The  Company  had sales to two  unrelated  customers  in the  computer  industry
approximating $5,494,000,  $4,548,000 representing 14% and 12%, respectively, of
the Company's  total net sales for the year ended December 31, 1997. The Company
had sales to three unrelated  customers in the computer  industry  approximating
$7,404,000,   $6,285,000   and  $3,487,600   representing   28%,  24%  and  13%,
respectively,  of the Company's  total net sales for the year ended December 31,
1996.  For the year ended  December  31,  1995,  sales to these three  unrelated
customers approximated  $9,273,000,  $5,058,000 and $5,339,000 representing 33%,
18% and 19%, respectively. The loss of one or more of these customers may have a
severe impact on the Company in the near term.

Reclassifications  - Previously,  the Company  classified as operating  expenses
certain overhead items relating to inventory and cost of goods sold.  Commencing
in 1997, the Company is classifying all overhead items into costs of goods sold,
and prior year cost of sales  amounts  have been  reclassified  to reflect  this
change.  As a result of this  reclassification,  cost of goods sold increased in
the approximate amount of $3,146,000 and $1,705,000 for the years ended 1996 and
1995, respectively.  Such change had no effect on previously reported net income
or  earnings  per  share.  Certain  other  items in the 1996 and 1995  financial
statements have been reclassified to conform to the 1997 presentation.



                                      F-10

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #4
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[4] Business Acquisitions

[A] Trinity Electronics,  Inc. - On December 22, 1997, the Company completed the
merger of Trinity Electronics,  Inc., a California corporation  ["Trinity"] with
and into  TMCI/Trinity  Acquisition  Corp.,  a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
Company [the "Merger"].The  merger agreement is effective as of October 1, 1997.
The Company paid a total  consideration  of $4,290,000  in  connection  with the
Merger,  including $1,000,000 in cash, $1,000,000 in a promissory note due March
9, 1998,  $290,000 in a promissory  note due January 4, 1998 and  $2,000,000  in
common stock of the Company  resulting in the issuance of 404,539  shares of the
common stock of the Company.  The common  stock  issued in  connection  with the
Merger  is  being  held  in  escrow  as  security  for the  representations  and
warranties  of Trinity and the sole  shareholder  of Trinity and as security for
the performance of the sole  shareholder of Trinity of his obligations  pursuant
to the Employment  Agreement  [See Note 16] entered into in connection  with the
Merger.  The  Company  acquired  assets of  approximately  $962,000  and assumed
certain liabilities of approximately $255,000. The acquisition was accounted for
utilizing  the  purchase  method  and the  operations  of the new  division  are
included in the Company's  results of operations from October 1, 1997.  Goodwill
of  approximately  $3,583,000  was recorded in connection  with the  transaction
which is being amortized utilizing the straight-line  method over a period of 15
years.  Amortization  expense  of $61,749  was  recorded  for the  period  ended
December 31, 1997 and accumulated  amortization  amounted to $61,749 at December
31, 1997.

[B] Enterprise Industries, Inc. - On January 24, 1997, the Company acquired 100%
of the  outstanding  shares of  capital  stock of  Enterprise  Industries,  Inc.
["Enterprise"], a North Hollywood, California based metal stamping manufacturing
business for a total purchase  price of $1,500,000,  consisting of $1,000,000 in
cash and the issuance of 96,560 shares of the Company's common stock. The common
stock issued in connection  with the  acquisition  is being held in escrow for a
period of two years  pending any final  adjustments  and  unrecorded  items with
respect to the book value of  Enterprise's  assets  and  liabilities  as well as
certain  representations  and  warranties  made by the  seller as defined in the
agreement. Any final adjustments would be recorded against goodwill. The Company
utilized the purchase method and acquired assets of approximately $1,623,000 and
assumed   liabilities  of  approximately   $323,000  resulting  in  goodwill  of
approximately   $274,000.   The  goodwill  is  being  amortized   utilizing  the
straight-line method over a period of 15 years.  Amortization expense of $18,267
was recorded for the period ended December 31, 1997 and accumulated amortization
amounted to $18,267 at December 31, 1997. At the same time, the Company  entered
into an employment contract with the President of Enterprise [See Note 16].

     [C] Pen  Interconnect,  Inc. -  Effective  November  1, 1996,  the  Company
acquired  substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities of Pen
Interconnect,  Inc.'s San Jose Division [a manufacturer of wire cable harnesses]
for a purchase price of $3,300,000. The Company acquired assets of approximately
$1,309,000 and assumed certain  liabilities of $372,000.  The consideration paid
consisted of $2,000,000 in cash, $900,000 in promissory notes and 134,172 shares
of TMCI common  stock with an  agreed-upon  guaranteed  value of $400,000 at the
date of  acquisition  of which 80,503 shares were held in escrow  subject to the
outcome of an earn out  agreement  entered  into  between  the  Company  and Pen
Interconnect,  Inc.  The  promissory  notes  in  the  amount  of  $900,000  were
subsequently  exchanged  for 132,023  shares of the  Company's  common  stock in
connection with the settlement.  See following discussion on the exchange of the
promissory  notes for common stock and  cancellation of common shares below. The
acquisition  was accounted for utilizing the purchase  method and the operations
of the new division are included in the  Company's  results of  operations  from
November 1, 1996.  Goodwill of approximately  $2,577,000 [of which approximately
$214,000 was for legal and accounting costs directly related to the acquisition]
was  recorded  in  connection  with the  transaction  which  is being  amortized
utilizing  the  straight-line  method  over a period of 15 years.  In  addition,
during  December  1997,  $142,412 was recorded as an adjustment to goodwill as a
result of the settlement  discussed below.  Amortization expense of $167,589 and
$27,593 was  recorded  for the period  ended  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  and
accumulated  amortization  amounted to $195,182 and $27,593 at December 31, 1997
and 1996, respectively.



                                      F-11

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #5
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[4] Business Acquisitions [Continued]

[C] Pen  Interconnect,  Inc.  [Continued]  - On  December  5, 1997,  the Company
settled its outstanding litigation with Pen Interconnect,  Inc. ["Pen"] relating
to  the  asset  purchase  agreement  entered  into  on  November  1,  1996  [the
"Agreement"]  pursuant to which the Company  purchased  certain assets from Pen.
The  litigation  involved a claim by the Company  that the  inventory  purchased
pursuant to the  Agreement  had a value of $716,249  rather than the  $1,596,905
value given to the inventory in the Agreement.  As consideration  for release of
the claim by the Company,  Pen cancelled  its earn out agreement  [the "Earn Out
Agreement"] that the Company entered into on November 1, 1996 in connection with
the  Agreement.  Among  other  things,  cancellation  of the Earn Out  Agreement
resulted in the cancellation of 80,503 shares of the common stock of the Company
issued  to Pen and in the  cancellation  of the  ability  of Pen to  receive  an
additional  $600,000 in  consideration  based on the performance of the division
sold to the Company  pursuant  to the  Agreement.  In  addition,  Pen  cancelled
approximately  $900,000 in principal amount and approximately $85,000 in accrued
interest on two notes [the  "Notes"]  issued in connection  with the  Agreement.
Further,  Pen released Rolando Loera, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company
from the personal  guaranty  that he gave on the Notes and  terminated an action
that it filed in the Superior Court of Santa Clara County  California to enforce
said guaranty. Finally, Pen agreed to cooperate with the Company in obtaining an
audit of the division of Pen  acquired by the Company so that the Company  could
file the  necessary  financial  statements  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission.

In connection with the settlement of its claim,  the Company  delivered  132,023
shares of its common stock in exchange  for the  cancellation  of the Notes.  In
addition,  the  Company  released  from  escrow  53,669  shares that it had been
holding as security for the  representations  and warranties  made by Pen in the
Agreement.  Further,  the Company delivered to Pen an additional 5,367 shares of
its common stock in  satisfaction of its obligation to issue  additional  common
stock for the collection of the accounts  receivable in the Agreement.  Finally,
the Company  waived  certain  additional  claims with  respect to  approximately
$77,000 in other undisclosed liabilities.

     The following pro forma unaudited  information  presents the results of the
combined operations of TMCI Electronics,  Inc., Enterprise, Trinity and San Jose
Division of Pen Interconnect, Inc., treating all as if they were a subsidiary of
TMCI  Electronics,  Inc. for the entire  years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996
with pro forma  adjustments as if the acquisition had been consummated as of the
beginning of 1996. This pro forma  information does not purport to be indicative
of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made as of January 1, 1996
and 1997 or results which may occur in the future.

                                                Year ended
                                                December 31,
                                             1 9 9 7    1 9 9 6

Total Revenues                           $ 42,292,876 $38,534,769
Net Income                               $  1,371,614 $   634,049
Net Income Per Share - Basic             $        .35 $       .16
Net Income Per Share - Diluted           $        .32 $       .16



                                      F-12

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #6
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[5] Inventory

Inventory consisted of the following:
                                                      December 31,
                                                   1 9 9 7     1 9 9 6

Raw Materials                                   $ 6,231,925 $ 3,015,968
Work-in Process                                   2,409,901   1,465,951
Finished Goods                                    1,079,224     688,742
                                                ----------- -----------

  Totals                                        $ 9,721,050 $ 5,170,661
  ------                                        =========== ===========

[6] Notes Receivable - Stockholders

During 1996,  the Company had advanced  $166,226 to three  stockholders  bearing
interest at 10% with a 10 year amortization  period commencing December 1, 1997.
During the year  ended  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  recorded  $17,378 in
interest income and the total advances increased to $183,604.

[7] Property and Equipment and Depreciation 

Property and equipment is comprised of the following:

                                                      December 31,
                                                   1 9 9 7     1 9 9 6

Machinery and Equipment                         $ 8,341,241 $ 5,036,652
Furniture and Fixtures                              992,909     620,838
Transportation Equipment                            268,525     223,397
Leasehold Improvements                              451,608     117,699
                                                ----------- -----------

Totals                                           10,054,283   5,998,586
Less:  Accumulated Depreciation                   3,471,023   2,360,286

  Totals                                        $ 6,583,260 $ 3,638,300
  ------                                        =========== ===========

     Depreciation expense amounted to $1,205,452,  $812,131 and $702,056 for the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

[8] Due from Related Party

     The  Company-  has amounts due from an entity  controlled  by the  majority
stockholder of the Company with interest to 10% per annum.  At December 31, 1997
and 1996,  the  balance  due the Company  amounted  to  $469,878  and  $473,952,
respectively.  Interest income on these amounts approximated $35,000 for each of
the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.

[9] Due from Stockholder - Noncurrent

The December 31, 1997 and 1996 balance due from  stockholder is comprised of two
unsecured promissory notes due on demand from the Company's  president.  Each of
the notes call for interest  payable at 10% per annum.  Interest income on these
amounts approximated $20,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996
and 1995.  The  cumulative  balance  outstanding of these notes was $111,984 and
$238,167 at December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.



                                      F-13

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #7
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[10] Lines of Credit

     In June 1997, the Company renewed and  re-negotiated a new credit agreement
with its bank. The new credit agreement  increased the Company's lines of credit
to $5,500,000, increased its term debt by $2,000,000, and allowed the Company to
refinance its existing  long-term debt  obligations  based on a reduced interest
rate. The new and existing credit facilities bear interest at rates ranging from
prime plus .50% to prime plus .25%, are  collateralized  by all corporate assets
and  have  been  used to pay off  the  former  line of  credit  and  other  debt
aggregating  approximately  $3,200,000.  The  available  portion  of the line of
credit was $-0- [based upon eligible accounts  receivable] at December 31, 1997.
This new credit agreement requires the Company,  among other things, to maintain
minimum  levels of earnings,  tangible net worth and certain  minimum  financial
ratios.  Effective  December 31, 1997,  the Company was not in  compliance  with
certain covenants with its bank and subsequently cured such defaults as a result
of the  Company's  refinancing  of the line [See  Note  23].  The line of credit
contained negative  covenants among other provisions,  requiring the consent for
the  disposition of assets,  acquisition or merger of any business,  guaranty of
any third party  obligations,  capital  restructure,  and any  distributions  or
payment of any dividends in cash or in stock. The weighted average interest rate
on short-term borrowings at December 31, 1997 and 1996 was 9.24 percent and 11.3
percent, respectively.

[11] Notes Payable

Notes payable consist of the following:
<TABLE>
                                                                                       December 31,
                                                                                   1 9 9 7      1 9 9 6
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>
Notes  payable  to  financial  institution  with  monthly  payments  of  $55,168
  including  principal  and interest at .25% above prime,  maturing  November 1,
  2001, collateralized by all corporate assets                                    $1,914,815   $1,691,747

Promissory notes to a stockholder [the former owner of Trinity] in the amount of
 $1,313,493  bearing interest at 9% per annum; maturing in April 1998 and March
 1998; unsecured.                                                                  1,313,493           --

Bridge loan to financial  institution;  bears  interest at 10.5%;  refinanced  in
  February 1998; collateralized by equipment; [See Note 22].                       1,000,000           --

Notes  payable  to  financial  institution  with  monthly  payments  of  $20,061
  principal and interest bearing interest at prime plus .25%;  maturing November
  2001; collateralized by machinery and equipment.                                   696,593           --

Notes payable to  financial  institution  with  monthly  payments of $4,675 with
  interest only at 8.75% until January 1998 convertible into term debt; maturing
  August 2002; collateralized by machinery and equipment.                            620,520           --

Note payable to financial  institution with monthly payments of $12,381 interest
  only;  bearing  interest  at prime  plus .25%;  convertible  into term debt in
  January 1998; maturing August 2002, collateralized by machinery.                   594,294           --
                                                                                  ----------   ----------
Totals - Forward                                                                  $6,139,715   $1,691,747

</TABLE>


                                      F-14

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #8
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>


[11] Notes Payable [Continued]
                                                                                         December 31,
                                                                                    1 9 9 7      1 9 9 6

<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>       
Totals - Forwarded                                                                $6,139,715   $1,691,747

Note payable to financing company with monthly payments of $12,435
  principal and interest; bearing interest at 8.7%; maturing May 2002;
  collateralized by machinery.                                                       540,326           --

Note payable to a financing company with monthly payments of $5,461;
  bearing interest at 11.2%; maturing February 2001; collateralized by
  equipment.                                                                         168,209           --

Note payable to financial institution with monthly payments of $4,181
  principal and interest bearing interest at 9.5% per annum; maturing
  May 2001; collateralized by machinery and equipment.                               128,376           --

Note payable to financial  institution with monthly payments of $6,293 including
  principal and interest at 8.35% per annum; matures March 2001;  collateralized
  by machinery and equipment                                                              --      269,393

Promissory  notes in the amounts of $500,000 and $400,000  issued in  connection
  with the  acquisition  of the cable  company,  bears interest at the prime rate
  plus .5% with monthly  payments of $33,276,  exchanged for common stock of the
  Company in November 1997 [See Note 4C]                                                  --      900,000

Totals                                                                             6,976,626    2,861,140
Less: Current Portion including Prommissory Note to a Stockholder                  3,368,749      796,867
                                                                                  ----------   ----------

  Noncurrent Portion                                                              $3,607,877   $2,064,273
  ------------------                                                              ==========   ==========
</TABLE>

The prime rate was 8.50% at December 31, 1997.

Current maturities on long-term debt at December 31, 1997 are as follows:

December 31,
   1998                             $ 3,368,749
   1999                               1,129,854
   2000                               1,147,843
   2001                               1,033,239
   2002                                 296,941
   Thereafter                                --
                                    -----------

   Total                            $ 6,976,626
   -----                            ===========



                                      F-15

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #9
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[12] Bridge Notes Payable

     In November  and  December  1995,  the Company  borrowed  an  aggregate  of
$1,000,000 in bridge loans,  as evidenced by four  promissory  notes of $250,000
each bearing a rate of eight percent [8%] simple interest.  The loans matured on
the  consummation of the public  offering of the Company's  securities [See Note
17C].  As  additional  consideration,  solely for making the loans,  the Company
granted  the  lenders  the  right to  receive  an  aggregate  of  200,000  units
["Bridgeholder's Units"]. Each Bridgeholder's Unit consists of (i) two shares of
Common Stock, (ii) two Class A Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants ["Class
A Warrants"]  and (iii) two Class B Redeemable  Common Stock  Purchase  Warrants
["Class B  Warrants"].  The Company  valued these units at $3.75 per unit taking
into consideration restrictions imposed on the holders of the Bridge Units as to
the salability of the units issued. The Company accounted for the $750,000 value
of the  Bridgeholder's  Units as debt issue  costs which were  amortized  by the
straight-line method which approximates the interest method over the life of the
promissory notes. For the year ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, amortization of
$462,122  and  $287,878,  respectively,  of  such  costs  are  reflected  in the
statements of operations.

[13] Income Taxes

Commencing  March 5, 1996,  the Company filed its tax returns on a  consolidated
basis  with all of its  subsidiaries.  Prior to March 5,  1996,  TMCI and Touche
filed separate  Subchapter C corporation tax returns and TEI was taxed under the
provisions of Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.

Deferred  income  taxes  reflect  the  tax   consequences  on  future  years  of
differences  between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial
reporting amounts.

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

                                                        December 31,
                                            ------------------------
                                               1 9 9 7     1 9 9 6     1 9 9 5
                                               -------     -------     -------
Current Tax Expense:
  Federal                                   $  554,581  $  126,644  $  354,200
  State                                          3,200      10,120      66,900
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------

  Totals                                       557,781     136,764     421,100
  Less: Benefit of Net Operating Loss Carryforward  --    (102,300)    (86,100)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------

  Total Current Provision                      557,781      34,464     335,000
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------

Deferred:
  Federal                                       93,748      40,658     203,800
  State                                         34,235     (56,123)     (4,600)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------

  Total Deferred Provision                     127,983     (15,465)    199,200
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------

  Total Provision for Taxes                 $  685,764  $   18,999  $  534,200
  -------------------------                 ==========  ==========  ==========



                                      F-16

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #10
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[13] Income Taxes [Continued]

The components of the deferred tax liability are as follows:

                                                             December 31,
                                                          1 9 9 7      1 9 9 6
Deferred Tax Asset:
  Alternative Minimum Tax Credits                       $   29,626  $   59,717
  Bad Debt Allowance                                        63,876      37,441
  Inventory Capitalization                                  30,746      21,230
  Unused State Tax Credit                                   59,128      69,603
                                                        ----------  ----------

  Deferred Tax Asset - Current                             183,376     187,991

Deferred Tax Liabilities:
  Excess Tax Over Book Accumulated Depreciation - 
  Non-Current                                             (560,180)   (436,781)

  Net Deferred Tax Liabilities                          $ (376,804) $ (248,790)
  ----------------------------                          ==========  ==========

A reconciliation between the Company's effective tax rate and the U.S. statutory
rate follows:

                                             1 9 9 7    1 9 9 6     1 9 9 5
                                             -------    -------     -------

U.S. Statutory Rate Applied to Pretax Income    34%        34%          34%
State Tax Provision - Net of Federal Tax Benefit 5          6            6
Effect of S Corporation Operations              --         13            2
Net Operating Loss Carryforward                 --        (42)          --
Other                                           (1)        --           11
                                             -----      -----       ------

  Total Effective Tax Rate                      38%        11%          53%
  ------------------------                   =====      =====       ======

As of December 31, 1996, the Company  utilized the remaining  balance of its net
operating  loss  carryforward  as an offset to its federal and state  income tax
expense.

[14] Related Party Transactions

In 1995,  Touche owed Textron  Financial  approximately  $401,700  which Antonio
Zertuche, Touche's landlord, agreed to repay in exchange for Touche's promissory
note to make monthly installments of approximately $6,322, including interest at
11.5% per annum, maturing December 1996. In January 1996, the Company refinanced
the  note,  and  issued  a new  note  for  approximately  $291,000  which is the
difference between the Company's original note payable of approximately $401,700
and its  cancellation  of an outstanding  note  receivable  from the landlord of
approximately $99,000, plus approximately $11,600 in the overpayment of property
taxes on leased property located at 1875 Dobbin Drive, San Jose, California. The
new note payable was  satisfied in March 1996,  from the proceeds of the initial
public offering.

In addition to acting as Chairman,  President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company,  Rolando  Loera is also  the sole  owner  of  Touche  Properties,  Inc.
["TPI"],  a real estate company which owns and leases the real property  located
at 1881-1899 Dobbin Drive [the  "Property"] to TEI and Touche,  two wholly-owned
subsidiaries  of the Company.  The rent  payments  made by TEI and Touche to TPI
amounted to  approximately  $576,144,  $576,144 and $477,640 for the years ended
1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. 



                                      F-17

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #11
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[15] Employee Stock Purchase Plan, Employees' Stock Ownership Plan and 
Employees' Defined Contribution Plan

The Board of Directors  adopted the Company's  1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
effective  December 1, 1997 approved by the  stockholders  on December 22, 1997.
Under such plan,  employees of the  Company,  including  executive  officers may
defer up to 20% of their annual compensation for the purchase of common stock of
the  Company at a price of 85% of the fair market  value of the common  stock on
the date of  issuance.  The plan  provides  for the  issuance  of up to  250,000
shares.

TMCI has a Noncontributory Employees' Stock Ownership Plan ["the Plan"] covering
all full-time employees who have met certain service  requirements.  It provides
for discretionary  contributions by TMCI as determined annually by the directors
and stockholders. As of December 31, 1997 and 1996, the Plan owned approximately
 .7% and .8%, respectively, of TMCI's outstanding shares.

The Company has a voluntary 401(k) savings plan covering all eligible employees.
The Company matches up to 5% of all  contributions on a discretionary  basis and
each employee vests 100% over 7 years.  The Company's  contributions  which were
charged to expense for the years ended  December  31,  1997,  1996 and 1995 were
$4,026, $5,036 and $1,945, respectively.

[16] Commitments and Contingencies

Construction Contract - In December 1997, Enterprise entered into a construction
contract in the amount of $488,532 to demolish  and remove an existing  building
and to construct  an addition to its primary  facility.  Enterprise  anticipates
that the contract will be paid with cash generated from operations.

Operating  Leases  -  The  Company  leases  its  production  and  administrative
facilities.  This obligation extends through April 2013. Annual rental increases
on each  January 1st shall be adjusted  per the average  annual  Consumer  Price
Index - San  Francisco/Oakland/San  Jose Metropolitan Area.  Beginning on May 1,
2003 and continuing  through the remaining lease term, the base rent will be the
prevailing market rate.

A portion of the Company's  production and administrative  facilities are leased
from an affiliate, Touche' Properties, Inc. which is 100% owned by the Company's
sole  stockholder.  The leases  commenced in November 1993 and November 1996 and
expire in November 2013. In addition,  the Company's newly acquired wholly-owned
subsidiary,  Trinity  will be entering  into a new lease  agreement  with Touche
Properties,  Inc. The agreement has not been drafted nor executed as of February
20, 1998 and accordingly, the below future minimum lease payments do not include
such payments in the related party leases.

Minimum lease payments for the next five years and thereafter [not including the
CPI increases] are:

                             Related Party  Third Party
                                Leases        Leases

1998                        $   576,144    $ 1,125,227
1999                            576,144      1,104,045
2000                            576,144      1,104,045
2001                            576,144        950,160
2002                            576,144        950,160
Thereafter                    6,289,572      8,766,840
                            -----------    -----------

  Totals                    $ 9,170,292    $14,000,477
  ------                    ===========    ===========

Total rent expense amounted to $1,901,356, $1,038,626 and $730,417 for the years
ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

The Company  has  minimum  future  sublease  rental  income due in the amount of
$45,000 in 1998.

                                      F-18

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #12
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[16] Commitments and Contingencies [Continued]

Employment  Agreements - In connection  with the merger of Trinity  Electronics,
Inc.  with and into a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Company,  TMCI/Trinity
Acquisition Corp. ["New Trinity"] entered into an employment  agreement with the
President of Trinity Electronics,  Inc. and New Trinity [the "Trinity Employment
Agreement"].  The Trinity  Employment  Agreement  calls for the president of New
Trinity to serve in that capacity for five years at an annual salary of $150,000
per year with an annual bonus  [payable in quarterly  installments]  of not less
than $25,000 per year. In addition to other  benefits  offered to all employees,
the  president  of New Trinity  shall  receive an auto  allowance  of $1,450 per
month. In the event of voluntary  termination by the president of New Trinity or
termination  for cause or malfeasance  as defined in the  employment  agreement,
then the  president of New Trinity is subject to a covenant  not to compete,  as
more fully  detailed  in the  employment  agreement,  for the shorter of (i) two
years from the date of  termination  of  employment  or (ii) five years from the
effective date of the employment agreement.

In  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  all  of the  outstanding  shares  of
Enterprise,  a California  corporation,  the Company  entered into an employment
agreement  with the chief  executive  officer  of  Enterprise  [the  "Enterprise
Employment Agreement"].  The Enterprise Employment Agreement calls for the chief
executive  officer of  Enterprise  to serve in that  capacity for a term of five
years  starting at an annual  salary of $50,000 and  increasing in increments to
$105,000 by the year 2001 with an annual bonus of 1% of sales of Enterprise  and
a 10%  earn  out  provision  as  defined  in the  agreement.  The  agreement  is
terminable at the will of either party. In addition,  to other benefits  offered
to all employees,  the chief  executive  officer of Enterprise  shall receive an
auto  allowance of $550 per month.  In the event of  termination  other than for
cause or  malfeasance,  as defined,  by the  Company,  then the chief  executive
officer shall receive $100,000 if termination  occurs in the first year, $75,000
if termination  occurs in the second year, and $50,000 if termination  occurs in
the third, fourth or fifth years.

The Company has entered into an employment  agreement  ["Agreement]  dated as of
December 28, 1995 with its president.  The term of employment commenced on March
5, 1996, the effective date of the public  offering and will expire on the fifth
anniversary thereof. The annual salary under the Agreement is $225,000. The term
of employment will be automatically extended for an additional five year term in
the absence of notice from either party. This salary may be increased to reflect
annual cost of living  increases and may be  supplemented by  discretionary  and
performance increases as may be determined by the Board of Directors except that
during the first three years  following the effective  date,  his salary may not
exceed $225,000.  The Agreement  provides that during the initial three years of
the term of  employment,  an annual  bonus of  $100,000  will be  awarded to the
president.  The 1997 and 1996 bonus was  relinquished by the President.  Bonuses
during the remainder of the term of employment  will be at the discretion of the
Board of Directors.

The Agreement  provides,  among other things,  for participation in an equitable
manner in any  profit-sharing or retirement plan for employees or executives and
for  participation  in other  employee  benefits  applicable  to  employees  and
executives  of the Company.  The  Agreement  further  provides for the use of an
automobile  and  other  fringe  benefits   commensurate   with  his  duties  and
responsibilities.  The  Agreement  also  provides  for  benefits in the event of
disability.

If employment by the Company of Mr. Loera terminates or Mr. Loera becomes unable
to perform his duties, the Company may be adversely affected.






                                      F-19

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #13
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




[17] Stockholders' Equity

[A]  Description  of  Securities - The  authorized  capital stock of the Company
consists of 25,000,000  shares of common stock,  $.001 par value per share.  All
shares of common stock are entitled to share  equally in dividends  from sources
legally  available  therefor  when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors
and,  upon  liquidation  or  dissolution  of the Company,  whether  voluntary or
involuntary,  to share  equally  in the  assets  of the  Company  available  for
distribution to stockholders. All outstanding shares of common stock are validly
authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

[B] Issuance of Common Stock - On November 6, 1995,  the Company  issued 600,000
shares of its common stock to its then sole  stockholder in exchange for $1,000,
which is reflected retroactively in the statement of stockholders' equity.

[C] Public  Offering - On March 11, 1996,  the Company closed the initial public
offering  of  its  securities  resulting  in net  proceeds  to  the  Company  of
approximately  $5,700,000.  The Company sold 1,472,000  Units  consisting of one
share of common stock,  $0.001 par value per share,  and one redeemable  Class A
warrant at a price of $5.00 per Unit.  Each Class A warrant  entitles the holder
to purchase one share of common stock at a price of $5.50 per share for a period
of four  years  beginning  March 5,  1997.  The  Company  may redeem the Class A
warrants any time after March 5, 1997, upon thirty days written  notice,  if the
average  closing  price or bid price of the common  stock,  as  reported  by the
principal  market on which the  common  stock is  quoted  or  traded,  equals or
exceeds $8.75 per share, for any 20 consecutive  trading days ending within five
days prior to the date of the notice of  redemption.  The Company used a portion
of the proceeds  from the  offering to repay the bridge notes  described in Note
12.

Effective  with the  offering,  the Company  sold the  underwriter  an option to
purchase up to an aggregate  of 128,000  units.  Each unit shall be  exercisable
during the  four-year  period  commencing  one year after  March 11,  1996.  The
exercise  price of the units issuable upon exercise of the  underwriter's  units
during the period of exercisability shall be $8.25.

[D] Conversion of Debt-to-Equity - Immediately prior to the public offering, the
holders of the convertible  promissory  notes exercised the conversion  right of
the notes and exchanged them for 298,720 shares of TMCI.

[E] Stock Purchase  Agreements - On December 28, 1995, the Company  entered into
Stock Purchase Agreements [the "Agreements"] with the stockholders of Touche and
TEI to  acquire  all of the  issued  and  outstanding  stock of Touche  and TEI.
Immediately  prior to the public offering,  the Company  exchanged its shares of
Touche and TEI for 567,600 and 27,280 shares, respectively, of TMCI.

[F] 1997 Stock Option Plan -The Board of Directors  adopted the  Company's  1997
Stock Option Plan,  effective December 1, 1997,  approved by the stockholders on
December 22, 1997.  Under such plan, key employees and officers and  consultants
of the Company may be granted options to purchase shares of the Company's Common
Stock at their fair market value on the date of grant.  The plan provides for an
aggregate of 1,000,000 options. There were no options granted as of December 31,
1997.

Any future  awards will be  determined  by the Board of Directors or a Committee
established by the Board.

1995 Stock Option Plan - The Company has adopted a stock option plan,  effective
December 22, 1995.  Under such plan, key employees and officers and  consultants
of the  Company  will be granted  options to  purchase  shares of the  Company's
common stock at their fair market value on the date of grant.  The plan provides
for an  aggregate  of 500,000  options.  On December  22,  1995,  the  Company's
president  was granted  options to purchase  100,000  shares of common  stock at
$3.75 per  share.  The  options  vest two years  from the date of grant and will
expire in December 2005. The Plan also permits stock  appreciation  rights to be
granted in tandem with options.


                                      F-20

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #14
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[17] Stockholders' Equity [Continued]

[F] 1995 Stock Option Plan  [Continued]  - A summary of the  activity  under the
plan is as follows:
<TABLE>

                                                        Weighted Average
                                                            Remaining       Weighted-
                                                           Contractual       Average
                                                    Shares     Life       Exercise Price
                                                   --------    --------    ----------
Balance - December 31, 1994                            --

<S>                                                 <C>        <C>          <C>    
Granted                                             100,000    10 Years     $  3.75
Exercised                                                --
Forfeited/Expired                                        --
                                                  ---------

  Outstanding - December 31, 1995                   100,000    10 Years     $  3.75
  -------------------------------

Granted                                                  --
Exercised                                                --
Forfeited/Expired                                        --
                                                  ---------

  Outstanding - December 31, 1996                   100,000     9 Years     $  3.75
  -------------------------------

Granted                                             324,500    10 Years     $  4.88
Exercised                                                --
Forfeited/Expired                                        --
                                                  ---------

  Outstanding - December 31, 1997                   424,500    9.1 Years    $  4.61
  -------------------------------                 =========

  Exercisable - December 31, 1997                   391,166    9.2 Years    $  4.69
  -------------------------------                 =========
</TABLE>

The  weighted-average  fair  value of  options  granted  during  the year  ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 was $2.79 and $2.77, respectively.

No compensation cost was recognized in the periods  presented.  Had compensation
cost for the Company's stock options issued to employees been  determined  based
per share upon the fair value at the grant date for stock  options  issued under
these plans pursuant to the methodology  prescribed under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards ["SFAS"] No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,
the Company's net income and basic earnings per share would have been decreased,
on a pro forma basis, by approximately  $344,900 or $.10 per share and $138,500,
or $.05 per share for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996,  respectively,
which is based upon the amortization of the 1997 and 1995 fair value. The effect
on 1995  earnings was  immaterial.  The fair value of stock  options  granted to
employees used in determining the pro forma amounts is estimated at $904,000 and
$277,000 during 1997 and 1995 using the Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model for
the pro forma amounts with the following weighted average assumptions:
                                                        December 31,
                                            ------------------------
                                               1 9 9 7     1 9 9 6     1 9 9 5
                                               -------     -------     -------

Risk-free Interest Rate                         6.00%        N/A        5.87%
Expected Life                                  6 Years       N/A       6 Years
Expected Volatility                            52.57%        N/A       82.07%
Expected Dividends                              None        None        None



                                      F-21

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #15
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[17] Stockholders' Equity [Continued]

[F] 1995 Stock Option Plan  [Continued]  - Net income and net earnings per share
as  reported,  and  on a pro  forma  basis  as if  compensation  cost  had  been
determined on the basis of fair value pursuant to SFAS No. 123 is as follows:

                                                      December 31,
                                                   1 9 9 7     1 9 9 6
Net Income:
  As Reported                                   $ 1,136,186 $   148,337
  Pro Forma                                     $   791,286 $     9,837

Basic Earnings Per Share:
  As Reported                                   $       .31 $       .05
  Pro Forma                                     $       .22 $        --

Diluted Earnings Per Share:
  As Reported                                   $       .28 $       .05
  Pro Forma                                     $       .20 $        --

The Company has agreed to sell to its underwriter,  or their  designees,  for an
aggregate  purchase  price of $128,  an  option  ["Underwriter's  Unit  Purchase
Option"] to purchase up to an aggregate of 128,000 Units. The Underwriter's Unit
Purchase Option shall be exercisable  during the four-year period commencing one
(1) year after the effective date of the Company's initial public offering.  The
Underwriter's  Unit Purchase  Option may not be assigned,  transferred,  sold or
hypothecated by the underwriter  after the Effective Date, except to officers or
partners of the underwriters or any of the underwriter and selling group members
in this offering.  Any profits  realized by the underwriter upon the sale of the
units issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriter's  Unit Purchase  Option may be
deemed to be additional  underwriting  compensation.  The exercise  price of the
units issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriter's  Unit Purchase  Option during
the  period  of  exercisability  shall  be  $8.25.  The  exercise  price  of the
Underwriter's  Unit Purchase Option and the number of shares covered thereby are
subject to adjustment in certain events to prevent dilution. For the life of the
Underwriter's  Unit Purchase Option, the holders thereof are given, at a nominal
cost, the opportunity to profit from a rise in the market price of the Company's
units,  common stock and warrants  with a resulting  dilution in the interest of
other stockholders.  The Company may find it more difficult to raise capital for
its  business if the need should  arise while the  Underwriter's  Unit  Purchase
Option is outstanding.  At any time when the holders of the  Underwriter's  Unit
Purchase  Option might be expected to exercise it, the Company would probably be
able to obtain additional capital on more favorable terms.

[18] Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Effective  December  31,  1995,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  No.  107,  "Disclosure  About  Fair  Value  of  Financial
Instruments," which requires disclosing fair value to the extent practicable for
financial instruments which are recognized or unrecognized in the balance sheet.
The fair value of the financial  instruments disclosed herein is not necessarily
representative  of the amount that could be  realized  or settled,  nor does the
fair value amount  consider the tax  consequences  of realization or settlement.
The following table summarizes financial instruments by individual balance sheet
classifications:
<TABLE>
                                           December 31, 1997           December 31, 1996
                                         Carrying        Fair         Carrying        Fair
                                          Amount         Value         Amount         Value

<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Due from Stockholder                   $    88,167    $    88,167    $   238,167    $   238,167
Note Receivable - Stockholders         $   144,292    $   144,292    $   166,226    $   166,226
Due from Related Party                 $   469,878    $   469,878    $   473,952    $   473,952
Notes Payable - Net of Current Portion $(3,570,985)   $(3,570,985)   $(2,064,273)   $(2,064,273)
</TABLE>

                                      F-22

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #16
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[18] Fair Value of Financial Instruments [Continued]

In  assessing  the fair value of these  financial  instruments,  the Company was
required to make assumptions, which were based on estimates of market conditions
and risks  existing  at that time.  For  certain  instruments,  including  cash,
accounts receivable, notes receivable, accounts payable, amounts due to and from
related parties and affiliates,  and short-term debt,  management estimates that
the  carrying  amount   approximated  fair  value  for  the  majority  of  these
instruments  because of their short  maturities.  Management  estimates that the
carrying amount of its long-term indebtedness  approximates fair value since the
interest rates  currently  offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining
maturities  approximates  the  average  interest  rates  which  the  Company  is
currently paying.

[19] New Authoritative Accounting Pronouncements

The Financial Accounting Standards Board ["FASB"] has issued Statement of 
Financial Accounting Standards ["SFAS"] No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive 
Income."  SFAS No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 
15, 1997.  Earlier application is permitted.  Reclassification of financial
statements for earlier periods provided for comparative purposes is required.  
SFAS No. 130 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company.

The FASB has issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise 
and Related Information."  SFAS No. 131 changes how operating segments are 
reported in annual financial statements and requires the reporting of selected 
information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to 
shareholders.  SFAS No. 131 is effective for periods beginning after December 
15, 1997, and comparative information for earlier years is to be restated.  
SFAS No. 131 need not be applied to interim financial statements in the initial 
year of its application.  SFAS No. 131 is not expected to have a material impact
on the Company.


[20] Quarterly Financial Data [Unaudited]

The  following  quarterly  financial  data is  unaudited,  but in the opinion of
management  includes all necessary  adjustments  for a fair  presentation of the
interim results.

                               March 31,  June 30,    September 30, December 31,

Fiscal 1997:
  Revenues                   $7,442,688  $9,601,706   $10,728,640   $11,173,632
  Gross Profit               $2,240,544  $2,574,789   $ 3,152,147   $2,223,139
  Net Income                 $  306,862  $  395,924   $   607,671   $ (174,271)
  Net Income Per Share - Basi$      .09  $      .11   $       .17   $     (.06)
  Net Income Per Share - Dilu$ed    .08  $      .10   $       .16   $     (.06)











                                      F-23

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #17
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[20] Quarterly Financial Data [Unaudited] [Continued]

                               March 31,  June 30,    September 30, December 31,

Fiscal 1996:
  Revenues                      $7,730,465  $7,519,668  $5,246,434   $5,643,261
  Gross Profit                  $1,403,476  $1,592,279  $1,536,535   $1,369,793
  Net Income                    $   20,345  $ 272,285   $  172,741   $(317,034)
  Net Income Per Share - Basic  $      .02  $     .08   $      .05   $    (.10)
  Net Income Per Share - Diluted$      .02  $     .08   $      .05   $    (.10)

Fiscal 1995:
  Revenues                      $7,177,975  $7,626,704  $7,295,213   $5,999,027
  Gross Profit                  $1,769,692  $1,630,678  $1,830,317   $1,171,096
  Net Income                    $  439,659  $ (15,779)  $  236,325   $(186,789)
  Net Income Per Share - Basic  $      .24  $    (.01)  $      .12   $    (.10)
  Net Income Per Share - Diluted$      .24  $    (.01)  $      .12   $    (.10)

[21] Litigation

On May 12, 1997, Electronics Manufacturing Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation
with its principal place of business in the State of Colorado, filed a complaint
in the  Superior  Court for the  County of Santa  Clara,  action  No.  CV766138,
against Touche Electronics,  Inc. Electronic Manufacturing Systems, Inc. ["EMS"]
claims damages for breach of contract and common  counts,  under the theories of
an open book account,  money owed, and an account stated. Their claims arise out
of an alleged purchase order dated January 8, 1996 from Touche Electronics, Inc.
for the customized construction,  ordering, and delivery of parts and components
for custom  assemblies.  EMS claims that TEI cancelled the purchase  order on or
about July 22, 1996.  They further assert that they have not been  successful in
reselling many of the custom  assemblies and parts.  EMS seeks the principal sum
of  $236,691,  plus  interest  thereon  at the  legal  rate from the date of the
alleged  breach.  TEI has filed an  answer to the  complaint  and  currently  is
defending the action.  A non-binding  judicial  arbitration will be held on this
matter in mid April  1998.  The  company is  currently  defending  its  position
vigorously  and believes that the results of operations  and financial  position
will not be materially impacted.

[22] Subsequent Events - Convertible Debentures

On February 10, 1998,  the Company  closed an offering of three of its debenture
units for a total offering price of $3.3 million.  Each unit consists of four of
the Company's 5% $275,000 Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures due February 10,
2001 [the "Debentures"] and 100,000 Class B Warrants to purchase common stock of
the Company [the "Warrants"].  Interest on the Debentures  accrues quarterly and
is  payable   annually.   The  Debentures  are   subordinated  to  other  Senior
Indebtedness as such term is defined in the Debenture. A portion of the proceeds
were used to repay the bridge loan [See Note 11].

The  Debentures  are  convertible  at the  option of the  holder  at a  variable
conversion  price ranging from $3.00 to $5.50 per share  depending on the market
value  of the  common  stock  of  the  Company  at the  time  of the  notice  of
conversion.  Accordingly,  the  Company  may be  required  to issue no less than
600,000 shares nor more than 1,100,000  shares upon  conversion of the principal
amount of the Debentures.

In  addition,  the  Company is issuing  25,000  Class B Warrants  per  Debenture
[subject to adjustment for  reclassification,  capital  reorganization  or other
change  of the  outstanding  shares  of common  stock of the  Company]  for each
Debenture  outstanding as of the earlier to occur of the one year anniversary of
the closing or the date three months  following the  registration  of the common
stock  issuable upon  conversion of the  Debentures and upon the exercise of the
Warrants.  The  Warrants  have an exercise  price of $5.50 per share  subject to
adjustment for dilutive issuances.

                                      F-24

<PAGE>



TMCI  ELECTRONICS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, Sheet #18
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------



[22] Subsequent Events - Convertible Debentures [Continued]

In connection  with the foregoing  issuance,  the Company paid a finder's fee to
M.J.  Segal and Associates in the amount of $176, 000 pursuant to the terms of a
Non  Circumvention and Finder's Fee Agreement between the Company and M.J. Segal
and Associates  [the  "Agreement"].  In addition,  the Company gave M.J. Segal a
$66,000  credit  toward the  purchase  of one  quarter of a  Debenture.  The Non
Circumvention and Finder's Fee Agreement calls for the issuance of the number of
shares of common stock to M.J. Segal and Associates equal to 5% of the principal
amount  of the  securities  sold  divided  by the  greater  of  (i)  any  stated
conversion  price in the debenture and (ii) average of the closing bid and asked
prices for the common  stock of the Company for the five  trading  days prior to
closing  and, in this case,  a number of warrants  equal to 10% of the number of
shares issuable based on the Stated  Conversion  Price [to be determined  60,000
and 110,000]. 

The Non  Circumvention  and  Finder's  Fee  Agreement  also  provides  that upon
exercise of any Warrants issued in the offering, M.J. Segal and Associates shall
receive a cash fee  equal to 4% of the  amount  received  upon  exercise  of the
Warrants;  common  stock  equal to 5% of the number or shares  issued  upon such
exercise; and warrants equal to 10% of the number of shares issued upon exercise
[excluding  warrants  exercised by M.J. Segal and Associates or its affiliates].
The warrants  shall have an exercise price of 125% of the average of the bid and
asked prices for the Company on the five trading days preceding the transaction,
shall be non callable and shall expire three years from the date of issuance.

[23]  Events Subsequent to the Date of the Report of Independent Auditors 
      (Unaudited)

New Line of  Credit - On March 2,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a Loan and
Security  Agreement with Fleet Capital  Corporation [the "Fleet Line"] providing
for borrowings of up to $25,000,000  based on certain formulas  contained within
the Loan and Security Agreement.  As of March 10, 1998, the Company was eligible
to borrow up to $17,222,691  under the Fleet Line and had borrowed  $10,347,841.
In addition,  the former line of credit was repaid,  certain  notes payable were
satisfied and a promissory note to the stockholder [the former owner of Trinity]
was  repaid.  Borrowings  were in the form of two Term Loans  ["Term Loan A" and
"Term Loan B,"]  respectively,  an equipment loan [the Equipment Loan,  together
with the Term  Loans,  the  "Fixed  Loans"]  and  revolving  credit  loans  [the
"Revolving  Credit  Loans"].  Term  Loan A is in the  principal  amount  of $4.7
million and bears interest at the rate of prime plus 0.5%. Term Loan B is in the
principal  amount of $2.0  million and bears  interest at the rate of prime plus
1.5%.  The Equipment  Loan is in the principal  amount of $4.0 million and bears
interest at the rate of prime plus 0.5%. The Revolving  Credit Loans are in such
amount as the Company elects, up to the borrowing base permitted by the Loan and
Security  Agreement  and bear  interest at the rate of 0.25% plus  prime.  As of
March 10,  1998,  the Company had  $3,647,841  outstanding  under the  Revolving
Credit Loans.  The Fixed Loans are payable in monthly  installments of principal
and interest with principal  amortizing over a seven year period and the balance
due on March 2, 2003;  interest  only on the  Revolving  Credit Loans is payable
monthly  with the  principal  due  upon  termination  of the  Loan and  Security
Agreement.  Interest on the Fixed Loans and  Revolving  Credit Loans is adjusted
daily.  Interest on the Fixed Loans may be adjusted  downward by 0.25% each year
for two years if the Company meets certain performance  criteria as reflected in
its audited  financial  statements  for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1998
and December 31, 1999,  respectively.  Interest on the Revolving Credit Loan may
be adjusted  downward by 0.25% only once if the  Company  meets the  performance
criteria as reflected in its audited  financial  statements  for the fiscal year
ended  December  31,  1998.  In addition,  if the Company  meets the  conditions
specified for December 31, 1998,  it may, at its option,  have the interest rate
on (i) the Revolving  Credit Loan converted into LIBOR plus 2.5%; (ii) Term Loan
A and the Equipment Loan converted into LIBOR plus 2.75%;  and (iii) Term Loan B
converted into LIBOR plus 3.75%.


                .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .   .

                                      F-25

<PAGE>
                            INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
 TMCI Electronics, Inc.
 San Jose, California

Our report on the consolidated financial statements of TMCI Electronics, Inc. is
referenced on Page F-1 and included in this Form 10-K.  In  connection  with our
audits of such financial statements,  we have also audited the related financial
statement schedule listed on page F-27 of the Form 10-K.

In our  opinion,  the  financial  statement  schedule  referred  to above,  when
condidered  in  relation  to the basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,
presents  fairly,  in all  material  aspects,  the  information  required  to be
included therein.         


                                       MOORE STEPHENS, P.C.
                                       Certified Public Accountants.

New York, New York
February 20, 1998



















                                      F-26
<PAGE>

TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------





        Column A              Column B    Column C      Column D     Column E
        --------              --------    --------      --------     --------

                             Balance at  Charged to
                              Beginning   Cost and                  Balance at
       Description            of Period   Expenses     Deductions  End of Period

Valuation Reserved Deducted in
  the Balance Sheet from the Asset
  to Which it Applies:

  1997 Allowance for Doubtful
   Accounts                 $  160,356    $  67,077   $        --  $     93,279
                            ==========    =========   ===========  ============

  1996 Allowance for Doubtful
   Accounts                 $   93,279    $  85,000   $        --  $      8,279
                            ==========    =========   ===========  ============

  1995 Allowance for Doubtful
   Accounts                 $    8,279    $      --   $        --  $      8,279
                            ==========    =========   ===========  ============



                                        F-27





                                                                     Exhibit A


                            TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.


                      CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES


      THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK  ISSUABLE UPON  CONVERSION OF
THIS  SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE  "SECURITIES  ACT"),  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  LAWS.  NEITHER THIS
SECURITY,  THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON  CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY
NOR ANY  INTEREST OR  PARTICIPATION  HEREIN OR THEREIN MAY BE  REOFFERED,  SOLD,
ASSIGNED,  TRANSFERRED,  PLEDGED,  ENCUMBERED  OR  OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF IN THE
ABSENCE OF SUCH  REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH  TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT
SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION.

      THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY,  BY ITS ACCEPTANCE  HEREOF,  AGREES TO OFFER,
SELL OR  OTHERWISE  TRANSFER  SUCH  SECURITY,  ONLY  (A) TO THE  COMPANY  OR ANY
SUBSIDIARY THEREOF,  (B) TO AN "ACCREDITED  INVESTOR" WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE
501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT,
OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR," FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND
NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN
VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN A TRANSACTION  WHICH IS OTHERWISE  EXEMPT
FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, (C) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION  STATEMENT WHICH
HAS BEEN  DECLARED  EFFECTIVE  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT,  (D) IN AN  OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION  IN ACCORDANCE  WITH RULE 904 OF  REGULATION S UNDER THE  SECURITIES
ACT,  OR (E)  PURSUANT  TO ANOTHER  AVAILABLE  EXEMPTION  FROM THE  REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT,  SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY'S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY
SUCH OFFER,  SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (B), (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE
DELIVERY  OF AN OPINION  OF  COUNSEL,  CERTIFICATION  AND/OR  OTHER  INFORMATION
SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM, AND IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING  CASES, A CERTIFICATE
OF  TRANSFER  IN THE  FORM  APPEARING  ON THE  OTHER  SIDE OF THIS  SECURITY  IS
COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE COMPANY.

                                    -1-                  

<PAGE>



                            TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.

                 CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2001

      No.
      Principal Amount: $
      Issue Date: February 10, 1998
      Stated Maturity Date: February 10, 2001
      Interest Rate: 5.00% per annum

      TMCI ELECTRONICS,  INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), for value
received,  hereby promises to pay to ________________ or registered assigns, the
Principal Amount specified above of ____________________________________________
Dollars at the Company's  corporate  office on February 10, 2001 in such coin or
currency  of the United  States of  America  as at the time of payment  shall be
legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

      The  principal of this  Debenture  shall bear interest at the rate of five
percent (5%) per annum, accrued quarterly and paid annually or upon conversion.

      Reference is hereby made to the further  provisions of this  Debenture set
forth on the reverse  hereof,  which further  provisions  shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has duly  caused this  instrument  to be
executed  and has  caused a  facsimile  of its  corporate  seal to be  imprinted
hereon.

      Dated: February 10, 1998
                             TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.


                                          By__________________________________
                               Name: Rolando Loera
                                          Title:   Chairman, President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer

ATTEST:

- -----------------------------
Secretary

                                    -2-                    

<PAGE>



                            TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.

                 CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES DUE 2001


1.    The Debentures

      This  Debenture is one of a number of  debentures in the  denomination  of
$275,000 or an integral  multiple  thereof made by the Company in the  aggregate
principal amount of up to $5,500,000, and all maturing on February 10, 2001, and
otherwise having the same provisions. At the discretion of the Company, up to an
additional  sixteen  (16)  Debentures  may be  issued.  The  Debentures  and any
Debentures issued in exchange therefor as hereinafter provided are herein called
"Debentures."

2.    Interest

      The unpaid  principal  amount of this Debenture shall bear interest at the
rate of five percent (5%) per annum  calculated  on the basis of a 365 day year.
Such  interest  shall accrue  quarterly  on March 31, June 30,  September 30 and
December  31 of each year  until the  Debenture  is  converted  or paid in full.
Interest shall be payable in cash and due and payable upon conversion and, until
conversion,  on February 10 of each year  ("Anniversary  Date"). In the event of
conversion of the Debenture  prior to an  Anniversary  Date, the holder shall be
entitled to receive upon conversion  accrued but unpaid interest through the end
of the quarter immediately prior to the date of conversion.

3.    Execution, Delivery and Dating

      Debentures  bearing the manual or facsimile  signatures of individuals who
were at any time the proper  officers  of the  Company  shall bind the  Company,
notwithstanding  that such  individuals  or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the delivery of such Debentures or did not hold such offices at
the date of such  Debentures.  Each  Debenture  shall  be dated  the date of its
delivery.

4.    Method of Payment

      With  respect to the  Debentures,  the Company  will pay cash amounts by a
check  payable  in money of the  United  States of  America  that at the time of
payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

5.    Transfer and Exchange

      (a) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Debenture, together
with a written instrument of transfer  satisfactory to the Company duly executed
by the Debentureholder or such

                                    -3-              

<PAGE>



Debentureholder's  attorney duly authorized in writing,  at the office or agency
of the Company,  the Company shall execute,  in the name of the true  designated
transferee(s),  one or more new  Debentures of any  authorized  denomination  or
denominations,  of a like  aggregate  Principal  Amount.  The Company  shall not
charge a service  fee for any  registration  or transfer  or  exchange,  but the
Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or
other  governmental  charges that may be imposed in connection with the transfer
or exchange of the Debentures from the Debentureholder  requesting such transfer
or exchange  (other than any exchange of a temporary  Debenture for a definitive
Debenture not involving any change in ownership).

      At the  option  of the  Holder,  Debentures  may be  exchanged  for  other
Debentures of any authorized denomination or denominations,  of a like aggregate
Principal  Amount,  upon surrender of the  Debentures to be exchanged,  together
with a written instrument of transfer  satisfactory to the Company duly executed
by the  Debentureholder  or such  Debentureholder's  attorney duly authorized in
writing,  at such office or agency.  Whenever any  Debentures are so surrendered
for exchange,  the Company shall execute the Debentures  which the holder making
the exchange is entitled to receive.

      The Company  shall not be  required  to make  transfers  or  exchanges  of
Debentures selected for conversion.

      (b) If Debentures are issued upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of
Debentures subject to restrictions on transfer and bearing the legends set forth
herein  (collectively,  the  "Legend"),  or if a request  is made to remove  the
Legend on a Debenture,  the  Debentures so issued shall bear the Legend,  or the
Legend shall not be removed,  as the case may be,  unless (i) there is delivered
to the Company such  satisfactory  evidence,  which shall  include an opinion of
counsel, as may be reasonably  required by the Company,  that neither the Legend
nor the  restrictions  on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that
transfers thereof may be made without  registration  under the Securities Act or
that such Debentures are not  "restricted"  within the meaning of Rule 144 under
the  Securities  Act. Upon (i) provision of such  satisfactory  evidence or (ii)
notification  to the Company of the  effectiveness  of a registration  statement
with respect to the  Debentures,  the Company shall  authenticate  and deliver a
Debenture that does not bear the Legend. If a Legend is removed from the face of
a Debenture  and the  Debenture  is  subsequently  held by an  affiliate  of the
Company, the Legend shall be reinstated.

6.    Replacement Debentures

      If (a) any mutilated  Debenture is surrendered to the Company,  or (b) the
Company receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,  loss or theft
of any  Debenture,  and there is  delivered  to the  Company  such  security  or
indemnity as may be required to save the Company harmless,  then, in the absence
of notice to the Company that such  Debenture  has been  acquired by a bona fide
purchaser,  the Company  shall  execute and  deliver,  in exchange  for any such
mutilated Debenture or in lieu of any such destroyed,  lost or stolen Debenture,
a new  Debenture  of like  tenor and  Principal  Amount,  bearing  a number  not
contemporaneously outstanding.


                                    -4-                   

<PAGE>



      In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debenture has become
or is about to become due and payable,  the Company in its sole  discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Debenture,  pay or purchase such Debenture, as the case
may be.

      Upon the issuance of any new Debentures  under this Section 6, the Company
may  require  the  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to  cover  any  tax  or  other
governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in  relation  thereto  and any other
expenses in connection  therewith.  Every new Debenture  issued pursuant to this
Section 6 in lieu of any mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Debenture shall
constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether
or not the destroyed,  lost or stolen Debenture shall be at any time enforceable
by  anyone,   and  shall  be  entitled  to  all  benefits   hereof  equally  and
proportionately with any and all other Debentures duly issued hereunder.

      The  provisions of this Section 6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the  replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debentures.

7.    Debentures Not Redeemable

      The Debentures shall not be redeemable by the Company.

8.    Successor Company

      (a) When Company May Merge or Transfer  Assets.  So long as any Debentures
shall be outstanding,  the Company shall not consolidate  with or merge into any
other  corporation  or other person or convey,  transfer or lease its properties
and assets substantially as an entirety (a "Business Combination") to any person
(such successor corporation or person, as the case may be, shall in this Section
8 be referred to as the "Successor Company"), unless

            (1) the Successor  Company shall be organized and existing under the
            laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of
            Columbia, and shall expressly assume the due and punctual payment of
            the principal of and premium,  if any, and interest,  if any, on all
            the  Debentures  and  the  performance  of  every  covenant  of  the
            Debentures on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

            (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of
            Default,  and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both,
            would  become  an Event  of  Default,  shall  have  happened  and be
            continuing.

      (b)  Successor  Company  Substituted.  Upon any  Business  Combination  in
accordance  with Section 8(a),  the  Successor  Company or person formed by such
consolidation  or into which the Company is merged or to which such  conveyance,
transfer or lease is made shall  succeed  to, and be  substituted  for,  and may
exercise every right and power and shall be required to perform every obligation
of, the Company under the  Debentures  with the same effect as if such Successor
Company

                                    -5-                 

<PAGE>



or person had been named as the Company herein,  and  thereafter,  except in the
case  of  a  lease,  the  predecessor  corporation  shall  be  relieved  of  all
obligations and covenants  under the Debentures.  The rights of the holders upon
conversion  of the  Debentures  following  the  Business  Combination  shall  be
proportionately  adjusted  to  take  into  account  the  terms  of the  Business
Combination  as  follows:  the  holders of the  Debentures  shall be entitled to
receive such  securities  of the Successor  Company or other  property that they
would have been entitled to receive had they  converted  their  Debentures  into
Common Stock on the effective date of the Business Combination.

9.    Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

      The Debentures are in registered form,  without coupons,  in denominations
of $275,000 of Principal Amount and integral multiples of $275,000. A Holder may
transfer or exchange  Debentures in accordance with Section 5 above. The Company
may require a Holder,  among other things, to furnish  appropriate  endorsements
and  transfer  documents  and to pay  any  taxes  and  fees  required  by law or
permitted hereunder.

10.   Persons Deemed Owners

      The Company shall treat the Holder of this  Debenture as the owner of this
Debenture for all purposes.

11.   Amendment; Waiver

      (a) With Consent of Holders. With the written consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate  Principal  Amount of the  Debentures  at the time
outstanding, the Company may amend the Debentures.  However, without the consent
of each Debentureholder  affected,  an amendment or supplement to the Debentures
may not:

            (1)   make any change to the Principal Amount of any Debentures;

            (2) reduce the rate of  interest  referred to in Section 2 or extend
the time for payment of interest on any Debenture;

            (3) reduce the Principal  Amount of or extend the Stated Maturity of
any Debenture;

            (4) reduce the amount of stock  issuable in respect of conversion of
any Debenture;

            (5) make any  Debenture  payable in money or  securities  other than
that stated in the Debenture;


                                    -6-                   

<PAGE>



            (6) impair the right to institute  suit for the  enforcement  of any
payment with respect to, or conversion of, the Debentures.

      After an amendment hereunder becomes effective,  the Company shall mail to
each Holder a notice briefly describing the amendment of the Company.

      (b)  Revocation  and Effect of  Consents,  Waivers and  Actions.  Until an
amendment or waiver becomes effective,  a consent to it or any other action by a
Holder of a Debenture  hereunder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every
subsequent  Holder of that  Debenture or portion of the Debenture that evidences
the same obligation as the consenting  Holder's  Debenture,  even if notation of
the consent,  waiver or action is not made on the Debenture.  However,  any such
Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent,  waiver or action as to such
Holder's  Debenture  or portion of the  Debenture  if the Company  receives  the
notice of revocation  before the date the  amendment,  waiver or action  becomes
effective. After an amendment, waiver or action becomes effective, it shall bind
every Debentureholder except as provided in this Section 11.

12.   Special Provisions Applicable to Debentures

      (a) Conversion Privilege.  Each of the Debentures is convertible into such
number  of shares  of the  Company's  common  stock,  par value  $.001 per share
("Common Stock"), as is provided below.

      (b) Conversion Terms. Holders of the Debentures may convert the Debentures
in whole or in part in one-quarter or one-fifth increments at any time after the
earlier of the date the Registration  Statement is declared effective or six (6)
months  following  the initial  closing under the Offering  ("Initial  Closing")
provided that the holder notifies the Company with written notice via U.S. Mail,
courier,  or  confirmed  facsimile  transmission  of the  intention  to convert.
Provided that an event of default under Section 13 has not occurred, the Company
may call a mandatory  conversion at any time (i) after the third  anniversary of
the issuance of the  Debentures  or prior  thereto (ii) if the closing bid price
for the Common  Stock as  reported  by NASDAQ is $8.75 per share or higher for a
period of ten (10) consecutive  trading days and the Registration  Statement has
been declared effective by providing written notice of its intention to call for
conversion to the holders.

      (c) Conversion  Price.  Upon conversion of the Debentures,  the Conversion
Price  shall be the lesser of the  "Stated  Conversion  Price" or the  "Adjusted
Conversion  Price." The Stated  Conversion  Price shall be equal to the lower of
the Market  Price (as  hereinafter  defined) at the date of  issuance  under the
Offering or the closing bid price on the trading day  immediately  prior to such
issuance;  provided that the Stated Conversion Price shall not exceed $5.50. For
the purpose  hereof,  Market  Price shall mean,  as of a  particular  date,  the
average closing bid price of the Common Stock as reported by NASDAQ for the five
(5) trading days immediately  preceding such date. The Adjusted Conversion Price
shall be  calculated  as the  greater of (i) the  Applicable  Percentage  of the
Market Price on the date of the notice from the Debentureholder of its intention
to exercise the conversion  privilege;  or (ii) the "Minimum  Conversion Price".
For the purposes hereof, the term

                                    -7-                   
<PAGE>



Applicable  Percentage  shall mean eighty  percent  (80%)  during the first year
following  the initial  closing  under the  Offering  (the  "Initial  Closing"),
seventy-five  percent (75%) during the second year following the Initial Closing
and seventy  percent (70%) during the third year following the Initial  Closing,
and the term Minimum  Conversion  Price shall mean $3.00 per share.  The minimum
and maximum  number of shares of Common Stock per Debenture that would be issued
upon conversion would be 50,000 and 91,667 shares, respectively.  The Debentures
may be converted in whole or in one-quarter or one-fifth increments.

      (d)  Issuance of Shares.  Within five (5) business  days of the  Company's
receipt of a notice of intention to convert under  Paragraph (b) of this Section
12 or in the event of a mandatory  conversion under such paragraph,  the Company
shall  issue to the Holder  that  number of shares of Common  Stock equal to the
principal  amount of the Debenture being converted  divided by the lesser of the
Stated Conversion Price or the Adjusted Conversion Price (subject to the minimum
and maximum number of shares issuable upon conversion of a Debenture as provided
by Paragraph (c) of this Paragraph 12). No fractional shares shall be issued and
any fractional share shall be rounded up to a whole share.

            (i)   Debentures Subordinate to Senior Indebtedness.

                  The  Company   covenants  and  agrees,   and  each  Holder  of
Debentures,  by its acceptance thereof,  likewise covenants and agrees, that, to
the extent and in the manner  hereinafter  set forth in this subsection (e), the
indebtedness  represented  by the Debentures and the payment of the principal of
and interest on the Debentures are hereby expressly made subordinate and subject
in right of payment as provided in this subsection (e) to the prior indefeasible
payment and  satisfaction  in full in cash or, as  acceptable  to the holders of
Senior  Indebtedness,  in any other  manner,  of all existing and future  Senior
Indebtedness.

                  This subsection (e) shall constitute a continuing offer to all
Persons who, in reliance upon such provisions,  become holders of or continue to
hold Senior  Indebtedness;  and such  provisions are made for the benefit of the
holders of Senior Indebtedness; and such holders are made obligees hereunder and
they or each of them may enforce such provisions.

            (ii) Payment Over of Proceeds upon Dissolution, etc.

                  In the  event  of (A) any  insolvency  or  bankruptcy  case or
proceeding,  or any receivership,  liquidation,  reorganization or other similar
case or proceeding in  connection  therewith,  relative to the Company or to its
creditors,  as such, or to its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary,  or (B)
any  liquidation,  dissolution  or  other  winding-up  of the  Company,  whether
voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving  insolvency or bankruptcy,
or (c) any  general  assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors  or any  other
marshaling of assets or liabilities of the Company, then and in any such event:


                                    -8-                    

<PAGE>



                  (1) the  holders of Senior  Indebtedness  shall be entitled to
      receive payment and  satisfaction in full in cash or, as acceptable to the
      holders of Senior Indebtedness, in any other manner, of all amounts due on
      or in  respect  of all  Senior  Indebtedness,  before  the  Holders of the
      Debentures  are entitled to receive or retain any payment or  distribution
      of any kind or character on account of principal of,  premium,  if any, or
      interest on the Debentures; and

                  (2) any  payment or  distribution  of assets of the Company of
      any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, by set-off
      or  otherwise,  to  which  the  Holders  would  be  entitled  but  for the
      provisions of this subsection (e) shall be paid by the liquidating trustee
      or agent or other Person  making such payment or  distribution,  whether a
      trustee in  bankruptcy,  a receiver or  liquidating  trustee or otherwise,
      directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their  representative or
      representatives  or to the trustee or trustees  under any indenture  under
      which any instruments  evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have
      been issued,  ratably  according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid
      on account of the Senior  Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the
      extent  necessary to make payment in full in cash or, as acceptable to the
      holders  of  Senior  Indebtedness,  in any  other  manner,  of all  Senior
      Indebtedness  remaining  unpaid,  after  giving  effect to any  concurrent
      payment or  distribution,  or provision  therefor,  to the holders of such
      Senior Indebtedness; and

                  (3)  in  the  event  that,   notwithstanding   the   foregoing
      provisions  of this clause (ii),  the Holder of any  Debenture  shall have
      received any payment or  distribution of assets of the Company of any kind
      or character, whether in cash, property or securities,  including, without
      limitation,  by way of set-off or  otherwise,  in respect of principal of,
      premium,  if  any,  and  interest  on the  Debentures  before  all  Senior
      Indebtedness  is paid and  satisfied  in full in cash or such  payment and
      satisfaction  thereof in cash is provided for, then and in such event such
      payment  or  distribution  upon  written  notice  to the  Holder  of  such
      Debenture  shall be held by the Holder of such  Debenture in trust for the
      benefit  of  the  holders  of  such  Senior   Indebtedness  and  shall  be
      immediately paid over or delivered forthwith to the liquidating trustee or
      agent or other  person  making  payment or  distribution  of assets of the
      Company  for  application  to  the  payment  of  all  Senior  Indebtedness
      remaining unpaid,  to the extent necessary to pay all Senior  Indebtedness
      in full in cash or, as acceptable  to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness,
      any other  manner,  after  giving  effect  to any  concurrent  payment  or
      distribution,  or  provision  therefor,  to or for the  holders  of Senior
      Indebtedness.

                   The  consolidation  of the Company with, or the merger of the
Company with or into,  another  Person or the  liquidation or dissolution of the
Company   following   the  transfer  of  all  its  assets  (as  an  entirety  or
substantially  as an entirety) to another  person upon the terms and  conditions
set forth in  Section 8 hereof  shall not be deemed a  dissolution,  winding-up,
liquidation,

                                    -9-                    

<PAGE>



reorganization,  assignment for the benefit of creditors or marshaling of assets
and  liabilities  of the Company for the purposes of this  subsection (e) if the
Person formed by such  consolidation  or the surviving  entity of such merger or
the  Person  which   acquires  by  transfer  such  assets  (as  an  entirety  or
substantially as an entirety) shall, as a part of such consolidation,  merger or
transfer, comply with the conditions set forth in such Section 8 hereof.

            (iii) Suspension of Payment when Senior Indebtedness in Default.

            (A) Unless clause (ii) of this  subsection  (e) shall be applicable,
      no payment or  distribution  of any assets or securities of the Company of
      any kind or character (including,  without limitation,  cash, property and
      any payment or distribution  which may be payable or deliverable by reason
      of the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company being subordinated
      to the  payment of the  Debentures  by the  Company)  may be made by or on
      behalf of the Company including,  without limitation, by way of set-off or
      otherwise, for or on account of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
      on the  Debentures,  or for or on  account  of the  purchase,  redemption,
      defeasance or other acquisition of the Debentures,  and no holder or owner
      of any  Debentures  shall take or receive  from the  Company,  directly or
      indirectly  in any  manner,  payment in  respect of all or any  portion of
      Debentures  following the delivery by the representative of the holders of
      Senior  Indebtedness  (the  "Representative")  to the  Holders  of written
      notice of (i) the occurrence of a payment  default on Senior  Indebtedness
      or (ii) the  occurrence  of a  non-payment  event  of  default  on  Senior
      Indebtedness  which results in the  acceleration of the maturity of Senior
      Indebtedness  in accordance  with its terms,  and in any such event,  such
      prohibition shall continue until such payment default is cured,  waived in
      writing  or ceases to exist or such  acceleration  has been  rescinded  or
      otherwise cured.

            (B)  Unless  clause  (ii) of this  subsection  (e)  hereof  shall be
      applicable,  upon the  occurrence  of a  non-payment  event of  default on
      Senior  Indebtedness  which  does not  result  in or has not  resulted  in
      acceleration of the maturity of Senior Indebtedness in accordance with its
      terms,  no payment or  distribution  of any  assets or  securities  of the
      Company of any kind or character  (including,  without  limitation,  cash,
      property  and  any  payment  or  distribution  which  may  be  payable  or
      deliverable  by reason of the  payment  of any other  Indebtedness  of the
      Company  being  subordinated  to  the  payment  of the  Debentures  by the
      Company) shall be made by or on behalf of the Company, including,  without
      limitation,  by way of  set-off  or  otherwise,  for or on  account of any
      principal of, premium,  if any, or interest on the Debentures or for or on
      account of the purchase,  redemption,  defeasance or other  acquisition of
      Debentures, and no holder or owner of any Debentures shall take or receive
      from the Company, directly or indirectly in any manner, payment in respect
      of all or any portion of the Debentures, for a period (a "Payment Blockage
      Period")  commencing  on the date of  receipt  by the  Holders  of written
      notice from the  Representative of such non-payment event of default until
      (subject to any blockage of payments  that may then be in effect under the
      preceding  paragraph  (A)) the earliest to occur of the following  events:
      (x) more than 179 days  shall  have  elapsed  since the date of receipt of
      such written notice by the Holders, (y)

                                    -10-                   

<PAGE>



      such  non-payment  event of  default  shall  have been  cured or waived in
      writing or shall have  ceased to exist or such Senior  Indebtedness  shall
      have been paid in full in cash and the  Holders  have been so  notified by
      either the  Representative  or the  Company or (z) such  Payment  Blockage
      Period shall have been  terminated by written notice to the Company or the
      Holders  from  the  Representative.  Upon  the  termination  of a  Payment
      Blockage  Period,  the Company  shall  resume  making any and all required
      payments  in respect of the  Debentures,  including  any missed  payments.
      Notwithstanding  any  other  provisions  of this  Debenture,  no  event of
      default with respect to Senior Indebtedness (other than a payment default)
      which  existed or was  continuing on the date of the  commencement  of any
      Payment  Blockage Period initiated by the  Representative  shall be, or be
      made, the basis for the  commencement of a second Payment  Blockage Period
      initiated by the  Representative  unless such event of default  shall have
      been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. In
      no event shall a Payment  Blockage  Period extend beyond 179 days from the
      date of the  receipt  by the  Holders of the  notice  referred  to in this
      clause (iii)(B) (the "Initial Blockage Period").  Any number of additional
      Payment  Blockage  Periods may be  commenced  during the Initial  Blockage
      Period; provided, however, that no such additional Payment Blockage Period
      shall extend beyond the Initial Blockage  Period.  After the expiration of
      the Initial Blockage  Period,  no Payment Blockage Period may be commenced
      under  this  clause  (iii)(B)  until at least  180  consecutive  days have
      elapsed from the last day of the Initial Blockage Period.

            (C) In the event that,  notwithstanding the foregoing, the Holder of
      any Debenture shall have received any payment  prohibited by the foregoing
      provisions of this clause (iii), then and in such event such payment shall
      be paid over and delivered forthwith to the Representative  initiating the
      Payment  Blockage  Period,  in trust for  distribution  to the  holders of
      Senior  Indebtedness  or, if no amounts  are then due in respect of senior
      Indebtedness, promptly returned to the Company, or otherwise as a court of
      competent jurisdiction shall direct.

            (iv)  Subrogation to Rights of Holders of Senior Indebtedness.

                  Upon  the  payment  in full of all  Senior  Indebtedness,  the
Holders of the  Debentures  shall be  subrogated to the rights of the holders of
such Senior Indebtedness to receive payments and distributions of cash, property
and  securities  applicable to the Senior  Indebtedness  until the principal of,
premium,  if any,  and  interest on the  Debentures  shall be paid in full.  For
purposes of such  subrogation,  no payments or  distributions  to the holders of
Senior  Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of
the Debentures  would be entitled  except for the provisions of this  subsection
(e), and no payments  pursuant to the  provisions of this  subsection (e) to the
holders of Senior  Indebtedness by Holders of the Debentures shall, as among the
Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders
of the  Debentures,  be deemed to be a payment or distribution by the Company to
or on account of the Senior Indebtedness.


                                    -11-                   

<PAGE>



                   If any payment or  distribution  to which the  Holders  would
otherwise have been entitled but for the provisions of this subsection (e) shall
have been  applied,  pursuant to the  provisions of this  subsection  (e) to the
payment of all amounts  payable  under the Senior  Indebtedness  of the Company,
then and in such case the Holders  shall be entitled to receive from the holders
of  such  Senior   Indebtedness   at  the  time   outstanding  any  payments  or
distributions  received by such holders of such Senior Indebtedness in excess of
the amount  sufficient  to  indefeasibly  pay all  amounts  payable  under or in
respect of such Senior Indebtedness in full in cash.

            (v)   Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights.

                  The  provisions  of this  subsection  (e) are and are intended
solely for the purpose of  defining  the  relative  rights of the Holders of the
Debentures on the one hand and the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  on the other
hand.  Nothing contained in this subsection or elsewhere in this Debenture or in
the  Debentures  is intended to or shall (A) impair,  as among the Company,  its
creditors  other than  holders  of Senior  Indebtedness  and the  Holders of the
Debentures,  the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,
to pay to the Holders of the  Debentures  the  Principal  of and interest on the
Debentures as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance  with
their  terms,  or (B) affect the  relative  rights  against  the  Company of the
Holders of the Debentures and creditors of the Company other than the holders of
Senior  Indebtedness  or (C) prevent the Holder of any Debenture from exercising
all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon a default or an event of
default  under  this  Debenture,  subject  to the  rights,  if any,  under  this
subsection  (e) of the holders of Senior  Indebtedness  (1) in any insolvency or
bankruptcy case or proceeding,  or any receivership,  liquidation,  arrangement,
reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection  therewith,  or
any  liquidation,  dissolution  or other  winding-up,  or any assignment for the
benefit of creditors or other  marshaling of assets and liabilities  referred to
in clause (ii)  hereof,  to receive,  pursuant  to and in  accordance  with such
clause,  cash, property and securities  otherwise payable or deliverable to such
Holder,  or (2) under the  conditions  specified  in clause (iii) to prevent any
payment  prohibited  by such  clause or enforce  their  rights  pursuant  clause
(iii)(c) hereof.

                  The  failure to make a payment on account of  principal  of or
interest on the  Debentures  by reason of any provision of this  subsection  (e)
shall not be construed as preventing  the occurrence of a default or an event of
default hereunder.

            (vi)  No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

                  (A) No right of any  present  or future  holder of any  Senior
      Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time
      in any way be  prejudiced  or impaired by any act or failure to act on the
      part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any
      such  holder,  or by any  non-compliance  by the  Company  with the terms,
      provisions  and covenants of this  Debenture,  regardless of any knowledge
      thereof any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.


                                    -12-                  
<PAGE>



                  (B)  Without  limiting  the  generality  of clause (A) of this
      subsection  (e)(vi),  the holders of Senior  Indebtedness may, at any time
      and from time to time,  without the consent of or notice to the Holders of
      the Debentures,  without  incurring  responsibility  to the Holders of the
      Debentures and without impairing or releasing the  subordination  provided
      in this subsection (e) or the obligations  hereunder of the Holders of the
      Debentures  to the holders of Senior  Indebtedness,  do any one or more of
      the following:  (1) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend
      the time of  payment  of, or renew or alter,  Senior  Indebtedness  or any
      instrument  evidencing  the  same (or any  agreement  under  which  Senior
      Indebtedness is outstanding; (2) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal
      with  any  property  pledged,   mortgaged  or  otherwise  securing  Senior
      Indebtedness;  (3)  release  any  Person  liable  in any  manner  for  the
      collection or payment of Senior Indebtedness;  and (4) exercise or refrain
      from  exercising  any rights  against the  Company  and any other  Person;
      provided,  however,  that in no event shall any actions limit the right of
      the  Holders  of the  Debentures  to take any  action  to  accelerate  the
      maturity of the Debentures  pursuant to Section 13 hereof or to pursue any
      rights or remedies  hereunder  or under  applicable  laws if the taking of
      such action does not otherwise violate the terms of this Debenture.

            (vii) No Suspension of Remedies.

                  Nothing contained in this subsection (e) shall limit the right
of the Holders of Debentures  to take any action to  accelerate  the maturity of
the  Debentures  pursuant  to Section  13 or to pursue  any  rights or  remedies
hereunder or under  applicable  law,  subject to the rights,  if any, under this
subsection (e) of the holders, from time to time, of Senior Indebtedness.

      (f) Anti-dilution and Exchange Provisions.  In the event that prior to the
conversion of the  Debentures,  the Company issues (other than pursuant to stock
option or purchase  plans for the  benefit of the  Company's  employees)  Common
Stock for cash at a purchase  price or  convertible  securities  at a conversion
price or warrants at an exercise  price below the  conversion  price or exercise
price then in effect,  respectively (in either case, a "Reduced Price") relating
to  the   Debentures  or  the  Warrants   issued  in  the  Offering,   then  the
Debentureholders shall have the right to immediately convert their Debentures at
the Reduced  Price.  In the event that the Company shall issue (other than in an
underwritten public offering) convertible  securities prior to the conversion of
the Debentures,  holders of the Debentures shall have the right to purchase such
convertible securities using Debentures valued at the face value thereof.

13.   Default and Remedies

      (a) Events of Default. An Event of Default occurs if:

            (i) the Company is in breach of a representation  or warranty in the
Securities Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Debentures were acquired;


                                    -13-                    
<PAGE>



            (ii) the  Company  defaults  in payment of the  Principal  Amount or
accrued interest, as the case may be, in respect of the Debentures when the same
becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

            (iii) the Company fails either to deliver  shares of Common Stock in
accordance  with the terms of the Debentures  when such Common Stock is required
to be delivered in accordance with the terms of a Debenture;

            (iv) the  Company  fails to  comply  with  any  material  covenants,
obligation or other agreement in of the Debentures,  subject to notice and lapse
of time;

            (v) the Company  defaults (A) in the payment of any principal on any
debt for borrowed money of the Company (excluding any non-recourse  debt), in an
aggregate principal amount in excess of five hundred thousand  ($500,000),  when
due at its final maturity after giving effect to any applicable grace period and
the holder  thereof shall have taken  affirmative  action to enforce the payment
hereof,  or (B) in the  performance  of any  term or  provision  of any debt for
borrowed money of the Company  (excluding any non-recourse debt) in an aggregate
principal amount in excess of five hundred  thousand  ($500,000) or that results
in such debt  becoming or being  declared  due and payable  prior to the date on
which it would otherwise become due and payable,  unless,  in the case of either
clause (A) or (B) above, (x) such acceleration or action to enforce payment,  as
the case  may be,  has  been  rescinded  or  annulled,  (y)  such  debt has been
discharged  or (z) a sum  sufficient  to  discharge  in full  such debt has been
deposited  in trust by or on behalf of the Company,  debt has been  deposited in
trust on or behalf of the Company,  in each case, within a period of thirty (30)
days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company
by the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Debentures,  a written
notice  specifying  such  default or defaults  and stating that such notice is a
"Notice of Default" hereunder; or

            (vi) the Company pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy
Law:

                  (A)   commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

                  (B)   consents to the entry of an order for relief  against it
                        in an involuntary case or proceeding or the commencement
                        of any case against it;

                  (C)   consents to the  appointment of a Custodian of it or for
                        any substantial part of its property;

                  (D)  makes  a  general  assignment  for  the  benefit  of  its
creditors;

                  (E)   files a  petition  in  bankruptcy  or answer or  consent
                        seeking reorganization or relief; or


                                    -14-                   

<PAGE>



                  (F)   consents   to  the  filing  of  such   petition  or  the
                        appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian;

            (vii) a court of  competent  jurisdiction  enters an order or decree
under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                  (A)   is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case
                        or proceeding,  or adjudicates the Company  insolvent or
                        bankrupt;

                  (B)   appoints  a   Custodian   of  the  Company  or  for  any
                        substantial part of its property; or

                  (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company;

            and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

      (b) Acceleration.  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, unless
the Principal  Amount of all the  Securities  shall have already  become due and
payable,  the Holders of at least 10% in the aggregate  principal  amount of the
Debentures  at the time  outstanding,  by notice to the  Company may declare the
Principal Amount and all accrued and unpaid interest on all Debentures to be due
and payable, whereupon such Principal Amount and all accrued and unpaid interest
on all the Debentures shall be due and payable immediately.

     Debentureholders may not enforce the Debentures except as provided herein.

14. Notices.  Any notice or  communication  shall be in writing and delivered in
person, by reputable  overnight  courier,  by facsimile or mailed by first-class
mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

            if to the Company:

                  TMCI Electronics, Inc.
                  1875 Dobbin Drive
                  San Jose, CA  95133
                  Fax#: 408-254-1537
                  Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

            with a copy to:

                  Gould & Wilkie
                  One Chase Manhattan Plaza
                  58th Floor
                  New York, New York  10005

                                    -15-                   

<PAGE>



                  Fax#: 212-809-6890
                  Attention:  Frederick W. London, Esq.

      The Company by notice may designate  additional or different addresses for
subsequent  notices or  communications.  Any notice or communication  given to a
Debentureholder  shall be mailed by first-class mail to the  Debentureholder  at
the  Debentureholder's  address as it appears on the  registration  books of the
Company and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Debentureholder  or any defect in
it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Debentureholders. If a
notice or  communication  is mailed in the  manner  provided  above,  it is duly
given, whether or not received by the addressee.

15.   No Recourse Against Others

      A director,  officer,  employee or  stockholder,  as such,  of the Company
shall  not have any  liability  on any  obligations  of the  Company  under  the
Debentures  or for any claim  based on, in  respect  of or by any reason of such
obligations or their creation.  By accepting a Debenture,  each  Debentureholder
waives and releases all such  liability.  The waiver and release are part of the
consideration for the issue of the Debentures.

16.   Governing Law

      This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of the State of New York without  regard to the  principles  of conflict of
laws. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of
the  state and  federal  courts  sitting  in the City of New  York,  borough  of
Manhattan,  for the  adjudication  of any  dispute  hereunder  or in  connection
herewith or with any transaction  contemplated  hereby or discussed herein,  and
hereby  irrevocably  waives,  and  agrees  not to assert in any suit,  action or
proceeding,  any claim that it is not personally  subject to the jurisdiction of
any  such  court,  that  such  suit,  action  or  proceeding  is  brought  in an
inconvenient  forum or that the  venue of such  suit,  action or  proceeding  is
improper.  Each party hereby  irrevocably waives personal service of process and
consents  to process  being  served in any such suit,  action or  proceeding  by
mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under
this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient
service of process and notice thereof.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed
to limit in any way any right to serve  process in any manner  permitted by law.
If any  provision of this  Agreement  shall be invalid or  unenforceable  in any
jurisdiction,  such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity
or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the
validity or  enforceability  of any  provision  of this  Agreement  in any other
jurisdiction.



                                    -16-                   

<PAGE>



17.   Successors

      All agreements of the Company in the Debentures shall bind its successor.

18.   Severability

      In case any  provision  in the  Debentures  shall be  invalid,  illegal or
unenforceable,  the  validity,  legality  and  enforceability  of the  remaining
provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

19.   Definitions

      For the purposes of this Debenture, except as otherwise expressly provided
or unless the context  otherwise  requires,  the following  terms shall have the
meanings indicated:

      "Bankruptcy  Law" means  Title 11,  United  States  Code,  or any  similar
Federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

      "Board of Director" or "Board" means,  with respect to any matter,  either
the board of  directors  of the  Company  or any  committee  of such  board duly
authorized, with respect to such matter, to exercise the powers of such board.

      "Business Day" means each day of the year on which banking institutions in
the City of New York are not required or authorized to close.

      "Company"  means TMCI  Electronics,  Inc.  until a  successor  replaces it
pursuant to Section 8 hereof,  and thereafter,  shall mean such  successor.  The
foregoing  sentence shall  likewise  apply to any  subsequent  such successor or
successors.

      "Common  Stock"  means,  with  respect to any Person,  any and all shares,
interest or other  participations in, and other equivalents  (however designated
and  whether  voting or  nonvoting)  of, such  Person's  common  stock,  whether
outstanding  at the Issue Date or issued  after the Issue  Date,  and  includes,
without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock.

      "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee,  liquidator,  custodian
or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

      "Debentures"means the Convertible Subordinated Debentures due February 10,
2001, as amended or supplemented  from time to time in accordance with the terms
hereof and thereof.

      "Default"  means  any  event  that is or with the  passage  of time or the
giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.


                                    -17-                   

<PAGE>



      "Holder" or "Debentureholder"  means a person in whose name a Debenture is
registered on the Company's books.

      "Indebtedness"  means (without  duplication),  with respect to any Person,
any indebtedness at any time  outstanding,  secured or unsecured,  contingent or
otherwise,  which is for  borrowed  money  (whether  or not the  recourse of the
lender  is to the  whole  of the  assets  of such  Person  or only to a  portion
thereof),  or evidenced by bonds,  notes,  debentures or similar  instruments or
representing  the  balance  deferred  and  unpaid of the  purchase  price of any
property (excluding,  without limitation,  any balances that constitute accounts
payable or trade payables, and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary
course of business) if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness would
appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance
with U.S.  generally accepted  accounting  principles  ("GAAP"),  and shall also
include,  to the  extent  not  otherwise  included  (i)  any  capitalized  lease
Obligations,  (ii) Obligations secured by a lien to which the property or assets
owned or held by such  Person  is  subject,  whether  or not the  Obligation  or
Obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed (provided,  however, that if
such Obligation or Obligations  shall not have been assumed,  the amount of such
Indebtedness  shall be deemed to be the  lesser of the  principal  amount of the
Obligation  or the fair market value of the pledged  property or assets),  (iii)
guarantees  of items of other  Persons  which  would  be  included  within  this
definition  for such other Persons  (whether or not such items would appear upon
the balance sheet of the guarantor),  (iv) all Obligations for the reimbursement
of any obligor on any letter of credit,  banker's  acceptance or similar  credit
transaction (provided that, in the case of any such letters of credit, the items
for which  such  letters of credit  provide  credit  support  are those of other
Persons which would be included  within this definition for such other Persons),
and (v)  Obligations  of any such  Persons  under any  interest  rate  agreement
applicable  to any of the  foregoing  if and to the extent  such  interest  rate
agreement  Obligations  would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such
Person  prepared in  accordance  with GAAP.  The amount of  Indebtedness  of any
Person  at any  date  shall  be the  outstanding  balance  at  such  date of all
unconditional  Obligations  as described  above and,  with respect to contingent
Obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving
rise to the Obligation,  provided (i) that the amount outstanding at any time of
any Indebtedness  issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of
such Indebtedness less the remaining  unamortized  portion of the original issue
discount of such Indebtedness at such time as determined in conformity with GAAP
and (ii) that Indebtedness  shall not include any liability for Federal,  state,
local or other taxes. Furthermore, guarantees of (or Obligations with respect to
letters  of credit  supporting)  Indebtedness  and liens  securing  Indebtedness
otherwise  included  in the  determination  of such  amount  shall  not  also be
included.

      "NASDAQ" means the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated 
Quotation System.

      "Obligations"   means   any   principal,    interest,   penalties,   fees,
indemnifications,  reimbursements,  damages and other liabilities  payable under
the documentation governing any Indebtedness.


                                    -18-                   

<PAGE>


      "Person" means any individual,  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

      "Principal"  or  "Principal  Amount" of a  Debenture  means the  principal
amount due at the Stated  Maturity of the  Debenture as set forth on the face of
the Debenture.

      "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

      "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      "Senior  Indebtedness"  means the  principal of and  premium,  if any, and
interest  (including,  without limitation,  interest accruing or that would have
accrued but for the filing of a bankruptcy,  reorganization  or other insolvency
proceeding  whether or not such interest  constitutes an allowable claim in such
proceeding) on, and any and all other fees,  expense  reimbursement  obligations
and other  amounts due pursuant to the terms of all  agreements,  documents  and
instruments providing for, creating, securing or evidencing or otherwise entered
into in  connection  with (a) all  Indebtedness  of the Company  owed to lenders
under or in respect of the  Company's  existing  credit  facility  or such other
facility  which it may have in the future,  (b) all  obligations  of the Company
with respect to any interest rate agreement,  (c) all obligations of the Company
to reimburse  any bank or other person in respect of amounts paid under  letters
of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments,  (d) all other Indebtedness
of the  Company  which  does not  provide  that it is to rank pari passu with or
subordinate  to  the  Debentures,  (e)  all  deferrals,   renewals,  extensions,
replacements,  refundings,  refinancings and  restructurings of, and amendments,
modifications and supplements to, any of the Senior Indebtedness described above
and (f) any trade payable arising from the purchase of goods or materials or for
services  obtained in the ordinary course of business or contingent  obligations
arising out of customary indemnification  agreements with respect to the sale of
assets or securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing,
Senior  Indebtedness  will not include (i) Indebtedness of the Company to any of
its Subsidiaries,  (ii) Indebtedness  represented by the Debentures or (iii) any
Indebtedness which by the express terms of the agreement or instrument creating,
evidencing or governing the same is junior or subordinate in right of payment to
any item of Senior Indebtedness.

      "Stated Maturity", when used with respect to any Debenture, means the date
specified  in such  Debenture  as the fixed date on which the  Principal of such
Debenture is due and payable.

      "Warrant" or "Warrants"  mean the detachable  Class B Warrants to purchase
one (1) share of the Company's Common Stock issued pursuant to the Offering.

      "Warrant  Agreement"  means the  Agreement  between  the  Company  and the
Warrant Agent relating to the Warrants.

                                    -19-                   



            ------------------------------------------------------


            ------------------------------------------------------

                             TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.
                       TOUCHE MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.,
                            TOUCHE ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                        ENTERPRISE INDUSTRIES, INC., and
                            TRINITY ELECTRONICS, INC.

            ======================================================

                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
                              Dated: March 2, 1998
                                 $25,000,000.00
            ======================================================







            ------------------------------------------------------

                            FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION
            ------------------------------------------------------



<PAGE>


                                      (vi)
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page


SECTION 1. CREDIT FACILITY...................................................1

  1.1 Revolving Credit Loans.................................................1
    1.1.1 Loans and Reserves.................................................1
    1.1.2 Use of Proceeds....................................................1

  1.2 Term and Equipment Loans...............................................2
    1.2.1 Term Loans-A.......................................................2
    1.2.2 Term Loan-B........................................................2
    1.2.3 Equipment Loans....................................................2

  1.3 Letters of Credit; LC Guaranties.......................................2


SECTION 2. INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES........................................2

  2.1 Interest...............................................................2
    2.1.1 Rates of Interest..................................................2
    2.1.2 Default Rate of Interest...........................................3
    2.1.3 Maximum Interest...................................................3
    2.1.4 Adjustment to Interest Rate Margin.................................3
    2.1.5 LIBOR Rate Loans...................................................3

  2.2 Computation of Interest and Fees.......................................3

  2.3 Commitment Fee.........................................................4

  2.4 Letter of Credit and LC Guaranty Fees..................................4

  2.5 Unused Line Fee........................................................4

  2.6 Reimbursement of Expenses..............................................4

  2.7 Bank Charges...........................................................5


SECTION 3. LOAN ADMINISTRATION...............................................5

  3.1 Manner of Borrowing Revolving Credit Loans.............................5
    3.1.1 Loan Requests......................................................5
    3.1.2 Disbursement.......................................................6
    3.1.3 Authorization......................................................6

  3.2 Payments...............................................................6
    3.2.1 Principal on Revolving Credit Loans................................6
    3.2.2 Principal on Term Loans and Equipment Loans........................6
    3.2.3 Interest...........................................................7
    3.2.4 Costs, Fees and Charges............................................7
    3.2.5 Other Obligations..................................................7

  3.3 Mandatory Prepayments..................................................7

  3.4 Application of Payments and Collections................................7

  3.5 All Loans to Constitute One Obligation.................................7

  3.6 Loan Accounts..........................................................8

  3.7 Statements of Account..................................................8

  3.8 Appointment of TMCI as Agent...........................................8

  3.9 Funding Losses on LIBOR Loans..........................................8

  3.10 Changes in Law and LIBOR Loans........................................9


SECTION 4. TERM AND TERMINATION..............................................9

  4.1 Term of Agreement......................................................9

  4.2 Termination............................................................9
    4.2.1 Termination by Lender..............................................9
    4.2.2 Termination by Borrower...........................................10
    4.2.3 Termination Charges...............................................10
    4.2.4 Effect of Termination.............................................10


SECTION 5. SECURITY INTERESTS...............................................10

  5.1 Security Interest in Collateral.......................................11

  5.2 Lien Perfection; Further Assurances...................................11


SECTION 6. COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION........................................11

  6.1 General...............................................................12
    6.1.1 Location of Collateral............................................12
    6.1.2 Insurance of Collateral...........................................12
    6.1.3 Protection of Collateral..........................................12

  6.2 Administration of Accounts............................................12
    6.2.1 Records, Schedules and Assignments of Accounts....................12
    6.2.2 Discounts, Allowances, Disputes...................................13
    6.2.3 Taxes.............................................................13
    6.2.4 Account Verification..............................................13
    6.2.5 Maintenance of Dominion Account...................................13
    6.2.6 Collection of Accounts, Proceeds of Collateral....................14

  6.3 Administration of Inventory...........................................14
    6.3.1 Records and Reports of Inventory..................................14
    6.3.2 Returns of Inventory..............................................14

  6.4 Administration of Equipment...........................................14

  6.4 Administration of Equipment...........................................14
    6.4.1 Records and Schedules of Equipment................................14
    6.4.2 Dispositions of Equipment.........................................14

  6.5 Payment of Charges....................................................15


SECTION 7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................15

  7.1 General Representations and Warranties................................15
    7.1.1 Organization and Qualification....................................15
    7.1.2 Corporate Power and Authority.....................................15
    7.1.3 Legally Enforceable Agreement.....................................16
    7.1.4 Capital Structure.................................................16
    7.1.5 Corporate Names...................................................16
    7.1.6 Business Locations; Agent for Process.............................16
    7.1.7 Title to Properties; Priority of Liens............................16
    7.1.8 Accounts..........................................................16
    7.1.9 Equipment.........................................................17
    7.1.10 Financial Statements; Fiscal Year................................18
    7.1.11 Full Disclosure..................................................18
    7.1.12 Solvent Financial Condition......................................18
    7.1.13 Surety Obligations...............................................18
    7.1.14 Taxes............................................................18
    7.1.15 Brokers..........................................................19
    7.1.16 Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses.....................19
    7.1.17 Governmental Consents............................................19
    7.1.18 Compliance with Laws.............................................19
    7.1.19 Restrictions.....................................................19
    7.1.20 Litigation.......................................................19
    7.1.21 No Defaults......................................................20
    7.1.22 Leases...........................................................20
    7.1.23 Pension Plans....................................................20
    7.1.24 Trade Relations..................................................20
    7.1.25 Labor Relations..................................................20
    7.1.26 Environmental Matters............................................20
    7.1.27 Interdependent Businesses and Operations.........................21
    7.1.28 Acquisitions.....................................................21

  7.2 Continuous Nature of Representations and Warranties...................21

  7.3 Survival of Representations and Warranties............................21


SECTION 8. COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS..............................21

  8.1 Affirmative Covenants.................................................21
    8.1.1 Visits and Inspections............................................21
    8.1.2 Notices...........................................................22
    8.1.3 Financial Statements..............................................22
    8.1.4 Landlord and Storage Agreements...................................23
    8.1.5 Intentionally Deleted.............................................23
    8.1.6 Projections.......................................................23
    8.1.7 Compliance with Laws..............................................23
    8.1.8 Payment of Taxes, Charges.........................................24
    8.1.9 Business and Existence............................................25
    8.1.10 Maintain Properties..............................................25
    8.1.11 ERISA Compliance.................................................25

  8.2 Negative Covenants....................................................25
    8.2.1 Mergers; Consolidations; Acquisitions.............................25
    8.2.2 Loans.............................................................26
    8.2.3 Total Indebtedness................................................26
    8.2.4 Affiliate Transactions............................................27
    8.2.5 Limitation on Liens...............................................27
    8.2.6 Subordinated Debt.................................................27
    8.2.7 Distributions.....................................................27
    8.2.8 Capital Expenditures..............................................28
    8.2.9 Disposition of Assets.............................................28
    8.2.10 Stock of Subsidiaries............................................28
    8.2.11 Bill-and-Hold Sales, Etc.........................................28
    8.2.12 Restricted Investment............................................28
    8.2.13 Leases...........................................................28
    8.2.14 Tax Consolidation................................................28
    8.2.15 Fiscal Year......................................................28

  8.3 Specific Financial Covenants..........................................28
    8.3.2 Minimum Adjusted Tangible Net Worth...............................28
    8.3.2 Cash Flow.........................................................29


SECTION 9. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.............................................29

  9.1 Conditions to Initial Loans and LC Guaranties.........................29
    9.1.1 Documentation.....................................................29
    9.1.2 Other Loan Documents..............................................29
    9.1.3 Availability......................................................29
    9.1.4 No Litigation.....................................................30
    9.1.5 Acquisitions......................................................30
    9.1.6 Landlord Waivers..................................................30
    9.1.7 Lien Filings......................................................30
    9.1.8 Insurance.........................................................30
    9.1.9 Subordinated Debt.................................................30
    9.1.10 Solvency.........................................................30
    9.1.11 No Material Adverse Change.......................................30
    9.1.12 Pen Electronics Litigation.......................................31
    9.1.13 Inventory Testing/Analysis.......................................31

  9.2 Conditions to All Loans and LC Guaranties.............................31


SECTION 10. EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT...............31

  10.1 Events of Default....................................................31
    10.1.1 Payment of Notes.................................................31
    10.1.2 Payment of Other Obligations.....................................31
    10.1.3 Misrepresentations...............................................31
    10.1.4 Breach of Specific Covenants.....................................32
    10.1.5 Breach of Other Covenants........................................32
    10.1.6 Default Under Security Documents/Other Agreements /Purchase
    Documents...............................................................32
    10.1.7 Other Defaults...................................................32
    10.1.8 Uninsured Losses.................................................32
    10.1.9 Adverse Changes..................................................32
    10.1.10 Insolvency and Related Proceedings..............................32
    10.1.11 Business Disruption; Condemnation...............................32
    10.1.12 Change of Ownership.............................................33
    10.1.13 ERISA...........................................................33
    10.1.14 Challenge to Agreement..........................................33
    10.1.15 Intentionally Omitted...........................................33
    10.1.16 Criminal Forfeiture.............................................33
    10.1.17 Judgments.......................................................33

  10.2 Acceleration of the Obligations......................................33

  10.3 Other Remedies.......................................................34

  10.4 Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.......................................35


SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS...................................................35

  11.1 Power of Attorney....................................................35

  11.2 Indemnity............................................................36

  11.3 Modification of Agreement; Sale of Interest..........................37

  11.4 Severability.........................................................37

  11.5 Successors and Assigns...............................................37

  11.6 Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms.................................37

  11.7 Execution in Counterparts............................................37

  11.8 Notice...............................................................38

  11.9 Intentionally Omitted................................................39

  11.10 Joint and Several Liability.........................................39

  11.11 Suretyship Waivers and Consents.....................................39

  11.12 Contribution Agreement..............................................41

  11.13 Credit Inquiries....................................................42

  11.14 Time of Essence.....................................................42

  11.15 Entire Agreement....................................................42

  11.16 Interpretation......................................................43

  11.17 Governing Law; Consent To Forum.....................................43

  11.18 Waivers By Borrowers................................................44

  11.19 Prejudgement Remedy Waiver; Commercial Transaction..................44



<PAGE>


                                     -46-
                           LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

      THIS LOAN AND SECURITY  AGREEMENT is made this 2nd day of March,  1998, by
and between FLEET CAPITAL  CORPORATION  ("Lender"),  a Rhode Island  corporation
with an office at 200 Glastonbury Boulevard, Glastonbury,  Connecticut 06033 and
TMCI ELECTRONICS,  INC., a Delaware corporation  ("TMCI"),  TOUCHE MANUFACTURING
COMPANY,  INC.,  a  California  corporation  ("Touche  Manufacturing"),   TOUCHE
ELECTRONICS,  INC., a California corporation ("Touche Electronics"),  ENTERPRISE
INDUSTRIES,   INC.,  a  California   corporation   ("Enterprise")   and  TRINITY
ELECTRONICS,   INC.,  a  California   corporation   ("Trinity")  (TMCI,   Touche
Manufacturing,  Touche Electronics,  Enterprise and Trinity are each referred to
as a "Borrower" and collectively as the "Borrowers")  with their chief executive
office  and  principal  place  of  business  at 1875  Dobbin  Drive,  San  Jose,
California  95133.  Capitalized  terms used in this  Agreement have the meanings
assigned  to them in  Appendix  A,  General  Definitions.  Accounting  terms not
otherwise specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied.

SECTION 1.    CREDIT FACILITY

      Subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  of,  and  in  reliance  upon  the
representations  and  warranties  made in,  this  Agreement  and the other  Loan
Documents, Lender agrees to make a Total Credit Facility of up to $25,000,000.00
available upon Borrowers' request therefor, as follows:

1.1   Revolving Credit Loans.
      1.1.1  Loans and  Reserves.  Lender  agrees,  for so long as no Default or
Event of Default exists,  to make Revolving  Credit Loans to Borrowers from time
to time, as requested by Borrowers in the manner set forth in  subsection  3.1.1
hereof,  up to a maximum  principal amount at any time outstanding  equal to the
Borrowing  Base at such time minus the LC Amount and  reserves,  if any.  Lender
shall have the right to establish reserves in such amounts,  and with respect to
such matters, as Lender shall deem reasonably necessary or appropriate,  against
the amount of Revolving Credit Loans which Borrowers may otherwise request under
this subsection 1.1.1, including,  without limitation,  with respect to (i) sums
chargeable  against  Borrowers' Loan Account as Revolving Credit Loans under any
section of this  Agreement;  (ii) amounts owing by any Borrower to any Person to
the extent  secured by a Lien on, or trust over,  any Property of any  Borrower;
and (iii) such other matters,  events,  conditions or  contingencies as to which
Lender,  in its  reasonable  credit  judgment,  determines  reserves  should  be
established from time to time hereunder.

      1.1.2 Use of Proceeds. The Revolving Credit Loans shall be used solely for
the satisfaction of existing  Indebtedness of Borrowers to  Manufacturers  Bank,
and for Borrowers'  general  operating capital needs in a manner consistent with
the provisions of this Agreement and all applicable laws.

1.2   Term and Equipment Loans.

      1.2.1 Term Loan-A.  Lender  agrees to make a term loan to Borrowers on the
Closing Date in the principal amount of $4,700,000.00,  which shall be repayable
in  accordance  with the terms of the Term Note-A and shall be secured by all of
the  Collateral.  The  proceeds  of the Term  Loan-A  shall be used  solely  for
purposes for which the proceeds of the Revolving  Credit Loans are authorized to
be used.

      1.2.2 Term Loan-B.  Lender  agrees to make a second term loan to Borrowers
on the Closing Date in the  principal  amount of  $2,000,000.00,  which shall be
repayable in  accordance  with the terms of the Term Note-B and shall be secured
by all of the  Collateral.  The proceeds of the Term Loan-B shall be used solely
for the purposes for which the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans are authorized
to be used.

      1.2.3 Equipment Loans.  Lender agrees,  for so long as no Default or Event
of Default exists, to make Loans  ("Equipment  Loans") to Borrowers from time to
time, during the Original Term, to finance Borrowers' purchases of Equipment for
use in their  businesses.  Each  Equipment  Loan shall be in a principal  amount
mutually  agreed upon but not to exceed  ninety  percent  (90%) of the  Eligible
Equipment Cost, shall be secured by all of the Collateral and shall be evidenced
by and payable in accordance  with the Equipment  Note. The principal  amount of
Equipment  Loans  hereunder  shall not exceed,  in the aggregate,  $1,500,000.00
during any twelve  consecutive  months  during the  Original  Term and shall not
exceed in the aggregate $4,000,000.00 during the Original Term.

1.3   Letters of Credit; LC Guaranties.

      Lender agrees, for so long as no Default or Event of Default exists and if
requested  by  Borrowers,  to (i)  issue  its,  or  cause  to be  issued  by its
Affiliates,  standby  Letters of Credit  for the  account  of  Borrower  or (ii)
execute LC  Guaranties  by which  Lender or its  Affiliate  shall  guaranty  the
payment or performance by Borrower of its reimbursement obligations with respect
to standby Letters of Credit,  provided that the LC Amount at any time shall not
exceed $2,000,000.00.  No Letter of Credit or LC Guaranty may have an expiration
date  that is after  the last day of the  Original  Term or the then  applicable
Renewal Term.  Any amounts paid by Lender under any LC Guaranty or in connection
with any Letter of Credit shall be treated as Revolving  Credit Loans,  shall be
secured by all of the  Collateral  and shall bear interest and be payable at the
same rate and in the same manner as Revolving Credit Loans.

SECTION 2.    INTEREST, FEES AND CHARGES

2.1 Interest.
      2.1.1 Rates of Interest.  Interest  shall accrue on the Term Loans and the
Equipment  Loans in accordance  with the terms of the respective  Term Notes and
the  Equipment  Note.  Interest  shall  accrue  on the  principal  amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans  outstanding at the end of each day at a fluctuating rate
per annum equal to .25% plus the Prime Rate. The rate of interest shall increase
or  decrease by an amount  equal to any  increase or decrease in the Prime Rate,
effective  as of the  opening of business on the day that any such change in the
Prime Rate occurs.

      2.1.2 Default Rate of Interest.  Upon and after the occurrence of an Event
of Default,  and during the  continuation  thereof,  the principal amount of all
Loans shall bear  interest at a rate per annum equal to 2.0% above the  interest
rate otherwise applicable thereto (the "Default Rate").

      2.1.3 Maximum Interest.  In no event whatsoever shall the aggregate of all
amounts deemed interest  hereunder or under the Term Notes or the Equipment Note
and charged or collected  pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or pursuant to
the Term Notes or the Equipment Notes exceed the highest rate permissible  under
any law which a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination,
deem applicable  hereto. If any provisions of this Agreement,  the Term Notes or
the Equipment Note are in  contravention  of any such law, such provisions shall
be deemed amended to conform thereto.

      2.1.4 Adjustment to Interest Rate Margin.  The margin above the Prime Rate
with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans and Equipment Loans shall
be reduced by (a) .25%,  the first day after the month  following the receipt by
Lender of TMCI's  audited  financial  statements  from TMCI's fiscal year ending
December 31, 1998, prepared and delivered in accordance with subsection 8.1.3(i)
evidencing that the Cash Flow for TMCI for the fiscal year then ended,  exceeded
$750,000.00  (the "First  Adjustment  Date");  and (b) with  respect to the Term
Loans and Equipment  Loans only, by an additional  reduction of .25%,  the first
day of the month  following  the receipt by Lender of TMCI's  audited  financial
statements  for TMCI's fiscal  quarter  ending  December 31, 1999,  prepared and
delivered in accordance with subsection  8.1.3(i)  evidencing that the Cash Flow
for TMCI for the fiscal  year then ended  exceeded  $1,000,000.00  (the  "Second
Adjustment Date").

      2.1.5 LIBOR Rate Loans.  Following the  satisfaction  of the conditions to
the First Adjustment Date, the Borrowers may elect, in accordance with the terms
of this  Agreement,  (a) with respect to  Revolving  Credit  Loans,  or portions
thereof,  as provided  herein,  for such Loans to bear  interest  based upon the
LIBOR Rate, at a rate per annum equal to two and one-half  percent  (2.50%) plus
the LIBOR Rate for the  applicable  LIBOR Interest  Period,  (b) with respect to
Term Loan-A and the Equipment Loans or portions thereof, as provided herein, for
such Loans to bear  interest  based on the LIBOR Rate, at a rate per annum equal
to two and three-quarters percent (2.75%) plus the LIBOR Rate for the applicable
LIBOR Interest Period,  and(c) with respect to Term Loan-B or portions  thereof,
as provided herein, for such Loan to bear interest based upon the LIBOR Rate, at
a rate per annum  equal to three and  three-quarters  percent  (3.75%)  plus the
LIBOR Rate for the applicable LIBOR Interest Period.  Following the satisfaction
of the conditions to the Second Adjustment Date, the foregoing margins above the
LIBOR Rate will be reduced by one-quarter percent (.25%).

2.2   Computation of Interest and Fees.

      Interest,  Letter of Credit  and LC  Guaranty  fees and  unused  line fees
hereunder  shall be calculated  daily and shall be computed on the actual number
of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.  For the purpose of computing  interest
hereunder,  all items of payment  received by Lender shall be deemed  applied by
Lender on account of the  Obligations  (subject to final  payment of such items)
one (1) Business Day after  receipt by Lender of such items in Lender's  account
located in Fleet National Bank, Boston, Massachusetts.

2.3   Commitment Fee.

      Borrowers shall pay to Lender a commitment fee of $250,000.00, which shall
be paid  concurrently  with the initial Loan  hereunder.  Borrower has deposited
$100,000 with Lender which Lender shall  account for and after written  approval
thereof shall promptly remit balance after expenses to Borrower.

2.4 Letter of Credit and LC Guaranty Fees.

      Borrower  shall  pay to  Lender  for  standby  Letters  of  Credit  and LC
Guaranties of standby  Letters of Credit,  1.75% per annum of the aggregate face
amount of such Letters of Credit and LC Guaranties outstanding from time to time
during  the  term of this  Agreement,  plus all  normal  and  customary  charges
associated  with the issuance  thereof,  which fees and charges  shall be deemed
fully earned upon  issuance of each such Letter of Credit or LC Guaranty,  shall
be due and  payable  on the first  Business  Day of each  month and shall not be
subject to rebate or proration  upon the  termination  of this Agreement for any
reason.

2.5   Unused Line Fee.

      Borrower  shall pay to Lender a fee equal to .25% per annum of the average
monthly  amount  by which  the  total  Credit  Facility  exceeds  the sum of the
outstanding  principal  balance of the Revolving  Credit Loans,  Term Loans, and
Equipment Loans plus the LC Amount. The unused line fee shall be payable monthly
in arrears on the first day of each calendar month hereafter.

2.6   Reimbursement of Expenses.

      If, at any time or times  regardless of whether or not an Event of Default
then exists,  Lender incurs reasonable legal or accounting expenses or any other
costs or  out-of-pocket  expenses in  connection  with (i) the  negotiation  and
preparation of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,  any amendment
of or modification  of this Agreement or any of the other Loan  Documents;  (ii)
the  administration of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and the
transactions  contemplated  hereby and thereby;  (iii) audits and  appraisals of
Borrowers'  books  and  records  and of the  Collateral;  (iv)  any  litigation,
contest,  dispute,  suit,  proceeding or action  (whether  instituted by Lender,
Borrowers  or any other  Person) in any way  relating  to the  Collateral,  this
Agreement or any of the other Loan  Documents  or  Borrowers'  affairs;  (v) any
attempt to enforce any rights of Lender against any Borrower or any other Person
which may be obligated to Lender by virtue of this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents,  including, without limitation, the Account Debtors; or (vi) any
attempt to inspect, verify, protect, preserve, restore, collect, sell, liquidate
or otherwise dispose of or realize upon the Collateral;  then all such legal and
accounting  expenses,  other costs and out of pocket expenses of Lender shall be
charged to Borrowers. All amounts chargeable to Borrowers under this Section 2.6
shall be  Obligations  secured  by all of the  Collateral,  shall be  payable on
demand to Lender,  and shall  bear  interest  from the date such  demand is made
until paid in full at the rate applicable to Revolving Credit Loans from time to
time.  Borrowers shall also reimburse Lender for expenses  incurred by Lender in
its administration of the Collateral to the extent and in the manner provided in
Section 6 hereof.

2.7   Bank Charges.

      Borrowers  shall pay to  Lender,  on  demand,  any and all fees,  costs or
expenses  which Lender pays to a bank or other similar  institution  (including,
without  limitation,  any fees paid by Lender)  arising out of or in  connection
with (i) the  forwarding  to any  Borrower or any other  Person on behalf of any
Borrower,  by  Lender,  of  proceeds  of loans  made by Lender  to any  Borrower
pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the depositing for collection, by Lender, of
any check or item of payment  received or  delivered to Lender on account of the
Obligations.

SECTION 3.    LOAN ADMINISTRATION.

3.1   Manner of Borrowing Revolving Credit Loans.
      Borrowings  under the credit  facility  established  pursuant to Section 1
hereof shall be as follows:

      3.1.1  Loan  Requests.  A request  for a  Revolving  Credit  Loan  bearing
interest  with  reference to the Prime Rate shall be made, or shall be deemed to
be made, in the following manner:  (i) Borrowers may give Lender notice of their
intention to borrow,  in which notice  Borrowers shall specify the amount of the
proposed  borrowing  and the proposed  borrowing  date, no later than 2:30 p.m.,
Hartford,  Connecticut time on the proposed borrowing date,  provided,  however,
that no such  request  may be made at a time when  there  exists a Default or an
Event of Default;  and (ii) the becoming  due of any amount  required to be paid
under  this  Agreement  or the Term  Notes or the  Equipment  Note,  whether  as
interest or for any other Obligation, including, without limitation, at any time
that LIBOR Loans may be available hereunder, upon the maturity of any LIBOR Loan
at the end of the applicable LIBOR Internal Period,  shall be deemed irrevocably
to be a  request  for a  Revolving  Credit  Loan on the due  date in the  amount
required  to pay such  interest  or other  Obligation.  As an  accommodation  to
Borrowers,  Lender  may  permit  telephonic  requests  for loans and  electronic
transmittal of instructions,  authorizations, agreements or reports to Lender by
Borrowers.  Unless Borrowers specifically direct Lender in writing not to accept
or act upon  telephonic or  electronic  communications  from a Borrower,  Lender
shall have no liability  to any Borrower for any loss or damage  suffered by any
Borrower as a result of  Lender's  honoring of any  requests,  execution  of any
instructions,   authorizations   or   agreements  or  reliance  on  any  reports
communicated to it telephonically or electronically  and purporting to have been
sent to Lender by a Borrower  and Lender shall have no duty to verify the origin
of any such  communication  or the  authority of the person  sending it. At such
time as LIBOR Loans may be  available  to  Borrowers  hereunder,  Borrowers  may
convert any Loan or portion thereof bearing interest with reference to the Prime
Rate to a LIBOR  Loan or  request a LIBOR  Loan by giving  Lender  not less than
three (3) Business Days prior irrevocable  written notice thereof specifying the
amount of such LIBOR Loan,  which shall not be less than $500,000 or an integral
multiple of $100,000 in excesses  thereof,  the date of the requested LIBOR Loan
(which shall be a Business Day) and the duration of the LIBOR Interest Period of
such LIBOR Loan, provided,  however,  that in no event shall the number of LIBOR
Loans  outstanding  at any time exceed five (5), and  provided,  further that no
such Loan  request may be made at a time when there exists a Default or an Event
of Default

      3.1.2  Disbursement.  Borrowers  hereby  irrevocably  authorize  Lender to
disburse the proceeds of each Revolving  Credit Loan requested,  or deemed to be
requested,  pursuant to this  subsection  3.1.2 as follows:  (i) the proceeds of
each  Revolving  Credit  Loan  requested  under  subsection  3.1.1(i)  shall  be
disbursed  by  Lender  in  lawful  money of the  United  States  of  America  in
immediately available funds, in the case of the initial borrowing, in accordance
with the terms of the written  disbursement  letter from  Borrowers,  and in the
case of each subsequent borrowing,  by wire transfer to such bank account as may
be  agreed  upon by  Borrowers  and  Lender  from time to time or  elsewhere  if
pursuant to a written  direction from  Borrowers;  and (ii) the proceeds of each
Revolving Credit Loan requested under subsection 3.1.1(ii) shall be disbursed by
Lender by way of direct payment of the relevant interest or other Obligation.

      3.1.3  Authorization.  Borrowers hereby  irrevocably  authorize Lender, in
Lender's sole discretion,  to advance to Borrowers,  and to charge to Borrowers'
Loan  Account(s)  hereunder as a Revolving  Credit Loan, a sum sufficient to pay
all interest accrued on the Obligations  during the immediately  preceding month
and to pay all costs,  fees and expenses at any time owed by Borrowers to Lender
hereunder.

3.2   Payments.

      Except  where  evidenced by notes or other  instruments  issued or made by
Borrowers to Lender  specifically  containing  payment  provisions  which are in
conflict  with this Section 3.2 (in which event the  conflicting  provisions  of
said notes or other instruments shall govern and control),  the Obligation shall
be payable as follows:

      3.2.1 Principal on Revolving Credit Loans. Principal payable on account of
Revolving Credit Loans shall be payable by Borrowers to Lender  immediately upon
the earliest of (i) the receipt by Lender or Borrowers of any proceeds of any of
the  Collateral  (other than proceeds that under the terms of this Agreement are
specifically to be applied to the Term Loans or Equipment  Loans), to the extent
of said  proceeds,  (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default in consequence of
which Lender elects to accelerate  the maturity and payment of the  Obligations,
or (iii) termination of this Agreement  pursuant to Section 4 hereof;  provided,
however,  that if an Overadvance  shall exist at any time,  Borrowers  shall, on
demand, repay the Overadvance.

      3.2.2 Principal on Term Loans and Equipment  Loans.  Principal  payable on
the Term Loans and the Equipment  Loans shall be payable in accordance  with the
terms of the Notes  applicable  thereto  and shall in any  event be  payable  to
Lender  immediately  upon  the  earliest  of (i) the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default in  consequence  of which Lender elects to  accelerate  the maturity and
payment of the Obligations or (ii) termination of this Agreement.

      3.2.3 Interest. Interest accrued on the Loans shall be due on the earliest
of (i) the first  calendar  day of each  month  (for the  immediately  preceding
month),  computed through the last calendar day of the preceding month, (ii) the
occurrence  of an Event of  Default in  consequence  of which  Lender  elects to
accelerate the maturity and payment of the  Obligations or (iii)  termination of
this Agreement pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

      3.2.4 Costs, Fees and Charges. Costs, fees and charges payable pursuant to
this  Agreement  shall be payable by Borrowers as and when provided in Section 2
hereof, to Lender or to any other Person designated by Lender in writing.

      3.2.5 Other  Obligations.  The balance of the  Obligations  requiring  the
payment of money,  if any,  shall be payable by  Borrowers to Lender as and when
provided in this Agreement,  the Other Agreements or the Security Documents,  or
on demand, whichever is later.

3.3   Mandatory Prepayments.

      Except as provided in subsection  6.4.2 hereof,  if any Borrower sells any
of the  Equipment  or  real  Property,  or if any of the  Collateral  is lost or
destroyed  or taken by  condemnation,  Borrowers  shall  pay to  Lender,  unless
otherwise agreed by Lender, as and when received by Borrowers and as a mandatory
prepayment of the Term Loans or the Equipment  Loans,  in such order and to such
Loans, as determined by Lender, a sum equal to the proceeds (including insurance
payments)   received  by  Borrowers  from  such  sale,   loss,   destruction  or
condemnation.

3.4   Application of Payments and Collections.

      All  items  of  payment  received  by  Lender  by  2:30  p.m.,   Hartford,
Connecticut  time, on any Business Day shall be deemed received on that Business
Day. All items of payment received after 2:30 p.m., Hartford,  Connecticut time,
on any  Business Day shall be deemed  received on the  following  Business  Day.
Borrowers  irrevocably  waive the right to direct the application of any and all
payments and collections at any time or times hereafter  received by Lender from
or on behalf of Borrowers, and Borrowers do hereby irrevocably agree that Lender
shall have the continuing  exclusive right to apply and reapply any and all such
payments and  collections  received at any time or times  hereafter by Lender or
its agent against the Obligations,  in such manner as Lender may deem advisable,
notwithstanding any entry by Lender upon any of its books and records. If as the
result of  collections  of Accounts as authorized  by subsection  6.2.6 hereof a
credit balance exists in the Loan Account,  such credit balance shall not accrue
interest in favor of Borrowers,  but shall be available to Borrowers at any time
or times for so long as no  Default  or Event of  Default  exists.  Such  credit
balance  shall not be applied or be deemed to have been  applied as a prepayment
of the Term Loan or any Equipment  Loan,  except that Lender may, at its option,
offset such credit  balance  against any of the  Obligations  upon and after the
occurrence of an Event of Default.

3.5   All Loans to Constitute One Obligation.

      The Loans shall constitute one general Obligation of Borrowers,  and shall
be secured by Lender's Lien upon all of the Collateral.

3.6   Loan Accounts.

      Lender  shall enter all Loans as debits to the Loan  Account(s)  and shall
also  record  in  the  Loan  Account  all  payments  made  by  Borrowers  on any
Obligations and all proceeds of Collateral which are finally paid to Lender, and
may record therein,  in accordance  with customary  accounting  practice,  other
debits and credits,  including  interest  and all charges and expenses  properly
chargeable to Borrowers.

3.7   Statements of Account.

      Lender  will  account to  Borrowers  monthly  with a  statement  of Loans,
charges and payments made pursuant to this Agreement,  and such account rendered
by Lender shall be deemed final,  binding and conclusive  upon Borrowers  unless
Lender is notified by Borrowers in writing to the contrary within 30 days of the
date each accounting is mailed to Borrowers. Such notice shall only be deemed an
objection to those items specifically objected to therein.

3.8   Appointment of TMCI as Agent.

      Borrowers hereby irrevocably appoint and constitute TMCI as their agent to
request  Revolving  Credit  Loans and to take all actions  required or permitted
hereunder  in the  name of and on  behalf  of each and all the  Borrowers.  This
appointment shall include,  without implied limitation,  the designation of TMCI
as the agent of the  Borrowers  to furnish all notices to the Lender  including,
without  limitation,  any notice  under  subsection  4.2.2,  and to receive  all
notices from the Lender including,  without  limitation,  all statements of Loan
Account(s)  under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.  This appointment
may not be terminated  while this Agreement is in effect or the  Obligations are
outstanding  without the prior written  consent of Lender.  Loans may be made by
Lender to TMCI for the benefit of the  Borrowers  and shall be disbursed by TMCI
to the other  Borrowers in accordance  with the lending  formulas  under Section
1.1, and the value of the Eligible Accounts, Eligible Inventory and Equipment of
each Borrower and the advance rates applicable  thereto as provided  herein.  At
any time Lender may, in its discretion, disburse Loans to the Borrowers directly
or as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

3.9   Funding Losses on LIBOR Loans.

      In the event that any LIBOR Loan is repaid or terminated for any reason on
a date prior to the expiration of the LIBOR Interest Period with respect thereto
or Borrowers  fail to borrow a LIBOR Loan when  requested  under Section  3.1.1,
then in addition to any other  amounts which are due and payable under the terms
of this  Agreement  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  Section  4.2.3  hereof)
Borrowers  shall pay to Lender,  upon Lender's demand  therefor,  such amount or
amounts as shall  compensate  Lender for any loss,  cost or expense  incurred by
Lender as a result of (i) any payment or prepayment (whether pursuant to Section
4.2 or otherwise) of a LIBOR Loan on a date other than the last day of the LIBOR
Interest period  applicable to such LIBOR Loan, or (ii) any failure by Borrowers
to pay or prepay a LIBOR Loan on the date  specified in the  relevant  notice of
prepayment delivered by Borrowers, or (iii) any failure by Borrowers to borrow a
LIBOR Loan on the date specified in the applicable notice delivered  pursuant to
Section 3.1.1. Such compensation shall include,  without  limitation,  an amount
equal to the  excess,  if any,  of (x) the amount of  interest  which would have
accrued  on the amount so paid or prepaid  or not  prepaid or  borrowed  for the
period from the date of such payment,  prepayment or failure to prepay or borrow
to the last day of the applicable LIBOR Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan (or,
in the case of a failure to prepay or borrow, the LIBOR Interest Period for such
LIBOR Loan which would have  commenced  on the date of such failure to prepay or
borrow) at the  applicable  rate of interest  for such LIBOR Loan,  over (y) the
amount of interest (as  reasonably  determined by Lender) that Lender would have
been paid on deposits in the United States  dollars of comparable  amounts for a
comparable  period of time by leading banks in the London  Interbank  Market.  A
certificate  as to the amounts due from Borrowers to Lender shall be conclusive,
absent manifest error.

3.10  Changes in Law and LIBOR Loans.

      Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if any applicable law, treaty,
regulation  or  directive,  or any change  therein or in the  interpretation  or
application  thereof,  shall make it unlawful for Lender to make or maintain its
LIBOR Loans, or if with respect to any LIBOR Rate relating  thereto,  or adverse
or unusual  conditions in the applicable  London  Interbank Market or changes in
applicable law relating  thereto make it, in the reasonable  good faith judgment
of Lender,  impracticable  to fund LIBOR Loans or make the projected  LIBOR Rate
unreflective of the actual costs of funds therefor to Lender,  the obligation of
Lender to make  LIBOR  Loans  hereunder  shall  forthwith  be  canceled  and the
Borrowers shall, if any affected LIBOR Loans are then outstanding  promptly upon
request of Lender,  either pay all such  affected  LIBOR  Loans or convert  such
affected LIBOR Loans into Prime Rate Loans. If any such payment or conversion of
any LIBOR Loan is made on a day that is not the last day of the applicable LIBOR
Interest Period,  Borrowers shall pay Lender, upon Lender's request, such amount
or amounts as may be required pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof.


SECTION 4.    TERM AND TERMINATION

4.1 Term of Agreement.
      Subject to Lender's right to cease making Loans to Borrowers upon or after
the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default,  this  Agreement  shall be in
effect for a period of five years from the date  hereof,  through and  including
March 2, 2003 (the  "Original  Term"),  and this Agreement  shall  automatically
renew itself for one-year  periods  thereafter  (the  "Renewal  Terms"),  unless
terminated as provided in Section 4.2 hereof.

4.2   Termination.

      4.2.1 Termination by Lender. Upon at least 90 days prior written notice to
Borrowers,  Lender  may  terminate  this  Agreement  as of the  last  day of the
Original  Term or the then current  Renewal Term and Lender may  terminate  this
Agreement without notice upon or after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

      4.2.2 Termination by Borrower.  Upon at least 90 days prior written notice
to Lender, Borrowers may, at their option,  terminate this Agreement;  provided,
however, no such termination shall be effective until Borrowers have paid all of
the Obligations in immediately  available funds and all Letters of Credit and LC
Guaranties   have  expired  or  have  been  cash   collateralized   to  Lender's
satisfaction.  Any notice of termination given by Borrowers shall be irrevocable
unless Lender otherwise  agrees in writing,  and Lender shall have no obligation
to make any Loans or issue or procure any Letters of Credit or LC  Guaranties on
or after the  termination  date stated in such  notice.  Borrowers  may elect to
terminate  this  Agreement in its entirety only. No section of this Agreement or
type of Loan or credit facility available hereunder may be terminated singly.

      4.2.3  Termination  Charges.  At the effective date of termination of this
Agreement for any reason, Borrowers shall pay to Lender (in addition to the then
outstanding principal,  accrued interest and other charges owing under the terms
of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents) as liquidated damages for
the loss of the  bargain  and not as a penalty as a result of the  agreement  by
Lender to defer payment of fees that would otherwise be charged at the inception
of this  Agreement,  an  amount  equal  to 2% of the  Average  Loan  Balance  if
termination  occurs  during the first  twelve-month  period of the Original Term
(March 2, 1998  through  March 1,  1999);  1% of the  Average  Loan  Balance  if
termination occurs during the second 12-month period of the Original Term (March
2, 1999) through March 1, 2000);  1% of the Average Loan Balance if  termination
occurs  during the third 12 month  period of the  Original  Term  (March 2, 2000
through  March 1, 2001).  If  termination  occurs on or after March 2, 2001,  no
termination charge shall be payable.

      4.2.4 Effect of Termination.  All of the Obligations  shall be immediately
due and payable upon the termination date stated in any notice of termination of
this  Agreement.  All  undertakings,   agreements,   covenants,  warranties  and
representations  of Borrowers  contained in the Loan Documents shall survive any
such  termination and Lender shall retain its Liens in the Collateral and all of
its  rights  and  remedies  under  the  Loan  Documents   notwithstanding   such
termination  until  Borrowers have paid the  Obligations to Lender,  in full, in
immediately available funds, together with the applicable termination charge, if
any. Notwithstanding the payment in full of the Obligations, Lender shall not be
required to terminate  its security  interests in the  Collateral  unless,  with
respect to any loss or damage Lender may incur as a result of dishonored  checks
or other  items of payment  received  by Lender  from  Borrowers  or any Account
Debtor and applied to the  Obligations,  Lender shall,  at its option,  (i) have
received a written  agreement,  executed by  Borrowers  and by any Person  whose
loans or other advances to Borrowers are used in whole or in part to satisfy the
Obligations,  indemnifying  Lender  from any such loss or  damage;  or (ii) have
retained  such monetary  reserves and Liens on such  monetary  reserves for such
period of time as Lender,  in its reasonable  discretion,  may deem necessary to
protect Lender from any such loss or damage.

SECTION 5.    SECURITY INTERESTS

5.1   Security Interest in Collateral.
      To  secure  the  prompt  payment  and  performance  to such  Lender of the
Obligations, each Borrower hereby grants to Lender a continuing Lien upon all of
such Borrower's assets, including all of the following Property and interests in
Property of such Borrower,  whether now owned or existing or hereafter  created,
acquired or arising and wheresoever located:

            (i)         Accounts;

            (ii)        Inventory;

            (iii)       Equipment;

            (iv)        General Intangibles;

            (v)         Investment Property;

            (vi) All monies and other Property of any kind now or at any time or
      times  hereafter  in the  possession  or under the  control of Lender or a
      bailee or Affiliate of Lender;

            (vii) All accessions  to,  substitutions  for and all  replacements,
      products  and  cash and  non-cash  proceeds  of (i)  through  (vi)  above,
      including,  without  limitation,  proceeds of and unearned  premiums  with
      respect to insurance policies insuring any of the Collateral; and

            (viii)  All  books  and  records  (including,   without  limitation,
      customer lists,  credit files,  computer programs,  print-outs,  and other
      computer  materials  and  records)  of Borrower  pertaining  to any of (i)
      through (vii) above.

5.2   Lien Perfection; Further Assurances.

      Borrowers shall execute such UCC-1 financing statements as are required by
the Code and such other  instruments,  assignments or documents as are necessary
to perfect  Lender's Lien upon any of the  Collateral  and shall take such other
action as may be required to perfect or to continue the  perfection  of Lender's
Lien upon the  Collateral.  Unless  prohibited by applicable  law, each Borrower
hereby  authorizes  Lender to execute and file any such  financing  statement on
such Borrower's behalf.  The parties agree that a carbon,  photographic or other
reproduction of this Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing  statement and
may be filed in any  appropriate  office in lieu thereof.  At Lender's  request,
Borrowers shall also promptly  execute or cause to be executed and shall deliver
to Lender any and all documents,  instruments and agreements deemed necessary by
Lender to give effect to or carry out the terms or intent of the Loan Documents.

SECTION 6.    COLLATERAL ADMINISTRATION

6.1 General.
      6.1.1  Location of  Collateral.  All  Collateral,  other than Inventory in
transit and motor  vehicles,  will at all times be kept by  Borrowers  and their
Subsidiaries  at one or more of the  business  locations  set forth in Exhibit B
hereto and shall not,  without the prior  written  approval of Lender,  be moved
therefrom except, prior to an Event of Default and Lender's  acceleration of the
maturity of the Obligations in consequence  thereof,  for (i) sales of Inventory
in the  ordinary  course of  business;  and (ii)  removals  in  connection  with
dispositions of Equipment that are authorized by subsection 6.4.2 hereof.

      6.1.2  Insurance  of  Collateral.  Borrowers  shall  maintain  and pay for
insurance  upon all Collateral  wherever  located and with respect to Borrowers'
business,  covering casualty,  hazard,  public liability and such other risks in
such amounts and with such insurance companies as are reasonably satisfactory to
Lender.  Borrowers  shall  deliver the originals of such policies to Lender with
satisfactory  lender's  loss payable  endorsements,  naming  Lender as sole loss
payee, assignee or additional insured, as appropriate.  Each policy of insurance
or  endorsement  shall  contain a clause  requiring the insurer to give not less
than 30 days prior written notice to Lender in the event of  cancellation of the
policy for any reason  whatsoever and a clause  specifying  that the interest of
Lender  shall  not be  impaired  or  invalidated  by any act or  neglect  of any
Borrower or the owner of the Property or by the  occupation  of the premises for
purposes more hazardous than are permitted by said policy.  If Borrowers fail to
provide and pay for such insurance,  Lender may, at its option, but shall not be
required to, procure the same and charge Borrowers therefor.  Borrowers agree to
deliver to Lender,  promptly as rendered, true copies of all reports made in any
reporting forms to insurance companies.

      6.1.3  Protection  of  Collateral.  All expenses of  protecting,  storing,
warehousing,  insuring,  handling,  maintaining and shipping the Collateral, any
and all excise, property, sales, and use taxes imposed by any state, federal, or
local authority on any of the Collateral or in respect of the sale thereof shall
be borne and paid by  Borrowers.  If Borrowers  fail to promptly pay any portion
thereof when due,  Lender may, at its option,  but shall not be required to, pay
the  same  and  charge  Borrowers  therefor.  Lender  shall  not  be  liable  or
responsible  in any way for the  safekeeping of any of the Collateral or for any
loss or damage thereto  (except for reasonable care in the custody thereof while
any  Collateral is in Lender's  actual  possession) or for any diminution in the
value  thereof,  or  for  any  act or  default  of  any  warehouseman,  carrier,
forwarding  agency,  or  other  person  whomsoever,  but the  same  shall  be at
Borrowers' sole risk.

6.2   Administration of Accounts.

      6.2.1 Records, Schedules and Assignments of Accounts. Borrowers shall keep
accurate and complete records of their Accounts and all payments and collections
thereon  and  shall  submit to Lender  on such  periodic  basis as Lender  shall
request  a sales  and  collections  report  for the  preceding  period,  in form
satisfactory  to Lender.  On or before the  fifteenth day of each month from and
after the date hereof,  Borrowers shall deliver to Lender, in form acceptable to
Lender,  a detailed aged trial  balance of all Accounts  existing as of the last
day of the preceding month, specifying the names,  addresses,  face value, dates
of invoices  and due dates for each  Account  Debtor  obligated on an Account so
listed ("Schedule of Accounts"),  and, upon Lender's request therefor, copies of
proof of delivery and the original  copy of all  documents,  including,  without
limitation,  repayment  histories  and present  status  reports  relating to the
Accounts so scheduled  and such other  matters and  information  relating to the
status  of then  existing  Accounts  as  Lender  shall  reasonably  request.  In
addition,  if Accounts in an aggregate  face amount in excess of $25,000  become
ineligible  because  they  fall  within  one  of  the  specified  categories  of
ineligibility  set forth in the  definition  of Eligible  Accounts or  otherwise
established by Lender,  Borrowers  shall notify Lender of such occurrence on the
first  Business Day  following  such  occurrence  and the  Borrowing  Base shall
thereupon  be adjusted  to reflect  such  occurrence.  If  requested  by Lender,
Borrowers shall execute and deliver to Lender formal written  assignments of all
of their  Accounts  weekly or daily,  which shall include all Accounts that have
been  created  since the date of the last  assignment,  together  with copies of
invoices or invoice registers related thereto.

      6.2.2 Discounts,  Allowances,  Disputes. If Borrowers grant any discounts,
allowances  or  credits  that are not shown on the face of the  invoice  for the
Account involved, Borrowers shall report such discounts,  allowances or credits,
as the case may be, to Lender as part of the next required Schedule of Accounts.
If any  amounts  due and owing in excess of $25,000  are in dispute  between any
Borrower and any Account  Debtor,  Borrowers  shall provide  Lender with written
notice  thereof at the time of  submission  of the next  Schedule  of  Accounts,
explaining in detail the reason for the dispute,  all claims related thereto and
the amount in controversy. Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default,
Lender shall have the right to settle or adjust all disputes and claims directly
with the  Account  Debtor  and to  compromise  the amount or extend the time for
payment  of the  Accounts  upon such  terms and  conditions  as Lender  may deem
advisable, and to charge the deficiencies, costs and expenses thereof, including
attorney's fees, to Borrowers.

      6.2.3  Taxes.  If an Account  includes a charge for any tax payable to any
governmental taxing authority,  Lender is authorized, in its sole discretion, to
pay the  amount  thereof  to the  proper  taxing  authority  for the  account of
Borrowers and to charge Borrowers therefor,  provided, however that Lender shall
not be liable for any taxes to any governmental taxing authority that may be due
by Borrowers.

      6.2.4  Account  Verification.  Whether  or not a  Default  or an  Event of
Default has occurred,  any of Lender's officers,  employees or agents shall have
the right, at any time or times hereafter,  in the name of Lender,  any designee
of Lender or any Borrower,  to verify the  validity,  amount or any other matter
relating to any Accounts by mail, telephone,  telegraph or otherwise.  Borrowers
shall  cooperate  fully  with  Lender in an effort to  facilitate  and  promptly
conclude any such verification process.

      6.2.5 Maintenance of Dominion  Account.  Borrowers shall maintain Dominion
Accounts pursuant to lockbox  arrangements  acceptable to Lender with such banks
as may be selected by Borrowers  and be acceptable  to Lender.  Borrowers  shall
issue to any such banks an  irrevocable  letter of  instruction  directing  such
banks to deposit all  payments or other  remittances  received in the lockbox to
the Dominion Account(s) for application on account of the Obligations. All funds
deposited  in any  Dominion  Account  shall  immediately  become the property of
Lender and Borrowers shall obtain the agreement by such banks in favor of Lender
to waive any offset  rights  against the funds so deposited.  Lender  assumes no
responsibility for such lockbox arrangements, including, without limitation, any
claim of accord and satisfaction or release with respect to deposits accepted by
any bank thereunder.

      6.2.6  Collection  of  Accounts,   Proceeds  of  Collateral.  To  expedite
collection, Borrowers shall endeavor in the first instance to make collection of
their Accounts for Lender.  All remittances  received by Borrowers on account of
Accounts,  together with the proceeds of any other Collateral,  shall be held as
Lender's  property  by  Borrowers  as trustee of an express  trust for  Lender's
benefit and  Borrowers  shall  immediately  deposit same in kind in the Dominion
Account(s).  Lender  retains  the right at all times after the  occurrence  of a
Default or an Event of Default to notify Account Debtors that Accounts have been
assigned  to Lender  and to  collect  Accounts  directly  in its own name and to
charge the collection costs and expenses,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees
to Borrowers.

6.3   Administration of Inventory.

      6.3.1 Records and Reports of Inventory.  Borrowers shall keep accurate and
complete records of their inventory. Borrowers shall furnish to Lender Inventory
reports  in form and detail  satisfactory  to Lender at such times as Lender may
request,  but at least once each month, not later than the twentieth day of such
month.  Borrowers  shall conduct a physical  inventory no less  frequently  than
annually  and  shall  provide  to Lender a report  based on each  such  physical
inventory  promptly  thereafter,  together with such  supporting  information as
Lender shall request.

      6.3.2 Returns of Inventory.  If at any time or times hereafter any Account
Debtor  returns any  Inventory to a Borrower the shipment of which  generated an
Account on which such Account Debtor is obligated in excess of $25,000 Borrowers
shall  immediately  notify  Lender of the same,  specifying  the reason for such
return and the  location,  condition  and intended  disposition  of the returned
Inventory.

6.4   Administration of Equipment.

      6.4.1 Records and Schedules of  Equipment.  Borrowers  shall keep accurate
records itemizing and describing the kind, type, quality,  quantity and value of
their Equipment and all  dispositions  made in accordance with subsection  6.6.2
hereof,  and  shall  furnish  Lender  with a  current  schedule  containing  the
foregoing information on at least an annual basis and more often if requested by
Lender.  Immediately on request  therefor by Lender,  Borrowers shall deliver to
Lender any and all evidence of ownership, if any, of any of the Equipment.

      6.4.2  Dispositions  of  Equipment.  Borrowers  will  not  sell,  lease or
otherwise  dispose  of or  transfer  any of the  Equipment  or any part  thereof
without  the prior  written  consent  of  Lender;  provided,  however,  that the
foregoing  restriction  shall not  apply,  for so long as no Default or Event of
Default exists,  to (i) dispositions of Equipment which, in the aggregate during
any  consecutive  twelve-month  period,  has a fair market  value or book value,
whichever is less, of $100,000 or less,  provided that all proceeds  thereof are
remitted  to Lender  for  application  to the  Loans,  or (ii)  replacements  of
Equipment that is substantially worn, damaged or obsolete with Equipment of like
kind,  function and value,  provided  that the  replacement  Equipment  shall be
acquired prior to or concurrently  with any disposition of the Equipment that is
to be replaced, the replacement Equipment shall be free and clear of Liens other
than Permitted Liens that are not Purchase Money Liens, and Borrowers shall have
given Lender at least 5 Business Days prior written notice of such disposition.

6.5   Payment of Charges.

      All  amounts  chargeable  to  Borrowers  under  Section 6 hereof  shall be
Obligations  secured  by all of the  Collateral,  shall be payable on demand and
shall bear  interest  from the date such  advance was made until paid in full at
the rate applicable to Revolving Credit Loans from time to time.

SECTION 7.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

7.1   General Representations and Warranties.
      To  induce  Lender  to enter  into  this  Agreement  and to make  advances
hereunder, each Borrower warrants, represents and covenants to Lender that:

      7.1.1 Organization and  Qualification.  Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries
is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws  of  the  jurisdiction  of  its   incorporation.   Each  Borrower  and  its
Subsidiaries  is duly  qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good
standing  as a  foreign  corporation  in each  state or  jurisdiction  listed on
Exhibit C hereto and in all other states and  jurisdictions in which the failure
of a  Borrower  or any of  its  Subsidiaries  to be so  qualified  would  have a
material  adverse effect on the financial  condition,  business or Properties of
such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

      7.1.2 Corporate Power and Authority. Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries is
duly authorized and empowered to enter into,  execute,  deliver and perform this
Agreement  and each of the  other  Loan  Documents  to which it is a party.  The
execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the other Loan
Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not
and will not (i) require any  consent or  approval  of the  shareholders  of any
Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries;  (ii) contravene any Borrower's or any of
their  Subsidiaries'  charter,  articles  or  certificate  of  incorporation  or
by-laws; (iii) violate, or cause any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries to be
in default  under,  any provision of any law,  rule,  regulation,  order,  writ,
judgment,   injunction,   decree,   determination  or  award  in  effect  having
applicability  to any  Borrower or any of their  Subsidiaries;  (iv) result in a
breach  of or  constitute  a  default  under  any  indenture  or loan or  credit
agreement or any other  agreement,  lease or instrument to which any Borrower or
any of their  Subsidiaries  is a party or by which any  Borrower or any of their
Subsidiaries or their Properties may be bound or affected;  or (v) result in, or
require,  the creation or  imposition of any Lien (other than  Permitted  Liens)
upon or with respect to any of the Properties now owned or hereafter acquired by
any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries.

      7.1.3 Legally  Enforceable  Agreement.  This Agreement is, and each of the
other Loan Documents when delivered under this Agreement will be, a legal, valid
and binding  obligation  of each  Borrower  and their  Subsidiaries  enforceable
against each of them in accordance with its respective terms.

      7.1.4 Capital  Structure.  Exhibit D hereto states (i) the correct name of
each of the Subsidiaries of each Borrower,  their jurisdictions of incorporation
and the  percentage  of Voting Stock owned by  Borrowers,  (ii) the name of each
Borrower's  corporate  or  joint  venture  Affiliates  and  the  nature  of  the
affiliation, (iii) the number, nature and holder of five percent (5%) or more of
any class,  series or type of  outstanding  Securities of each Borrower and each
Subsidiary  of any  Borrower  and (iv) the  number  of  authorized,  issued  and
treasury  shares of each  Borrower and each  Subsidiary  of any  Borrower.  Each
Borrower  has good title to all of the shares it purports to own of the stock of
each of its  Subsidiaries,  free and clear in each case of any Lien  other  than
Permitted  Liens.  All such  shares have been duly issued and are fully paid and
non-assessable.  There are no outstanding options to purchase,  or any rights or
warrants to subscribe for, or any commitments or agreements to issue or sell, or
any  Securities  or  obligations  convertible  into,  or any powers of  attorney
relating  to,  shares  of  the  capital  stock  of  any  Borrower  or any of its
Subsidiaries.  There are no outstanding  agreements or instruments  binding upon
any Borrower's  shareholders  relating to the ownership of its shares of capital
stock, except as disclosed in Exhibit R hereto.

      7.1.5 Corporate  Names. No Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries  has been
known as or used any corporate, fictitious or trade names except those listed on
Exhibit E hereto.  Except as set forth on Exhibit E, no Borrower  nor any of its
Subsidiaries has been the surviving  corporation of a merger or consolidation or
acquired all or substantially all of the assets of any Person.

      7.1.6  Business  Locations;  Agent for Process.  Each  Borrower's  and its
Subsidiaries'  chief executive office and other places of business are as listed
on Exhibit B hereto.  During the preceding  one-year period, no Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries has had an office, place of business or agent for service of
process  other  than as listed on  Exhibit  B.  Except as shown on Exhibit B, no
inventory is stored with a bailee,  warehouseman  or similar  party,  nor is any
Inventory consigned to any Person.

      7.1.7  Title to  Properties;  Priority  of Liens.  Each  Borrower  and its
Subsidiaries  has good,  indefeasible  and  marketable  title to and fee  simple
ownership of, or valid and  subsisting  leasehold  interests in, all of its real
Property, and good title to all of the Collateral and all of its other Property,
in each case, free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens.  Each Borrower
has paid or discharged all lawful claims which,  if unpaid,  might become a Lien
against  any  Borrower's  Properties  that is not a  Permitted  Lien.  The Liens
granted to Lender under Section 5 hereof are first priority Liens,  subject only
to Permitted Liens.

      7.1.8  Accounts.  Lender  may rely,  in  determining  which  Accounts  are
Eligible Accounts,  on all statements and representations made by Borrowers with
respect to any Account or  Accounts.  Unless  otherwise  indicated in writing to
Lender, with respect to each Account:

            (i)         It is genuine and in all respects  what it purports to
      be, and it is not evidenced by a judgment;

            (ii) It arises out of a  completed,  bona fide sale and  delivery of
      goods or rendition of services by a Borrower in the ordinary course of its
      business and in accordance  with the terms and  conditions of all purchase
      orders,  contracts or other documents  relating thereto and forming a part
      of the contract between such Borrower and the Account Debtor;

            (iii)  It is for a  liquidated  amount  maturing  as  stated  in the
      duplicate  invoice covering such sale or rendition of services,  a copy of
      which has been furnished or is available to Lender;

            (iv) Such Account,  and Lender's security interest therein,  is not,
      and  will not (by  voluntary  act or  omission  of a  Borrower)  be in the
      future,  subject  to  any  offset,  Lien,  deduction,   defense,  dispute,
      counterclaim or any other adverse condition except for disputes  resulting
      in returned  goods where the amount in  controversy is deemed by Lender to
      be immaterial, and each such Account is absolutely owing to a Borrower and
      is not contingent in any respect or for any reason;

            (v) No  Borrower  has  made an  agreement  with any  Account  Debtor
      thereunder for any extension,  compromise,  settlement or  modification of
      any  such  Account  or  any  deduction  therefrom,   except  discounts  or
      allowances  which are granted by Borrowers in the ordinary course of their
      businesses for prompt  payment and which are reflected in the  calculation
      of the net  amount of each  respective  invoice  related  thereto  and are
      reflected  in the  Schedules of Accounts  submitted to Lender  pursuant to
      subsection 6.2.1 hereof;

            (vi)  There are no facts,  events  or  occurrences  which in any way
      impair the  validity or  enforceability  of any Accounts or tend to reduce
      the amount  payable  thereunder  from the face  amount of the  invoice and
      statements delivered to Lender with respect thereto;

            (vii)  To the  best of  Borrowers'  knowledge,  the  Account  Debtor
      thereunder  (1) had the  capacity to contract at the time any  contract or
      other  document  giving  rise to the  Account  was  executed  and (2) such
      Account Debtor is Solvent; and

            (viii) To the best of Borrowers' knowledge, there are no proceedings
      or actions  which are  threatened  or pending  against any Account  Debtor
      thereunder  which  might  result in any  material  adverse  change in such
      Account  Debtor's  financial  condition  or  the  collectibility  of  such
      Account.

      7.1.9 Equipment.  The Equipment is in good operating condition and repair,
and all necessary  replacements of and repairs thereto shall be made so that the
value  and  operating  efficiency  of the  Equipment  shall  be  maintained  and
preserved,  reasonable wear and tear excepted.  Borrowers will not permit any of
the Equipment to become  affixed to any real Property  leased to any Borrower so
that an interest  arises  therein  under the real estate laws of the  applicable
jurisdiction  unless the landlord of such real  Property has executed a landlord
waiver or leasehold  mortgage in favor of and in form acceptable to Lender,  and
Borrowers  will not permit any of the  Equipment  to become an  accession to any
personal Property other than Equipment that is subject to first priority (except
for Permitted Liens) Liens in favor of Lender.

      7.1.10   Financial   Statements;   Fiscal  Year.  The   Consolidated   and
consolidating  balance sheets of TMCI and such other Persons  described  therein
(including the accounts of all  Subsidiaries of TMCI for the respective  periods
during which a Subsidiary  relationship  existed) as of September 30, 1997,  and
the related statements of income,  changes in stockholder's  equity, and changes
in financial position for the periods ended on such dates, have been prepared in
accordance  with GAAP,  and present  fairly the financial  positions of TMCI and
such  persons  at such dates and the  results  of TMCI's  and its  Subsidiaries'
operations  for such  periods.  Since  September  30,  1997,  there  has been no
material change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of TMCI and such other
Persons as shown on the Consolidated balance sheet as of such date and no change
in the aggregate value of Equipment and real Property owned by Borrowers, except
changes in the ordinary course of business, none of which individually or in the
aggregate has been materially  adverse.  The fiscal year of TMCI and each of its
Subsidiaries ends on December 31st of each year.

      7.1.11 Full Disclosure. The financial statements referred to in subsection
7.1.10 hereof do not, nor does this Agreement or any other written  statement of
Borrowers to Lender,  contain any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit a
material fact necessary to make the statements  contained  therein or herein not
misleading.  There is no fact which  Borrowers have failed to disclose to Lender
in writing which materially affects adversely or, so far as any Borrower can now
foresee, will materially affect adversely the Properties,  business,  prospects,
profits or condition  (financial  or  otherwise) of any Borrower or any of their
Subsidiaries  or the ability of any  Borrower or their  Subsidiaries  to perform
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

      7.1.12 Solvent Financial Condition.  Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries is
now and,  after giving  effect to the Loans to be made and the Letters of Credit
and LC Guaranties to be issued hereunder, at all times will be, Solvent.

      7.1.13 Surety  Obligations.  No Borrower nor any of their  Subsidiaries is
obligated  as surety or  indemnitor  under any surety or  similar  bond or other
contract issued or entered into any agreement to assure payment,  performance or
completion of performance of any undertaking or obligation of any Person.

      7.1.14 Taxes. Each Borrower's federal tax  identification  number is shown
on  Exhibit  F.  The  federal  tax  identification  number  of  each  Borrower's
Subsidiaries  is  shown on  Exhibit  F  hereto.  Each  Borrower  and each of its
Subsidiaries  has filed all  federal,  state  and  local tax  returns  and other
reports it is required by law to file and has paid,  or made  provision  for the
payment of, all taxes, assessments,  fees, levies and other governmental charges
upon it, its income and  Properties as and when such taxes,  assessments,  fees,
levies  and  charges  that are due and  payable,  unless  and to the  extent any
thereof  are  being  actively   contested  in  good  faith  and  by  appropriate
proceedings and Borrowers maintains reasonable reserves on their books therefor.
The  provision for taxes on the books of Borrowers  and their  Subsidiaries  are
adequate for all years not closed by  applicable  statutes,  and for its current
fiscal year.

      7.1.15 Brokers.  There are no claims for brokerage  commissions,  finder's
fees or investment banking fees in connection with the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement except as disclosed on Exhibit Q hereto.

      7.1.16 Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses. Each Borrower and its
Subsidiaries owns or possesses all the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade
names,  copyrights  and licenses  necessary  for the present and planned  future
conduct of its business  without any known  conflict  with the rights of others.
All such patents, trademarks,  service marks, tradenames,  copyrights,  licenses
and other similar rights are listed on Exhibit G hereto.

      7.1.17 Governmental Consents.  Each Borrower and its Subsidiaries has, and
is in good  standing  with  respect to, all  governmental  consents,  approvals,
licenses,  authorizations,  permits,  certificates,  inspections  and franchises
necessary  to continue to conduct its business as  heretofore  or proposed to be
conducted by it and to own or lease and operate its  Properties  as now owned or
leased by it.

      7.1.18  Compliance with Laws. Each Borrower and its  Subsidiaries has duly
complied with,  and its  Properties,  business  operations and leaseholds are in
compliance in all material  respects with, the provisions of all federal,  state
and local laws,  rules and regulations  applicable to any Borrower or their such
Subsidiary,  as  applicable,  its  Properties or the conduct of its business and
there have been no citations,  notices or orders of noncompliance  issued to any
Borrower or any of their  Subsidiaries  under any such law, rule or  regulation.
Each Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  has  established  and maintains an adequate
monitoring  system to insure  that it remains in  compliance  with all  federal,
state and local laws,  rules and regulations  applicable to it. No Inventory has
been produced in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act (29 U.S.C. ss. 201 et
seq.), as amended.
      7.1.19 Restrictions. No Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party or
subject to any contract,  agreement,  or charter or other corporate restriction,
which  materially and adversely  affects its business or the use or ownership of
any of its  Properties.  No Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or
subject to any contract or  agreement  which  restricts  its right or ability to
incur  Indebtedness,  other than as set forth on Exhibit H hereto, none of which
prohibit the  execution of or compliance  with this  Agreement or the other Loan
Documents by any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, as applicable.

      7.1.20 Litigation.  Except as set forth on Exhibit I hereto,  there are no
actions,  suits,  proceedings or investigations  pending, or to the knowledge of
any  Borrower,  threatened,  against or  affecting  any Borrower or any of their
Subsidiaries,  or the business,  operations,  Properties,  prospects, profits or
condition of any Borrower or any of their  Subsidiaries.  No Borrower nor any of
their  Subsidiaries is in default with respect to any order,  writ,  injunction,
judgment,  decree or rule of any court,  governmental  authority or  arbitration
board or tribunal.

      7.1.21 No Defaults.  No event has  occurred and no condition  exists which
would,  upon or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or Borrowers'
performance hereunder,  constitute a Default or an Event of Default. No Borrower
nor any of their  Subsidiaries  is in default,  and no event has occurred and no
condition  exists  which  constitutes,  or which with the passage of time or the
giving of notice or both  would  constitute,  a default  in the  payment  of any
Indebtedness to any Person for Money Borrowed.

      7.1.22 Leases.  Exhibit J hereto is a complete  listing of all capitalized
leases of Borrowers  and their  Subsidiaries  and Exhibit K hereto is a complete
listing  of all  operating  leases of  Borrowers  and their  Subsidiaries.  Each
Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  is in full  compliance  with all of the terms of
each of its respective capitalized and operating leases.

      7.1.23 Pension Plans. Except as disclosed on Exhibit L hereto, no Borrower
nor any of their  Subsidiaries  has any Plan.  Each  Borrower  and each of their
Subsidiaries  is in full  compliance  with the  requirements  of  ERISA  and the
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  with  respect  to  each  Plan.  No fact or
situation  that  could  result in a  material  adverse  change in the  financial
condition of any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries exists in connection with
any Plan. No Borrower nor any of their Subsidiaries has any withdrawal liability
in connection with a Multi-employer Plan.

      7.1.24 Trade Relations.  There exists no actual or threatened termination,
cancellation  or limitation of, or any  modification  or change in, the business
relationship between any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any customer or
any group of customers  whose  purchases  individually  or in the  aggregate are
material to the business of Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries,  or with any
material  supplier,  and there exists no present  condition or state of facts or
circumstances which would materially affect adversely any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or prevent any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries  from conducting
such business after the  consummation  of the  transaction  contemplated by this
Agreement  in  substantially  the same  manner in which it has  heretofore  been
conducted.

      7.1.25  Labor  Relations.  Except as  described  on  Exhibit M hereto,  no
Borrower nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party to any  collective  bargaining
agreement. There are no material grievances,  disputes or controversies with any
union or any other  organization  of any Borrower's or any of its  Subsidiaries'
employees, or threats of strikes, work stoppages or any asserted pending demands
for collective bargaining by any union or organization.

      7.1.26   Environmental   Matters.   Each  Borrower  and  their  respective
Subsidiaries  has obtained and is in compliance  with all permits,  licenses and
other  authorizations  required  under  all  Environmental  Laws to carry on its
business as now being  conducted,  except to the extent failure to have any such
permit,  license or  authorization  would not  reasonably  be  expected  (either
individually  or in the  aggregate)  to have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Borrowers  and  their   Subsidiaries.   Each   Borrower  and  their   respective
Subsidiaries  is also in compliance  with all other  limitations,  restrictions,
conditions, standards,  prohibitions,  requirements,  obligations, schedules and
timetables  contained in any applicable  Environmental Law or in any regulation,
code, plan, order, decree, judgment, injunction, notice or demand letter issued,
entered,  promulgated  or  approved  thereunder,  except to the  extent any such
non-compliance  would not reasonably be expected (either  individually or in the
aggregate)  to  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Borrowers  or  their
Subsidiaries.

      7.1.27  Interdependent  Businesses and  Operations.  Each of the Borrowers
acknowledges and agrees that it acts  interdependently  with the other Borrowers
as part of an integrated group of businesses, relies upon the other Borrowers in
its  operations  and  business  and will  derive  direct and  indirect  economic
benefits  from the Loans,  Letters of Credit  and LC  Guaranties  to be made and
issued  hereunder by Lender.  The  consolidation  of the borrowings by Borrowers
under this Agreement  will utilize the combined  financial  capabilities  of the
Borrowers in the most efficient and economical manner and enhances the aggregate
borrowing  power of the  Borrowers  to the mutual  benefit and  advantage of the
Borrowers.

      7.1.28      Acquisitions.  No  default  has  occurred  under  any of the
Purchase Documents.

7.2   Continuous Nature of Representations and Warranties.

      Each representation and warranty contained in this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents shall be continuous in nature and shall remain accurate, complete
and not  misleading at all times during the term of this  Agreement,  except for
changes  in the  nature  of any  Borrower's  or its  Subsidiaries'  business  or
operations  that would render the  information  in any exhibit  attached  hereto
either inaccurate,  incomplete or misleading, so long as Lender has consented to
such changes or such changes are expressly permitted by this Agreement.

7.3   Survival of Representations and Warranties.

      All   representations  and  warranties  of  Borrowers  contained  in  this
Agreement  or any of the other  Loan  Documents  shall  survive  the  execution,
delivery  and  acceptance  thereof by Lender  and the  parties  thereto  and the
closing of the transactions described therein or related thereto.

SECTION 8.    COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS

8.1   Affirmative Covenants.
      During the term of this Agreement, and thereafter for so long as there are
any  Obligations  to Lender,  each Borrower  covenants  that,  unless  otherwise
consented to by Lender in writing, it shall:

      8.1.1 Visits and Inspections.  Permit representatives of Lender, from time
to time,  as often  as may be  reasonably  requested,  but  only  during  normal
business  hours,  to visit and inspect the  Properties  of Borrowers and each of
their Subsidiaries, inspect, audit and make extracts from its books and records,
and discuss with its officers,  its employees and its  independent  accountants,
Borrowers'  and  each of  their  Subsidiaries'  business,  assets,  liabilities,
financial condition, business prospects and results of operations.

      8.1.2 Notices.  Promptly notify Lender in writing of the occurrence of any
event or the existence of any fact which renders any  representation or warranty
in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents  inaccurate,  incomplete or
misleading.  Notify Lender ten (10) days in advance of Borrowers' non-compliance
with Section 8.1.12 or Section 8.1.13.

      8.1.3  Financial  Statements.  Keep,  and cause each  Subsidiary  to keep,
adequate records and books of account with respect to its business activities in
which  proper  entries  are made in  accordance  with  GAAP  reflecting  all its
financial  transactions;  and cause to be prepared  and  furnished to Lender the
following  (all to be prepared in  accordance  with GAAP applied on a consistent
basis,  unless  Borrowers'  certified  public  accountants  concur in any change
therein and such change is disclosed to Lender and is consistent with GAAP):

            (i) not later  than 90 days after the close of each  fiscal  year of
      TMCI,   unqualified   audited   financial   statements  of  TMCI  and  its
      Subsidiaries  as  of  the  end  of  such  year,  on  a  Consolidated   and
      consolidating basis,  certified by a firm of independent  certified public
      accountants  of  recognized  standing  selected by TMCI but  acceptable to
      Lender (except for a qualification  for a change in accounting  principles
      with which the accountant concurs);

            (ii) not later  than 45 days  after the end of each  fiscal  quarter
      hereafter,  including  the last  fiscal  quarter  of TMCI's  fiscal  year,
      unaudited interim financial  statements of TMCI and its Subsidiaries as of
      the end of such quarter and of the portion of TMCI's  financial  year then
      elapsed,  on a  consolidated  and  consolidating  basis,  certified by the
      principal  financial  officer of TMCI as prepared in accordance  with GAAP
      and fairly presenting the consolidated  financial  position and results of
      operations  of TMCI and its  Subsidiaries  for  such  quarter  and  period
      subject  only to changes from audit and  year-end  adjustments  and except
      that such statements need not contain notes;

            (iii) not later than 30 days after the end of each month  hereafter,
      including  the  last  month  of  TMCI's  fiscal  year,  unaudited  interim
      financial  statements of TMCI and its  Subsidiaries  as of the end of such
      month and of the  portion  of TMCI's  financial  year then  elapsed,  on a
      Consolidated and consolidating basis, certified by the principal financial
      officer of TMCI as prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly  presenting
      the Consolidated  financial position and results of operations of TMCI and
      its  Subsidiaries  for such month and period  subject only to changes from
      audit and year-end  adjustments  and except that such  statements need not
      contain notes;

            (iv) promptly after the sending or filing  thereof,  as the case may
      be, copies of any proxy statements,  financial statements or reports which
      TMCI has made  available  to its  shareholders  and copies of any regular,
      periodic and special reports or registration  statements  which TMCI files
      with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental  authority
      which may be substituted therefor, or any national securities exchange;

            (v) promptly after the filing  thereof,  copies of any annual report
      to be filed in compliance with ERISA in connection with each Plan; and

            (vi) such other data and  information  (financial  and otherwise) as
      Lender, from time to time, may reasonably request, bearing upon or related
      to the Collateral or Borrowers' and each of their Subsidiaries'  financial
      condition or results of operations.

      Concurrently  with the delivery of the financial  statements  described in
clause (i) of this subsection 8.1.3, Borrowers shall forward to Lender a copy of
the accountants' letter to Borrowers'  management that is prepared in connection
with such  financial  statements  and also shall cause to be prepared  and shall
furnish to Lender a certificate of the aforesaid  certified  public  accountants
certifying  to Lender  that,  based  upon  their  examination  of the  financial
statements  of TMCI and its  Subsidiaries  performed  in  connection  with their
examination of said financial  statements,  they are not aware of any Default or
Event of  Default,  or, if they are aware of such  Default or Event of  Default,
specifying the nature thereof,  and acknowledging,  in a manner  satisfactory to
Lender, that they are aware that Lender is relying on such financial  statements
in making  its  decisions  with  respect  to the  Loans.  Concurrently  with the
delivery of the financial statements described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of
this  subsection  8.1.3,  or more  frequently if requested by Lender,  Borrowers
shall cause to be prepared and furnished to Lender a Compliance  Certificate  in
the  form of  Exhibit  N hereto  executed  by the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of
Borrower.

      8.1.4 Landlord and Storage  Agreements.  Provide Lender with copies of all
agreements  between any Borrower or any of its  Subsidiaries and any landlord or
warehouseman  which owns any premises at which any  Inventory  may, from time to
time, be kept.

      8.1.5 Intentionally Deleted.

      8.1.6  Projections.  No later than 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal
year  of  Borrowers,   deliver  to  Lender  Projections  of  Borrowers  for  the
forthcoming fiscal year, month by month.

      8.1.7 Compliance with Laws.  Borrowers shall, at all times,  comply in all
material  respects  with  all  laws,  rules,  regulations,   licenses,  permits,
approvals and orders  applicable to it and duly observe all  requirements of any
Federal, State or local governmental authority,  including,  without limitation,
ERISA,  the  Occupational  Safety and Hazard Act of 1970,  as amended,  the Fair
Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and all statutes,  rules,  regulations,
orders,  permits  and  stipulations  relating  to  environmental  pollution  and
employee  health  and  safety,  including,   without  limitation,   all  of  the
Environmental Laws.

            (a) Borrowers  shall  establish and maintain,  at their  expense,  a
      system  to  assure  and  monitor  their  continued   compliance  with  all
      Environmental Laws in all of their operations,  which system shall include
      annual reviews of such  compliance by employees or agents of Borrowers who
      are familiar with the requirements of the  Environmental  Laws.  Copies of
      all environmental surveys,  audits,  assessments,  feasibility studies and
      results of remedial  investigations shall be promptly furnished, or caused
      to be furnished,  by Borrowers to Lender.  Borrowers shall take prompt and
      appropriate  action  to  respond  to any  non-compliance  with  any of the
      Environmental Laws and shall regularly report to Lender on such response.

            (b)  Borrowers  shall  give both oral and  written  notice to Lender
      immediately  upon  any  Borrower's  receipt  of  any  notice  of,  or  any
      Borrower's  otherwise  obtaining  knowledge of, (i) the  occurrence of any
      event involving the release, spill or discharge,  threatened or actual, of
      any Hazardous Material or (ii) any investigation,  proceeding,  complaint,
      order, directive, claims, citation or notice with respect to: (A) any non-
      compliance with or violation of any  Environmental  Law by any Borrower or
      (B)  the  release,  spill  or  discharge,  threatened  or  actual,  of any
      Hazardous  Material  or  (C)  the  generation,  use,  storage,  treatment,
      transportation,  manufacture,  handling,  production  or  disposal  of any
      Hazardous  Materials  or (D) any  other  environmental,  health  or safety
      matter,  which affects any Borrower or its business,  operations or assets
      or any properties at which any Borrower transported, stored or disposed of
      any Hazardous Materials.

            (c) Without  limiting  the  generality  of the  foregoing,  whenever
      Lender  reasonably  determines  that  there  is  non-  compliance,  or any
      condition which requires any action by or on behalf of Borrowers or any of
      their Subsidiaries in order to avoid any material non-compliance, with any
      Environmental  Law,  Borrowers  shall, at Lender's  request and Borrowers'
      expense:  (i) cause an independent  environmental  engineer  acceptable to
      Lender to  conduct  such  tests of the site  where any  Borrower's  or its
      Subsidiaries'   non-compliance   or  alleged   non-compliance   with  such
      Environmental Laws has occurred as to such  non-compliance and prepare and
      deliver to Lender a report as to such non-  compliance  setting  forth the
      results of such tests, a proposed plan for responding to any environmental
      problems described therein,  and an estimate of the costs thereof and (ii)
      provide to Lender a  supplemental  report of such  engineer  whenever  the
      scope  of such  non-compliance,  or  Borrowers'  response  thereto  or the
      estimated costs thereof, shall change in any material respect.

            (d)  Borrowers  shall  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Lender,   its
      directors,   officers,   employees,  agents,  invitees,   representatives,
      successors  and  assigns,  from and against  any and all  losses,  claims,
      damages,  liabilities,  costs, and expenses (including attorneys' fees and
      legal expenses)  directly or indirectly  arising out of or attributable to
      the  use,  generation,   manufacture,   reproduction,   storage,  release,
      threatened release, spill, discharge,  disposal or presence of a Hazardous
      Material,  including,  without  limitation,  the costs of any  required or
      necessary  repair,  cleanup  or other  remedial  work with  respect to any
      property of Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries and the preparation and
      implementation  of any  closure,  remedial or other  required  plans.  All
      representations,   warranties,  covenants  and  indemnifications  in  this
      Section  9.3  shall  survive  the  payment  of  the  Obligations  and  the
      termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

      8.1.8 Payment of Taxes, Charges. Pay and cause each of its Subsidiaries to
pay and  discharge all taxes,  assessments  and  governmental  charges or levies
imposed on it or on its income or profits or on any of its Property prior to the
date on which penalties attached thereto,  except for any such tax,  assessment,
charge or levy the  payment  of which is being  contested  in good  faith and by
proper  proceedings and against which adequate  reserves are being maintained in
accordance with GAAP.

      8.1.9  Business and  Existence.  Preserve and not change its business from
the manufacture and sale of metal fabrications,  cable assemblies and electronic
components  for  original  equipment  manufacturers,  preserve  and maintain its
separate  corporate  existence  and all rights,  privileges,  and  franchises in
connection  therewith,  and maintain its  qualification and good standing in all
states in which  such  qualification  is  necessary  in order for  Borrowers  to
conduct their businesses in such states or in which the failure of a Borrower to
be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
business or Properties of such Borrower.

      8.1.10      Maintain   Properties.   Maintain  its  Properties  in  good
condition and make all necessary renewals,  repairs,  replacements,  additions
and improvements thereto.

      8.1.11  ERISA  Compliance.  (i)  At  all  times  make  prompt  payment  of
contributions  required to meet the minimum funding standards set forth in ERISA
with  respect to each Plan;  (ii)  furnish to  Lender,  promptly  upon  Lender's
request  therefor,  copies of any annual report required to be filed pursuant to
ERISA in connection with each Plan and any other employee benefit plan of it and
its subject to said Section;  (iii) notify Lender as soon as  practicable of any
Reportable  Event and of any additional  act or condition  arising in connection
with  any  Plan  which  Borrowers  believe  might  constitute  grounds  for  the
termination  thereof by the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  or for the
appointment  by the  appropriate  United States  district  court of a trustee to
administer the Plan; and (iv) furnish to Lender,  promptly upon Lender's request
therefor,  such  additional  information  concerning  any Plan or any other such
employee benefit plan.

      8.1.12  Mandatory  Conversion of  Subordinated  Debt. If the  subordinated
indebtedness of TMCI under the Convertible Subordinated Debenture due 2001 dated
February 10, 1998 has not  previously  been  converted into common stock of TMCI
prior to February 10, 2001,  TMCI shall convert such  subordinated  indebtedness
into common stock on February 15, 2001.

      8.1.13  Mandatory   Payment  Through  Stock  Delivery.   Payments  of  the
"Shortfall  Amount" under that certain  Settlement and Release  Agreement by and
among Pen Interconnect,  Inc., TMCI Electronics, Inc., Touche Electronics, Inc.,
and Rolando  Loera dated  December 5, 1997 shall be paid through the delivery of
stock only and not in cash.

8.2   Negative Covenants.

      During the term of this Agreement, and thereafter for so long as there are
any Obligations to Lender, each Borrower covenants that, unless Lender has first
consented thereto in writing, it will not:

      8.2.1 Mergers;  Consolidations;  Acquisitions.  Merge or  consolidate,  or
permit any Subsidiary of any Borrower to merge or consolidate,  with any Person;
nor  acquire,  nor  permit  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  to  acquire,  all or any
substantial part of the Properties of any Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
TMCI or a Subsidiary of TMCI may acquire  substantially all of the assets or all
of the capital stock of First Source,  Inc.  provided that  Borrowers  shall (i)
provide to Lender copies of any letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or
offer letters with respect to such acquisitions  promptly  following the signing
thereof,  (ii) provide to Lender  copies of all Purchase  Documents  relating to
such  acquisition at least five (5) Business Days prior to the signing  thereof,
which  Purchase  Documents  must be  satisfactory  to Lender,  (iii) arrange for
Lender and its  representatives  to have access to the entity to be acquired and
its books,  records and assets and to the Borrowers'  due diligence  information
and evaluation  thereof prior to any closing on such acquisition for the purpose
of  conducting a due  diligence  investigation  thereof and to verify that after
giving effect to such  acquisition,  Borrowers will continue to have  sufficient
Availability,  as reasonably  determined by Lender,  (iv) cause the entity to be
acquired or, if a Subsidiary  of TMCI that  acquires  the business  thereof,  to
become a co-borrower under this Agreement or a guarantor of the Obligations,  as
the Lender may determine, and to grant to Lender a first priority perfected Lien
in all of its personal and real Property, tangible and intangible.

      8.2.2 Loans.  Make, or permit any  Subsidiary of any Borrower to make, any
loans or other  advances  of money  (other  than for  salary,  travel  advances,
advances  against  commissions and other similar advances in the ordinary course
of business) to any Person.

      8.2.3 Total Indebtedness.  Create,  incur,  assume, or suffer to exist, or
permit any Subsidiary of any Borrower to create,  incur or suffer to exist,  any
Indebtedness, except:

            (i)         Obligations owing to Lender;

            (ii)  Subordinated  Debt existing on the date of this  Agreement and
      Subordinated  Debt issued  hereafter on terms and  conditions  approved by
      Lender and subject to a Subordination Agreement acceptable to Lender;

            (iii)  Indebtedness  of any  Subsidiary  of  any  Borrower  to  such
      Borrower or of any Borrower to another Borrower;

            (iv)  accounts  payable to trade  creditors  and  current  operating
      expenses  (other than for Money Borrowed) which are not aged more than 120
      days from  billing  date or more  than 30 days from the due date,  in each
      case incurred in the ordinary course of business and paid within such time
      period,  unless the same are being actively contested in good faith and by
      appropriate and lawful proceedings, and Borrowers or such Subsidiary shall
      have set aside such reserves, if any, with respect thereto as are required
      by GAAP and deemed  adequate by  Borrowers  or such  Subsidiary  and their
      independent accountants;

            (v)         Obligations  to pay Rentals  permitted  by  subsection
      8.2.13;

            (vi)        Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness;

            (vii) contingent  liabilities  arising out of endorsements of checks
      and other negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary
      course of business; and
            (viii)  Indebtedness  not included in  paragraphs  (i) through (vii)
      above  which does not  exceed at any time,  in the  aggregate,  the sum of
      $100,000.00.

      8.2.4 Affiliate Transactions.  Enter into, or be a party to, or permit any
Subsidiary of any Borrower to enter into or be a party to, any transaction  with
any Affiliate of a Borrower or stockholder, except in the ordinary course of and
pursuant to the  reasonable  requirements  of  Borrowers'  or such  Subsidiary's
business and upon fair and reasonable  terms which are fully disclosed to Lender
and are no less favorable to Borrowers  than would obtain in a comparable  arm's
length  transaction  with a Person not an Affiliate or stockholder of a Borrower
or such Subsidiary.

      8.2.5  Limitation  on Liens.  Create or  suffer  to exist,  or permit  any
Subsidiary  of any  Borrower to create or suffer to exist,  any Lien upon any of
its Property,  income or profits,  including,  without  limitation,  the capital
stock of the Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

            (i)         Liens at any time granted in favor of Lender;

            (ii) Liens for taxes  (excluding any Lien imposed pursuant to any of
      the  provisions  of ERISA) not yet due, or being  contested  in the manner
      described in subsection  7.1.14 hereto,  but only if in Lender's  judgment
      such Lien does not  adversely  affect  Lender's  rights or the priority of
      Lender's Lien in the Collateral;

            (iii) Liens arising in the ordinary course of a Borrower's  business
      by operation of law or  regulation,  but only if payment in respect of any
      such  Lien is not at the  time  required  and such  Liens  do not,  in the
      aggregate,  materially  detract  from the  value of the  Property  of such
      Borrower  or  materially  impair  the  use  thereof  in the  operation  of
      Borrower's business;

            (iv)        Purchase  Money  Liens  securing   Permitted  Purchase
      Money Indebtedness;

            (v) Liens securing Indebtedness of a Borrower's Subsidiaries to such
      Borrower or another such Subsidiary;

            (vi)        such other Liens as appear on Exhibit O hereto; and

            (vii) such other Liens as Lender may hereafter approve in writing.

      8.2.6 Subordinated Debt. Make, or permit any Subsidiary of any Borrower to
make, any payment of any part or all of any Subordinated  Debt or take any other
action or omit to take any other  action in  respect of any  Subordinated  Debt,
except for  regularly  scheduled  payments  of interest  thereon,  so long as no
Default or Event of Default exists hereunder.

      8.2.7  Distributions  .  Declare  or make,  or permit  any  Subsidiary  of
Borrower to declare or make, any Distributions.

      8.2.8  Capital  Expenditures.  Make  Capital  Expenditures  that  are  not
financed  by way of  capitalized  leases  or  purchase  money  financings  or as
otherwise  permitted  hereunder,  which,  in the aggregate,  as to Borrowers and
their  Subsidiaries  as a group,  exceed  $750,000.00  during any fiscal year of
Borrower.

      8.2.9  Disposition of Assets.  Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of,
or permit any Subsidiary of any Borrower to sell, lease or otherwise dispose any
of, its Properties,  including any disposition of Property as part of a sale and
leaseback  transaction,  to or in  favor  of any  Person,  except  (i)  sales of
Inventory in the ordinary  course of business for so long as no Event of Default
exists  hereunder,  (ii) a transfer of Property to a Borrower by a Subsidiary of
such Borrower or (iii) dispositions expressly authorized by this Agreement.

      8.2.10 Stock of Subsidiaries.  Permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue any
additional shares of its capital stock except director's qualifying shares.

      8.2.11  Bill-and-Hold  Sales,  Etc.  Make a  sale  to  any  customer  on a
bill-and-hold, guaranteed sale, sale and return, sale on approval or consignment
basis, or any sale on a repurchase or return basis.

      8.2.12      Restricted   Investment.   Make  or  have,   or  permit  any
Subsidiary of any Borrower to make or have, any Restricted Investment.

      8.2.13 Leases.  Become,  or permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to become,  a
lessee under any  operating  lease (other than a lease under which a Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries is lessor) of Property if the aggregate  Rentals payable
during any current or future period of 12 consecutive  months under the lease in
question and all other leases under which Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries
is then lessee would exceed $1,000,000. The term "Rentals" means, as of the date
of determination, all payments which the lessee is required to make by the terms
of any such operating lease.

      8.2.14  Tax   Consolidation.   File  or  consent  to  the  filing  of  any
consolidated  income tax  return  with any  Person  other  than a Borrower  or a
Subsidiary of a Borrower.

      8.2.15      Fiscal Year.  Change its fiscal year.

8.3   Specific Financial Covenants.

      During the term of this Agreement, and thereafter for so long as there are
any Obligations to Lender,  Borrowers covenant that, unless otherwise  consented
to by Lender in writing, TMCI shall:

      8.3.1  Minimum  Adjusted  Tangible  Net  Worth.  Maintain  at all  times a
Consolidated Adjusted Tangible Net worth of not less than the amount shown below
for the period corresponding thereto:


                 Period                             Amount

                 Closing Date through December      $3,750,000.00
                 31,1998
                 January 1, 1999 through December   $4,500,000.00
                 31, 1999
                 Each January 1st thereafter        The amount for the
                 through the following December     prior year plus
                 31st                               $750,000.00

      8.3.2 Cash Flow.  Achieve Cash Flow for each fiscal period set forth below
of not less than the amount show below for the period corresponding thereto:


                 Period                             Amount

                 Three  Months  Ended March 31, 1998 $ - 0 Six Months Ended June
                 30, 1998 $ - 0 Nine Months Ended September 30, $250,000.00 1998
                 Twelve Months Ended December 31,  $500,000.00  1998 Each Fiscal
                 Quarter Ending $500,000.00 Thereafter For the Prior Four Fiscal
                 Quarters

SECTION 9.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

9.1 Conditions to Initial Loans and LC Guaranties.
      Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents,  and without  affecting in any manner the rights of Lender under
the other sections of this  Agreement,  Lender shall not be required to make the
initial Loans and LC Guaranties  under this  Agreement  unless and until each of
the following conditions has been and continues to be satisfied:

      9.1.1  Documentation.  Lender shall have  received,  in form and substance
satisfactory  to Lender and its counsel,  a duly executed copy of this Agreement
and  the  other  Loan  Documents,   together  with  such  additional  documents,
instruments  and  certificates  as  Lender  and its  counsel  shall  require  in
connection  therewith from time to time, all in form and substance  satisfactory
to Lender and its counsel.

      9.1.2 Other Loan Documents.  Each of the conditions precedent set forth in
the other Loan Documents shall have been satisfied.

      9.1.3  Availability.  Lender shall have determined that immediately  after
Lender has made the initial  Loans and issued the initial  Letters of Credit and
LC  Guaranties  contemplated  hereby,  and paid all  closing  costs  incurred in
connection with the transactions contemplated hereby,  Availability shall not be
less than $2,000,000.00.

      9.1.4 No Litigation. No action, proceeding,  investigation,  regulation or
legislation shall have been instituted, threatened or proposed before any court,
governmental agency or legislative body to enjoin,  restrain or prohibit,  or to
obtain  damages  in  respect  of, or which is  related  to or arises out of this
Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

      9.1.5  Acquisitions.  The Borrowers shall have furnished to Lender and its
legal  counsel  complete  copies  of  all  Purchase  Documents  relating  to the
Borrowers' proposed acquisitions of Trinity Electronics,  Inc. and First Source,
Inc. and such Purchase Documents shall be in form and substance  satisfactory to
Lender.

      9.1.6  Landlord  Waivers.   Landlord,   warehouseman  or  other  necessary
agreements satisfactory to Lender shall be furnished to Lender for all locations
where Collateral is located that are not owned by Borrower.

      9.1.7  Lien  Filings.  Lender  shall  have  received  copies of all filing
receipts  or  acknowledgments  issued to evidence  all  filings or  recordations
necessary to perfect the Liens of Lender in the Collateral in a form  acceptable
to Lender to ensure that such Liens constitute first and only priority valid and
perfected Liens.

      9.1.8  Insurance.  Borrowers shall deliver to Lender  certified  copies of
Borrowers' casualty insurance policies,  together with loss payable endorsements
on Lender's standard form of loss payee endorsement naming Lender as loss payee,
and certified copies of Borrowers'  liability insurance policies,  together with
endorsements naming Lender as a co-insured.

      9.1.9 Subordinated  Debt.  Borrowers shall have received a cash investment
of  Subordinated  Debt of not less than  $3,000,000.00  and the  holders  of all
Subordinated  Debt issued by any Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered
to  Lender a  Subordination  Agreement  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to
Lender.

      9.1.10  Solvency.   Lender  shall  have  received  such  certificates  and
documents  demonstrating  the  Solvency  of each  Borrower,  including,  without
limitation,  the Solvency  Certificate  after giving effect to the  transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the Purchase Documents,  as Lender shall find
acceptable,   including,  without  limitation,  the  pro  forma  balance  sheet,
forecasted financial statements  consisting of balance sheets, income statements
and cash flow statements for Borrowers  covering at least the three-year  period
commencing  on the Closing  Date,  prepared by  Borrowers  and a fair  valuation
balance sheet for Borrower.

      9.1.11 No Material  Adverse  Change.  Since September 30, 1997 there shall
not have  occurred  any  material  adverse  change  in the  business,  financial
condition  or  results  of  operations  of the  Seller or the  Borrower,  or the
existence or value of any Collateral,  or any event, condition or state of facts
which  would  reasonably  be expected  materially  and  adversely  to affect the
business, financial condition or results of operations of Borrower.

      9.1.12      Pen  Electronics  Litigation.  The  litigation  between  Pen
Electronics,  Inc. and TMCI shall have been resolved in a manner  satisfactory
to Lender and Pen Electronics,  Inc. shall have released its Liens, if any, on
the assets of the Borrowers.

      9.1.13  Inventory  Testing/Analysis.  Lender shall have conducted  further
testing  and  analysis  of  the  Borrowers'  Inventory  and  of  the  Borrowers'
management   information   systems  and  such  testing  and  analysis  shall  be
satisfactory to Lender.

9.2 Conditions to All Loans and LC Guaranties.

      Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement  or other  Loan
Documents  and without  affecting  in any manner the rights of Lender  under the
other sections of this Agreement,  Lender shall not be required to make any Loan
or LC Guaranty  (including the initial Loans and LC  Guaranties)  unless each of
the following conditions are satisfied:

            (a) All representations  and warranties  contained herein and in the
      other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all respects.

            (b) No material adverse change in the business, financial condition,
      or results of  operations of any Borrower  shall have  occurred  since the
      date of Lender's latest audit of Borrowers including,  without limitation,
      that no material  investigation,  litigation or other proceedings shall be
      pending or threatened against any Borrower.

            (c) No Default or Event of Default shall exist.

            (d)  Lender  shall  have   received   such   additional   documents,
      statements,  certificates,  information and evidence as Lender may request
      and all  documents  and all actions  required to be taken on or before the
      making of any Loan shall have been taken.

SECTION 10.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

10.1 Events of Default.
      The occurrence of one or more of the following  events shall constitute an
"Event of Default":

      10.1.1 Payment of Notes.  Borrowers  shall fail to pay any  installment of
principal, interest or premium, if any, owing on the Term Notes or the Equipment
Note on the due date of such installment.

      10.1.2 Payment of Other  Obligations.  Borrowers  shall fail to pay any of
the  Obligations  that are not evidenced by the Term Notes or the Equipment Note
on the due date  thereof  (whether  due at  stated  maturity,  on  demand,  upon
acceleration or otherwise).

      10.1.3 Misrepresentations. Any representation, warranty or other statement
made or furnished to Lender by or on behalf of any Borrower,  any  Subsidiary of
any  Borrower  in  this  Agreement,  any  of the  other  Loan  Documents  or any
instrument,  certificate or financial  statement furnished in compliance with or
in reference  thereto  proves to have been false or  misleading  in any material
respect  when made or  furnished  or when  reaffirmed  pursuant  to Section  7.2
hereof.

      10.1.4 Breach of Specific  Covenants.  Borrowers  shall fail or neglect to
perform,  keep or observe any covenant contained in Sections 5.2, 6.1.1,  6.1.2,
6.2.4, 6.2.5, 6.2.6, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.1.12, 8.1.13, 8.2 or 8.3 hereof on the date
that Borrowers are required to perform, keep or observe such covenant.

      10.1.5  Breach of Other  Covenants.  Borrowers  shall  fail or  neglect to
perform,  keep or observe any covenant contained in this Agreement (other than a
covenant which is dealt with specifically  elsewhere in Section 10.1 hereof) and
the breach of such other covenant is not cured to Lender's  satisfaction  within
15 days after the sooner to occur of Borrowers' receipt of notice of such breach
from Lender or the date on which such failure or neglect  first becomes known to
any officer of any Borrower.

      10.1.6   Default  Under   Security   Documents/Other   Agreements/Purchase
Documents. Any event of default shall occur under, or Borrowers shall default in
the  performance  or  observance of any term,  covenant,  condition or agreement
contained  in, any of the Security  Documents;  or the Other  Agreements  or the
Purchase  Documents and such default shall continue beyond any applicable  grace
period.

      10.1.7 Other  Defaults.  There shall occur any default or event of default
on the part of any Borrower under any agreement, document or instrument to which
a Borrower  is a party or by which a Borrower  or any of its  Property is bound,
creating or relating to any  Indebtedness  (other than the  Obligations)  if the
payment or maturity of such  Indebtedness  is accelerated in consequence of such
event of default or demand for payment of such Indebtedness is made.

      10.1.8 Uninsured Losses.  Any material loss, theft,  damage or destruction
of any of the  Collateral  not fully  covered  (subject to such  deductibles  as
Lender shall have permitted) by insurance.

      10.1.9      Adverse  Changes.  There  shall occur any  material  adverse
change in the financial condition or business prospects of any Borrower.

      10.1.10 Insolvency and Related Proceedings. Any Borrower shall cease to be
Solvent or shall suffer the  appointment  of a receiver,  trustee,  custodian or
similar fiduciary,  or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or
any  petition  for an order for relief shall be filed by or against any Borrower
under the Bankruptcy  Code (if against any Borrower,  the  continuation  of such
proceeding  for more  than 30 days),  or any  Borrower  shall  make any offer of
settlement,  extension or composition to their  respective  unsecured  creditors
generally.

      10.1.11 Business Disruption;  Condemnation.  There shall occur a cessation
of a  substantial  part of the business of any Borrower,  any  Subsidiary of any
Borrower for a period which  significantly  affects any  Borrower's  capacity to
continue its business, on a profitable basis; or any Borrower, or any Subsidiary
of Borrower  shall  suffer the loss or  revocation  of any license or permit now
held or hereafter  acquired by such Borrower which is necessary to the continued
or  lawful  operation  of its  business;  or any  Borrower  shall  be  enjoined,
restrained  or in any way  prevented by court,  governmental  or  administrative
order from conducting all or any material part of its business  affairs;  or any
material lease or agreement  pursuant to which Borrower or any Guarantor leases,
uses or occupies  any  Property  shall be canceled  or  terminated  prior to the
expiration  of its stated  term;  or any part of the  Collateral  shall be taken
through  condemnation  or the value of such Property  shall be impaired  through
condemnation.

      10.1.12 Change of Ownership.  A Change in Control shall occur with respect
to TMCI or TMCI shall cease to own and control,  beneficially and of record, all
of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each of its Subsidiaries.
      10.1.13  ERISA. A Reportable  Event shall occur which Lender,  in its sole
discretion,   shall  determine  in  good  faith  constitutes   grounds  for  the
termination by the Pension Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation of any Plan or for the
appointment by the appropriate United States district court of a trustee for any
Plan,  or if any Plan shall be terminated or any such trustee shall be requested
or appointed, or if any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower is in "default"
(as  defined in Section  4219(c)(5)  of ERISA)  with  respect to  payments  to a
Multiemployer Plan resulting from any Borrower's,  or such Subsidiary's complete
or partial withdrawal from such Plan.

      10.1.14 Challenge to Agreement.  Any Borrower, any Subsidiary of Borrower,
or any Affiliate of any of them, shall challenge or contest in any action,  suit
or proceeding the validity or  enforceability  of this Agreement,  or any of the
other Loan Documents,  the legality or  enforceability of any of the Obligations
or the perfection or priority of any Lien granted to Lender.

      10.1.15     Intentionally Omitted.

      10.1.16 Criminal Forfeiture.  Any Borrower,  or any Subsidiary of Borrower
shall be  criminally  indicted or  convicted  under any law that could lead to a
forfeiture of any Property of Borrower, or any Subsidiary of Borrower.

      10.1.17  Judgments.  Any  money  judgment,  in  an  amount  in  excess  of
$50,000.00 for any single judgment or exceeding  $100,000.00 in the aggregate or
any writ of attachment or similar process is filed against any Borrower,  or any
Subsidiary of Borrower, or any of their respective Property.

10.2  Acceleration of the Obligations.

      Without in any way limiting  the right of Lender to demand  payment of any
portion of the  Obligations  payable on demand in  accordance  with  Section 3.2
hereof, upon or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default,  all or
any  portion of the  Obligations  shall,  at the  option of Lender  and  without
presentment,  demand protest or further notice by Lender, become at once due and
payable and Borrowers  shall  forthwith  pay to Lender,  the full amount of such
Obligations, provided, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified
in subsection 10.1.10 hereof, all of the Obligations shall become  automatically
due and payable without declaration, notice or demand by Lender.

10.3  Other Remedies.

      Upon and after the  occurrence  of an Event of Default,  Lender shall have
and may exercise from time to time the following rights and remedies:

      10.3.1 All of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code or
under other  applicable  law, and all other legal and equitable  rights to which
Lender may be entitled, all of which rights and remedies shall be cumulative and
shall be in addition to any other rights or remedies contained in this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents, and none of which shall be exclusive.

      10.3.2 The right to take immediate  possession of the  Collateral,  and to
(i) require  Borrowers to assemble the Collateral,  at Borrowers'  expense,  and
make it available to Lender at a place  designated by Lender which is reasonably
convenient  to both  parties,  and (ii)  enter  any  premises  where  any of the
Collateral  shall  be  located  and to keep and  store  the  Collateral  on said
premises  until  sold  (and if  said  premises  be the  Property  of  Borrowers,
Borrowers agree not to charge Lender for storage thereof).

      10.3.3 The right to sell or otherwise  dispose of all or any Collateral in
its then condition, or after any further manufacturing or processing thereof, at
public or private sale or sales,  with such notice as may be required by law, in
lots or in bulk, for cash or on credit,  all as Lender,  in its sole discretion,
may deem advisable.  Borrowers agree that 10 days written notice to Borrowers of
any  public  or  private  sale or  other  disposition  of  Collateral  shall  be
reasonable  notice  thereof,  and such sale shall be at such locations as Lender
may designate in said notice.  Lender shall have the right to conduct such sales
on Borrowers' premises, without charge therefor, and such sales may be adjourned
from time to time in accordance with applicable law. Lender shall have the right
to sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral,  or any part thereof, for
cash, credit or any combination thereof, and Lender may purchase all or any part
of the  Collateral at public or, if permitted by law,  private sale and, in lieu
of actual payment of such purchase  price,  may set off the amount of such price
against the Obligations.  The proceeds  realized from the sale of any Collateral
may be applied,  after  allowing 2 Business  Days for  collection,  first to the
costs,  expenses  and  attorneys'  fees  incurred  by Lender in  collecting  the
Obligations,  in enforcing the rights of Lender under the Loan  Documents and in
collecting, retaking, completing, protecting, removing, storing, advertising for
sale, selling and delivering any Collateral, second to the interest due upon any
of the  Obligations;  and third,  to the  principal of the  Obligations.  If any
deficiency  shall arise,  Borrowers shall remain jointly and severally liable to
Lender therefor.

      10.3.4 Lender is hereby  granted a license or other right to use,  without
charge, Borrowers' labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade
secrets,  tradenames,  trademarks and advertising  matter,  or any Property of a
similar nature,  as it pertains to the  Collateral,  in advertising for sale and
selling  any  Collateral  and  Borrowers'  rights  under  all  licenses  and all
franchise agreements shall inure to Lender's benefit.

      10.3.5 Lender may, at its option, require Borrowers to deposit with Lender
funds  equal to the LC Amount  and,  if  Borrowers  fail to  promptly  make such
deposit,  Lender may advance such amount as a Revolving  Credit Loan (whether or
not an  Overadvance  is created  thereby).  Any such deposit or advance shall be
held by Lender as a reserve to fund future  payments on such LC  Guaranties  and
future  drawings  against  such  Letters  of  Credit.  At  such  time  as all LC
Guaranties  have been paid or  terminated  and all  Letters of Credit  have been
drawn upon or expired,  any amounts  remaining in such reserve  shall be applied
against  any  outstanding   Obligations,   or,  if  all  Obligations  have  been
indefeasibly paid in full in cash, returned to Borrowers.

10.4  Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver.

      All   covenants,   conditions,    provisions,    warranties,   guaranties,
indemnities, and other undertakings of Borrowers contained in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents,  or in any document referred to herein or contained in
any  agreement  supplementary  hereto  or in any  schedule  or in  any  Guaranty
Agreement given to Lender or contained in any other agreement between Lender and
Borrowers, heretofore,  concurrently, or hereafter entered into, shall be deemed
cumulative  to and  not  in  derogation  or  substitution  of any of the  terms,
covenants,  conditions, or agreements of Borrowers herein contained. The failure
or delay of Lender to require  strict  performance by Borrowers of any provision
of this  Agreement  or to  exercise or enforce any  rights,  Liens,  powers,  or
remedies  hereunder or under any of the aforesaid  agreements or other documents
or security  or  Collateral  shall not operate as a waiver of such  performance,
Liens, rights,  powers and remedies,  but all such requirements,  Liens, rights,
powers, and remedies shall continue in full force and effect until all Loans and
all other  Obligations  owing or to become owing from  Borrowers to Lender shall
have been fully satisfied.  None of the  undertakings,  agreements,  warranties,
covenants and representations of Borrowers contained in this Agreement or any of
the other  Loan  Documents  and no Event of  Default  by  Borrowers  under  this
Agreement or any other Loan Documents  shall be deemed to have been suspended or
waived by  Lender,  unless  such  suspension  or waiver is by an  instrument  in
writing  specifying such suspension or waiver and is signed by a duly authorized
representative of Lender and directed to Borrowers.

SECTION 11.   MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Power of Attorney.
      Each  Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  designates,  makes,  constitutes  and
appoints  Lender (and all Persons  designated by Lender) as each such Borrower's
true and lawful attorney (and agent-in-fact) and Lender, or Lender's agent, may,
without  notice to  Borrowers  and in either any or all  Borrowers'  or Lender's
names, but at the cost and expense of Borrowers:

      11.1.1  At such  time or  times  as  Lender  or said  agent,  in its  sole
discretion,  may determine,  endorse any Borrower's  name on any checks,  notes,
acceptances,  drafts,  money orders or any other evidence of payment or proceeds
of the  Collateral  which come into the  possession of Lender or under  Lender's
control.

      11.1.2 At such time or times upon or after the  occurrence  of an Event of
Default as Lender or its agent in its sole discretion may determine:  (i) demand
payment  of the  Accounts  from the  Account  Debtors,  enforce  payment  of the
Accounts by legal  proceedings  or  otherwise,  and  generally  exercise  all of
Borrowers'  rights and remedies with respect to the  collection of the Accounts;
(ii)  settle,  adjust,  compromise,  discharge or release any of the Accounts or
other Collateral or any legal proceedings brought to collect any of the Accounts
or  other  Collateral;  (iii)  sell or  assign  any of the  Accounts  and  other
Collateral upon such terms, for such amounts and at such time or times as Lender
deems  advisable;  (iv) take control,  in any manner,  of any item of payment or
proceeds relating to any Collateral;  (v) prepare,  file and sign any Borrower's
name to a proof of claim in bankruptcy or similar  document  against any Account
Debtor or to any notice of lien,  assignment or  satisfaction of lien or similar
document  in  connection  with any of the  Collateral;  (vi)  receive,  open and
dispose of all mail  addressed to Borrowers and to notify postal  authorities to
change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Lender may designate;
(vii) endorse the name of Borrowers upon any of the items of payment or proceeds
relating  to any  Collateral  and  deposit  the same to the account of Lender on
account  of the  Obligations;  (viii)  endorse  the name of  Borrowers  upon any
chattel paper, document,  instrument,  invoice,  freight bill, bill of lading or
similar document or agreement relating to the Accounts,  Inventory and any other
Collateral;  (ix) use  Borrowers'  stationery  and sign the name of Borrowers to
verifications  of the Accounts and notices thereof to Account  Debtors;  (x) use
the information  recorded on or contained in any data  processing  equipment and
computer  hardware and software relating to the Accounts,  Inventory,  Equipment
and any  other  Collateral;  (xi)  make and  adjust  claims  under  policies  of
insurance;  and  (xii) do all  other  acts and  things  necessary,  in  Lender's
determination, to fulfill Borrowers' obligations under this Agreement.

11.2  Indemnity.

      Each Borrower  hereby agrees to indemnify  Lender and hold Lender harmless
from and against any liability,  loss,  damage,  suit, action or proceeding ever
suffered or incurred by Lender  (including  reasonable  attorneys fees and legal
expenses)  in  connection  with or arising  out of the  transactions  under this
Agreement and the other Loan  Documents  whether as the result of any Borrower's
failure to observe,  perform or discharge any Borrower's duties  hereunder,  the
actions or omissions of any other Person or otherwise, except to the extent that
such is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment or court order to have
arisen from Lender's  gross  negligence or willful  misconduct.  In addition and
without  limitation of the  foregoing,  Borrower shall defend Lender against and
save it harmless  from all claims of any Person with respect to the  Collateral.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, these indemnities shall extend
to any claims asserted against Lender by any Person under any Environmental Laws
or similar laws by reason of any  Borrower's  or any other  Person's  failure to
comply with laws applicable to solid or hazardous waste materials or other toxic
substances.  Notwithstanding  any  contrary  provision  in this  Agreement,  the
obligation  of Borrowers  under this  Section 11.2 shall  survive the payment in
full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

11.3  Modification of Agreement; Sale of Interest.

      This  Agreement  may not be  modified,  altered or  amended,  except by an
agreement in writing  signed by Borrowers  and Lender.  Borrowers  may not sell,
assign or  transfer  any  interest  in this  Agreement,  any of the  other  Loan
Documents, or any of the Obligations, or any portion thereof, including, without
limitation,  Borrowers' rights, title, interests,  remedies,  powers, and duties
hereunder or thereunder.  Borrowers  hereby  consent to Lender's  participation,
sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, at any time or times hereafter,
of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents,  or of any portion hereof
or thereof,  including,  without limitation,  Lender's rights, title, interests,
remedies,  powers,  and  duties  hereunder  or  thereunder.  In the  case  of an
assignment,  the assignee shall have, to the extent of such assignment, the same
rights,  benefits and obligations as it would if it were "Lender"  hereunder and
Lender shall be relieved of all obligations hereunder upon any such assignments.
Borrowers  agree that they will use their best  efforts to assist and  cooperate
with Lender in any manner  reasonably  requested by Lender to effect the sale of
participations  in or  assignments  of any of the Loan  Documents or any portion
thereof or interest therein,  including,  without  limitation,  assisting in the
preparation of appropriate  disclosure  documents.  Borrowers further agree that
Lender  may  disclose   credit   information   regarding   Borrowers  and  their
Subsidiaries to any potential participant or assignee.

11.4  Severability.

      Wherever  possible,  each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted
in such manner as to be  effective  and valid under  applicable  law, but if any
provision of this Agreement  shall be prohibited by or invalid under  applicable
law, such provision shall be ineffective  only to the extent of such prohibition
or  invalidity,  without  invalidating  the  remainder of such  provision or the
remaining provisions of this Agreement.

11.5  Successors and Assigns.

      This Agreement,  the Other Agreements and the Security  Documents shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of Borrowers
and Lender permitted under Section 11.3 hereof.

11.6  Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms.

      The  provisions  of the Other  Agreements  and the Security  Documents are
hereby  made  cumulative  with  the  provisions  of this  Agreement.  Except  as
otherwise provided in Section 3.2 hereof and except as otherwise provided in any
of the other Loan Documents by specific reference to the applicable provision of
this  Agreement,  if any  provision  contained  in this  Agreement  is in direct
conflict  with,  or  inconsistent  with,  any provision in any of the other Loan
Documents, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

11.7  Execution in Counterparts.

      This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any  number of  counterparts  and by
different  parties  hereto  in  separate  counterparts,  each of  which  when so
executed  and  delivered  shall be  deemed  to be an  original  and all of which
counterparts taken together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

11.8  Notice.

      Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices,  requests and demands to
or upon a party hereto,  to be effective,  shall be in writing and shall be sent
by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested,  by personal delivery
against  receipt,  by overnight  courier or by facsimile and,  unless  otherwise
expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or
delivered  immediately when delivered  against  receipt,  one Business Day after
deposit in the mail,  postage prepaid,  or with an overnight  courier or, in the
case of facsimile notice, when sent, addressed as follows:

          If to Lender:    Fleet Capital Corporation
                           200 Glastonbury Boulevard
                           Glastonbury, Connecticut 06033
                           Attention:  Northeast Loan Administrator
                          Facsimile No.: (860) 657-7759

          With a copy to:  Brown, Rudnick, Freed & Gesmer
                           One Financial Center
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02111
                           Attention:  Jeffery L. Keffer, Esq.
                          Facsimile No.: (617) 856-8201

          If to Borrower:  TMCI Electronics, Inc.
                           Touche Manufacturing, Inc.
                           Touche Electronics, Inc. and
                           Enterprise Industries, Inc.
                           1875 Dobbin Drive
                           San Jose, California 95133
                           Attention:  Rolando Loera, Chief Executive Officer
                          Facsimile No.:(408) 272-4621

          With a copy to:  Rosenblum, Parish & Isaacs
                           160 West Santa Clara Street, 15th Floor
                           San Jose, California 95113
                           Attention: Tom Chaffin, Esq.
                          Facsimile No.: (408) 280-2801

or to such other  address as each party may designate for itself by notice given
in  accordance  with this  Section  11.8;  provided,  however,  that any notice,
request or demand to or upon Lender pursuant to subsection 3.1.1 or 4.2.2 hereof
shall not be effective until received by Lender.

11.9  Intentionally Omitted.

11.10 Joint and Several Liability.

      All Loans,  Letters of Credit and LC Guaranties  made or issued  hereunder
are made to or for the  benefit  of each of the  Borrowers.  The  Borrowers  are
jointly  and  severally,   directly  and  primarily  liable  for  the  full  and
indefeasible  payment when due and  performance of all  Obligations  and for the
prompt and full  payment  and  performance  of all of the  promises,  covenants,
representations,  and warranties  made or undertaken by each Borrower under this
Agreement  and the Loan  Documents and  Borrowers  agree that such  liability is
independent of the duties, obligations, and liabilities of each of the joint and
several  Borrowers.  In furtherance of the foregoing,  each Borrower jointly and
severally,  absolutely and unconditionally guaranties to Lender and agrees to be
liable for the full and indefeasible payment and performance when due of all the
Obligations.  This guarantee is a continuing  guarantee,  and shall apply to all
Obligations whenever arising.

11.11 Suretyship Waivers and Consents.

            (i) Each Borrower acknowledges that the obligations of such Borrower
      undertaken herein might be construed to consist,  at least in part, of the
      guaranty of obligations of persons other than such Borrower (including the
      other  Borrower)  and, in full  recognition  of that fact,  each  Borrower
      consents  and agrees  that  Lender may, at any time and from time to time,
      without notice or demand (except as provided in and in accordance with the
      terms of this Agreement),  whether before or after any actual or purported
      termination,  repudiation or revocation of this Agreement by any Borrower,
      and without  affecting  the  enforceability  or  continuing  effectiveness
      hereof as to each Borrower: (a) increase,  extend, or otherwise change the
      time for payment or the terms of the Obligations or any part thereof;  (b)
      supplement, restate, modify, amend, increase, decrease, or waive, or enter
      into or give any  agreement,  approval  or consent  with  respect  to, the
      Obligations  or any  part  thereof,  this  Agreement,  or any of the  Loan
      Documents or any  additional  security or  guarantees,  or any  condition,
      covenant,  default,  remedy,  right,  representation,  or term  thereof or
      thereunder;  (c)  accept  new or  additional  instruments,  documents,  or
      agreements in exchange for or relative to any of the loan Documents or the
      Obligations  or any part  thereof;  (d)  accept  partial  payments  on the
      Obligations;  (e) receive and hold  additional  security or guarantees for
      the  Obligations or any part thereof;  (f) release,  reconvey,  terminate,
      waive,  abandon,  fail  to  perfect,  subordinate,  exchange,  substitute,
      transfer, or enforce any Collateral, security or guarantees, and apply any
      Collateral  or security  and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as
      Lender in its sole and absolute discretion may determine;  (g) release any
      person from any personal  liability with respect to the Obligations or any
      part thereof;  (h) settle,  release on terms  satisfactory to Lender or by
      operation  of  applicable  laws or  otherwise  liquidate  or  enforce  any
      Obligations and any Collateral or security therefor or guaranty thereof in
      any manner,  consent to the transfer of any Collateral or security and bid
      and  purchase at any sale;  or (i) consent to the merger,  change,  or any
      other  restructuring  or  termination  of  the  corporate  or  partnership
      existence  of  any   Borrower,   and   correspondingly   restructure   the
      Obligations,  and any such merger, change,  restructuring,  or termination
      shall  not  affect  the  liability  of  any  Borrower  or  the  continuing
      effectiveness  hereof, or the enforceability hereof with respect to all or
      any part of the Obligations.

            (ii)  Lender may enforce  this  Agreement  independently  as to each
      Borrower and  independently  of any other remedy or security Lender at any
      time may have or hold in connection with the Obligations, and it shall not
      be necessary  for Lender to marshal  assets in favor of any Borrower or to
      proceed  upon or against or exhaust any  Collateral  or security or remedy
      before  proceeding  to enforce this  Agreement.  Each  Borrower  expressly
      waives  any  right to  require  Lender to  marshal  assets in favor of any
      Borrower or any  guarantor of the  Obligations  or to proceed  against any
      other Borrower,  and agrees that Lender may proceed  against  Borrowers or
      any  Collateral  in such order as Lender  shall  determine in its sole and
      absolute discretion.

            (iii)  Lender may file a  separate  action or  actions  against  any
      Borrower, whether such action is brought or prosecuted with respect to any
      security or against any guarantor of the Obligations, or whether any other
      person is joined in any such action or actions.  Each Borrower agrees that
      Lender and each  Borrower and any  affiliate of any Borrower may deal with
      each other in connection with the  Obligations or otherwise,  or alter any
      contracts or agreements now or hereafter  existing between any of them, in
      any manner  whatsoever,  all without in any way altering or affecting  the
      continuing enforceability of this Agreement. Each Borrower, as a joint and
      several Borrower hereunder, expressly waives the benefit of any statute of
      limitations  affecting  its joint and several  liability  hereunder or the
      enforcement of the  Obligations or any rights of Lender created or granted
      herein.

            (iv) Lender's rights hereunder shall be reinstated and revived,  and
      the  enforceability of this Agreement shall continue,  with respect to any
      amount at any time paid on account  of the  Obligations  which  thereafter
      shall be required to be restored or returned by Lender, all as though such
      amount had not been paid.  The rights of Lender  created or granted herein
      and the  enforceability  of  this  Agreement  at all  times  shall  remain
      effective to cover the full amount of all the Obligations  even though the
      Obligations,  including any part thereof or any Collateral, other security
      or guaranty therefor,  may be or hereafter may become invalid or otherwise
      unenforceable  as against any  Borrower  and  whether or not any  Borrower
      shall have any personal liability with respect thereto.

            (v) Each  Borrower  expressly  waives  any and all  defenses  now or
      hereafter  arising or  asserted by reason of (a) any  disability  or other
      defense of any other  Borrower  with respect to the  Obligations;  (b) the
      unenforceability  or  invalidity  of any  security  or  guaranty  for  the
      Obligations or the lack of perfection or continuing  perfection or failure
      of priority of any security for the Obligations; (c) the cessation for any
      cause whatsoever of the liability of any Borrower (other than by reason of
      the full payment and performance of all  Obligations as required  herein);
      (d) any failure of Lender to marshall assets in favor of any Borrower; (e)
      any  failure  of Lender to give  notice to any  Borrower  of sale or other
      disposition of Collateral of another  Borrower or any defect in any notice
      that may be given in  connection  with  any such  sale or  disposition  of
      Collateral of any Borrower  securing the  Obligations;  (f) any failure of
      Lender to comply with  applicable law in connection with the sale or other
      disposition of any  Collateral or other security of any Borrower,  for any
      Obligation,  including  any  failure of Lender to  conduct a  commercially
      reasonable  sale or other  disposition of any Collateral or other security
      of any Borrower for any  Obligation;  (g) any act or omission of Lender or
      others that  directly or  indirectly  results in or aids the  discharge or
      release of any Borrower or the Obligations of any Borrower or any security
      or guaranty  therefor by operation of law or otherwise;  (h) any law which
      provides  that the  obligation  of a surety or  guarantor  must neither be
      larger in amount nor in other  respects more  burdensome  than that of the
      principal  or which  reduces  a  surety's  or  guarantor's  obligation  in
      proportion to the principal obligation;  (i) any failure of Lender to file
      or enforce a claim in any bankruptcy or other  proceeding  with respect to
      any Borrower; (j) the avoidance of any lien or security interest in assets
      of any Borrower in favor of Lender for any reason; or (k) any action taken
      by Lender that is authorized by this section or any other provision of any
      Loan  Document.  Until such time, if any, as all of the  Obligations  have
      been  indefeasibly  paid  and  performed  in full  and no  portion  of any
      commitment  of Lender to  Borrowers  under any Loan  Document  remains  in
      effect,  each Borrowers'  indebtedness,  claims and rights of subrogation,
      contribution,  reimbursement,  or  indemnity  against the other  Borrowers
      shall be fully and completely  subordinated to the indefeasible  repayment
      in full of the Obligations,  and each Borrower expressly waives until such
      indefeasible  payment  any right to enforce  any remedy that it now has or
      hereafter  may have against any other Person and waives the benefit of, or
      any right to  participate  in, any  Collateral  now or  hereafter  held by
      Lender.

            (vi)  To the  fullest  extent  permitted  by  applicable  law,  each
      Borrower  expressly waives and agrees not to assert,  any and all defenses
      in its favor based upon an election of remedies by Lender which  destroys,
      diminishes,  or affects such  Borrower's  subrogation  rights  against the
      other  Borrowers,  or against any Guarantor,  and/or (except as explicitly
      provided for herein) any rights to proceed against each other Borrower, or
      any  other  party  liable  to  Lender,  for  reimbursement,  contribution,
      indemnity, or otherwise.

            (vii)  Borrowers and each of them warrant and agree that each of the
      waivers and  consents set forth  herein are made after  consultation  with
      legal  counsel  and  with  full  knowledge  of  their   significance   and
      consequences,  with  the  understanding  that  events  giving  rise to any
      defense or right waived may  diminish,  destroy,  or  otherwise  adversely
      affect  rights  which  Borrowers  otherwise  may have  against each other,
      Lender,   or  others,   or  against   Collateral,   and  that,  under  the
      circumstances,  the waivers and consents  herein given are  reasonable and
      not  contrary  to public  policy or law. If any of the waivers or consents
      herein are  determined  to be  contrary  to any  applicable  law or public
      policy, such waivers and consents shall be effective to the maximum extent
      permitted by law.

11.12 Contribution Agreement.

      As an  inducement  to Lender to enter into the Loan  Documents and to make
the loans and extend credit to the Borrowers,  each Borrower agrees to indemnify
and hold the other  harmless  from and each  shall  have a  continuing  right of
contribution  against the other Borrowers,  if and to the extent that a Borrower
makes or is caused to make payments or contributions  (from  dispositions of its
assets or otherwise) to the repayment and  satisfaction  of the  Obligations  in
excess of the aggregate  amount of Loan proceeds  actually  received and used by
such  Borrower in its  business  (such  excess  amount  being  referred to as an
"Accommodation Payment"). If an Accommodation Payment is made by a Borrower then
the  other  Borrowers  (such  Borrowers  being  referred  to  as   "Contributing
Borrowers")  shall be  obligated  to make  contribution  to such  Borrower  (the
"Paying  Borrower") in an amount equal to (A) the product derived by multiplying
the  sum of  each  Accommodation  Payment  of  each  Borrower  by the  Allocable
Percentage  of the  Borrowers  from whom  contribution  is  sought  less (B) the
amount,  if  any,  of  the  then  outstanding   Accommodation   Payment  of  the
Contributing  Borrowers  (such last  mentioned  amount which is to be subtracted
from the aforesaid  product to be increased by any amounts  theretofore  paid by
Contributing Borrowers by way of contribution hereunder,  and to be decreased by
any  amounts  theretofore  received  by such  Contributing  Borrowers  by way of
contribution hereunder); provided, however, that a Paying Borrower's recovery of
contribution  hereunder from the other Borrowers shall be limited to that amount
paid by the  Paying  Borrower  in  excess  of its  Allocable  Percentage  of all
Accommodation  Payments then outstanding of all Borrowers.  As used herein,  the
term "Allocable  Percentage" shall mean, on any date of determination thereof, a
fraction the  denominator of which shall be equal to the number of Borrowers who
are parties to this  Agreement on such date and the  numerator of which shall be
1; provided,  however, that such percentages shall be modified in the event that
contribution from a Borrower is not possible by reason of insolvency, bankruptcy
or otherwise by reducing such Borrower's  Allocable  Percentage equitably and by
adjusting the Allocable  Percentage of the other  Borrowers  proportionately  so
that the Allocable  Percentages of all Borrowers at all times equals 100%. These
indemnification   and  contribution   obligations  shall  be  unconditional  and
continuing  obligations  of the  Borrowers  and shall not be waived,  rescinded,
modified,  limited or terminated in any way whatsoever without the prior written
consent  of  Lender,  in  its  sole  discretion.   These   indemnification   and
contribution  obligations are subordinated to the prior indefeasible  payment in
full in immediately available funds of all Obligations.

11.13 Credit Inquiries.

      Borrowers  hereby  authorize  and  permit  Lender to  respond to usual and
customary credit inquiries from third parties concerning  Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries.

11.14 Time of Essence.

      Time is of the essence of this  Agreement,  the Other  Agreements  and the
Security Documents.

11.15 Entire Agreement.

      This  Agreement  and the other  Loan  Documents,  together  with all other
instruments,  agreements and certificates  executed by the parties in connection
therewith  or with  reference  thereto,  embody  the  entire  understanding  and
agreement  between the parties  hereto and thereto  with  respect to the subject
matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements, understandings and
inducements, whether express or implied, oral or written.

11.16 Interpretation.

      No provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be
construed  against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party hereto by any
court or other governmental or judicial authority by reason of such party having
or being deemed to have structured or dictated such provision.

11.17 GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO FORUM.

      THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN NEGOTIATED, EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AT AND SHALL BE
DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE IN  GLASTONBURY,  CONNECTICUT.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED  BY  AND  CONSTRUED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  LAWS  OF THE  STATE  OF
CONNECTICUT:  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, THAT IF ANY OF THE COLLATERAL SHALL BE LOCATED
IN ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN CONNECTICUT,  THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION SHALL
GOVERN THE METHOD,  MANNER AND PROCEDURE FOR  FORECLOSURE  OF LENDER'S LIEN UPON
SUCH  COLLATERAL  AND THE  ENFORCEMENT  OF LENDER'S OTHER REMEDIES IN RESPECT OF
SUCH COLLATERAL TO THE EXTENT THAT THE LAWS OF SUCH  JURISDICTION  ARE DIFFERENT
FROM OR INCONSISTENT WITH THE LAWS OF CONNECTICUT.  AS PART OF THE CONSIDERATION
FOR NEW VALUE  RECEIVED,  AND  REGARDLESS  OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE  DOMICILE OR
PRINCIPAL  PLACE OF BUSINESS OF ANY  BORROWER OR LENDER,  EACH  BORROWER  HEREBY
CONSENTS  AND AGREES  THAT THE STATE OF  CONNECTICUT  SUPERIOR  COURT  JURIDICAL
DISTRICT  OF  HARTFORD/NEW  BRITAIN AT  HARTFORD,  CONNECTICUT,  OR, AT LENDER'S
OPTION,  THE UNITED  STATES  DISTRICT  COURT FOR THE  DISTRICT  OF  CONNECTICUT,
HARTFORD DIVISION,  SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE  JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY
CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN  BORROWERS AND LENDER PERTAINING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR
TO ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.  BORROWERS  EXPRESSLY
SUBMIT  AND  CONSENT  IN  ADVANCE  TO SUCH  JURISDICTION  IN ANY  ACTION OR SUIT
COMMENCED IN ANY SUCH COURT,  AND  BORROWERS  HEREBY WAIVE ANY  OBJECTION  WHICH
BORROWERS MAY HAVE BASED UPON LACK OF PERSONAL  JURISDICTION,  IMPROPER VENUE OR
FORUM NON  CONVENIENS  AND  HEREBY  CONSENT  TO THE  GRANTING  OF SUCH  LEGAL OR
EQUITABLE RELIEF AS IS DEEMED APPROPRIATE BY SUCH COURT.  BORROWERS HEREBY WAIVE
PERSONAL SERVICE OF THE SUMMONS,  COMPLAINT AND OTHER PROCESS ISSUED IN ANY SUCH
ACTION OR SUIT AND AGREE  THAT  SERVICE  OF SUCH  SUMMONS,  COMPLAINT  AND OTHER
PROCESS MAY BE MADE BY  REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED  MAIL  ADDRESSED TO BORROWERS AT
THE ADDRESS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED
COMPLETED  UPON THE EARLIER OF ANY BORROWER'S  ACTUAL RECEIPT  THEREOF OR 3 DAYS
AFTER  DEPOSIT  IN THE U.S.  MAILS,  PROPER  POSTAGE  PREPAID.  NOTHING  IN THIS
AGREEMENT  SHALL BE DEEMED  OR  OPERATE  TO AFFECT  THE RIGHT OF LENDER TO SERVE
LEGAL  PROCESS  IN ANY  OTHER  MANNER  PERMITTED  BY  LAW,  OR TO  PRECLUDE  THE
ENFORCEMENT  BY LENDER OF ANY  JUDGMENT  OR ORDER  OBTAINED IN SUCH FORUM OR THE
TAKING  OF ANY  ACTION  UNDER  THIS  AGREEMENT  TO  ENFORCE  SAME  IN ANY  OTHER
APPROPRIATE FORUM OR JURISDICTION.

11.18 WAIVERS BY BORROWERS.

      EACH  BORROWER  WAIVES (i) THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY (WHICH LENDER HEREBY
ALSO WAIVES) IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY KIND ARISING
OUT OF OR  RELATED  TO  ANY  OF  THE  LOAN  DOCUMENTS,  THE  OBLIGATIONS  OR THE
COLLATERAL:  (ii)  PRESENTMENT,  DEMAND AND PROTEST  AND NOTICE OF  PRESENTMENT,
PROTEST,  DEFAULT,  NON  PAYMENT,  MATURITY,  RELEASE,  COMPROMISE,  SETTLEMENT,
EXTENSION OR RENEWAL OF ANY OR ALL COMMERCIAL PAPER, ACCOUNTS,  CONTRACT RIGHTS,
DOCUMENTS,  INSTRUMENTS  CHATTEL PAPER AND GUARANTIES AT ANY TIME HELD BY LENDER
ON WHICH ANY BORROWER MAY IN ANY WAY BE LIABLE AND HEREBY  RATIFIES AND CONFIRMS
WHATEVER LENDER MAY DO IN THIS REGARD;  (iii) NOTICE PRIOR TO TAKING  POSSESSION
OR CONTROL OF THE  COLLATERAL OR ANY BOND OR SECURITY WHICH MIGHT BE REQUIRED BY
ANY COURT PRIOR TO ALLOWING  LENDER TO EXERCISE ANY OF LENDER'S  REMEDIES;  (iv)
THE BENEFIT OF ALL VALUATION, APPRAISEMENT AND EXEMPTION LAWS; AND (v) NOTICE OF
ACCEPTANCE HEREOF.  EACH BORROWER  ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVERS ARE A
MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT TO LENDER'S ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT LENDER IS
RELYING UPON THE FOREGOING  WAIVERS IN ITS FUTURE DEALINGS WITH BORROWERS.  EACH
BORROWER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THE FOREGOING WAIVERS WITH
ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND HAS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVED ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS
FOLLOWING  CONSULTATION  WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  IN THE EVENT OF  LITIGATION,  THIS
AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

11.19 PREJUDGEMENT REMEDY WAIVER; COMMERCIAL TRANSACTION.

      EACH BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES RIGHTS AS IT MAY HAVE TO NOTICE AND/OR HEARING
UNDER ANY  APPLICABLE  FEDERAL  OR STATE  LAWS  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,
CONNECTICUT GENERAL STATUTES SECTION 52-278A, ET SEQ. AS AMENDED,  PERTAINING TO
THE EXERCISE BY LENDER OF SUCH RIGHTS AS THE LENDER MAY HAVE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE RIGHT TO SEEK PREJUDGEMENT  REMEDIES AND/OR DEPRIVE BORROWERS OF
OR AFFECT THE USE OF OR POSSESSION OR ENJOYMENT OF ANY BORROWER'S PROPERTY PRIOR
TO THE RENDITION OF A FINAL JUDGMENT AGAINST ANY BORROWER. EACH BORROWER FURTHER
WAIVES  ANY  RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO  REQUIRE  LENDER  TO  PROVIDE  A BOND OR OTHER
SECURITY AS A  PRECONDITION  TO OR IN  CONNECTION  WITH ANY  PREJUDGMENT  REMEDY
SOUGHT BY AGENT AND  LENDER,  AND WAIVE ANY  OBJECTION  TO THE  ISSUANCE OF SUCH
PREJUDGMENT  REMEDY BASED ON ANY OFFSETS,  CLAIMS,  DEFENSES OR COUNTERCLAIMS TO
ANY ACTION BROUGHT BY ANY LENDER. EACH BORROWER HEREBY REPRESENTS, COVENANTS AND
AGREES THAT THE PROCEEDS OF THE LOANS  EVIDENCED BY THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE USED
FOR GENERAL  COMMERCIAL  PURPOSES AND THAT SUCH LOANS  CONSTITUTE A  "COMMERCIAL
TRANSACTION" AS DEFINED BY THE STATUTES OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT.



<PAGE>


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as an instrument
under seal on the day and year specified at the beginning of this Agreement.


ATTEST:                              TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.
                                                    ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary           Name_________________________________
                                        Title__________________________________
[CORPORATE SEAL]

ATTEST:                              TOUCHE MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.
                                                                    ("Borrower")

                                     By ______________________________________
______________________________          Name_________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary           Title _________________________________



ATTEST:                              TOUCHE ELECTRONICS, INC.
                                                     ("Borrower")

                                     By ______________________________________
______________________________          Name_________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary           Title _________________________________


ATTEST:                              ENTERPRISE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                                     ("Borrower")

                                     By ______________________________________
______________________________          Name_________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary           Title _________________________________


ATTEST:                              TRINITY ELECTRONICS, INC.
                                                       ("Borrower")

                                     By ______________________________________
______________________________          Name_________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary           Title _________________________________


                                        Accepted in Glastonbury, Connecticut

                                     FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                                     (Lender)

                                     By ______________________________________
                                          Robert M. Dailey,
                                          Vice President


<PAGE>


                                     -14-
                                   APPENDIX A
                               GENERAL DEFINITIONS
      When used in the Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 2, 1998, by
and between Fleet  Capital  Corporation  and TMCI,  Inc.,  Touche  Manufacturing
Company, Inc., Touche Electronics, Inc., Enterprise Industries, Inc. and Trinity
Electronics,  Inc. the following terms shall have the following  meanings (terms
defined in the  singular  to have the same  meaning  when used in the plural and
vice versa):

      Account  Debtor - any Person who is or may  become  obligated  under or on
account of an Account.

      Accounts - all accounts,  contract rights, chattel paper,  instruments and
documents,  whether now owned or hereafter  created or acquired by a Borrower or
in which a Borrower now has or hereafter acquired any interest.

      Adjusted Net Earnings From Operations - with respect to any fiscal period,
means the net  earnings  (or loss)  after  provision  for income  taxes for such
fiscal period of Borrower,  as reflected on the financial statement of Borrowers
supplied to Lender pursuant to subsection 8.1.3 of the Agreement, but excluding:

                         any gain or loss arising from the sale of capital
         assets;

                         any gain arising from any write-up of assets;

                         earnings of any Subsidiary of any Borrower accrued
         prior to the date it became a Subsidiary;

                         earnings  of any  corporation,  substantially  all  the
         assets  of which  have been  acquired  in any  manner by any  Borrower,
         realized by such corporation prior to the date of such acquisition;

                         net  earnings  of any  business  entity  (other  than a
         Subsidiary  of a  Borrower)  in which  any  Borrower  has an  ownership
         interest  unless such net earnings shall have actually been received by
         a Borrower in the form of cash distributions;

                         any portion of the net earnings of any Subsidiary of
         a Borrower which for any reason is unavailable for payment of
         dividends to any Borrower;

                         the  earnings  of any Person to which any assets of any
         Borrower  shall have been sold,  transferred  of  disposed  of, or into
         which  a  Borrower   shall  have  merged,   or  been  a  party  to  any
         consolidation  or other  form of  reorganization,  prior to the date of
         such transaction;

                         any gain arising from the acquisition of any
         Securities of any Borrower; and

                         any gain arising from extraordinary or non-recurring
         items.

      Adjusted  Tangible Assets - all assets except:  (i) any surplus  resulting
from any  write-up of assets  subsequent  to December 31,  1996;  (ii)  deferred
assets,   other  than  prepaid  insurance  and  prepaid  taxes;  (iii)  patents,
copyrights,  trademarks,  trade names,  non-compete  agreements,  franchises and
other  similar  intangibles;  (iv)  goodwill,  including  any  amounts,  however
designated  on a  Consolidated  balance  sheet of a Person or its  Subsidiaries,
representing  the excess of the purchase price paid for assets or stock over the
value assigned thereto on the books of such Person; (v) Restricted  Investments;
(vi) unamortized  debt discount and expense;  (vii) assets located and notes and
receivables  due from  obligors  outside of the United  States of  America;  and
(viii) Accounts, notes and other receivables due from Affiliates or employees.

      Adjusted Tangible Net Worth - at any date means a sum equal to:

                         the   net   book   value   (after   deducting   related
         depreciation,  obsolescence,  amortization, valuation, and other proper
         reserves)  at which the Adjusted  Tangible  Assets of a Person would be
         shown on a balance sheet at such date in accordance with GAAP, minus

                               the amount at which such Person's liabilities
         (other than capital  stock and surplus)  would be shown on such balance
         sheet in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and  including  as  liabilities  all
         reserves for contingencies and other potential liabilities.

      Affiliate - a Person  (other  than a  Subsidiary):  (i) which  directly or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries  controls, or is controlled by, or
is under common control with, a Person; (ii) which beneficially owns or holds 5%
or more of any class of the Voting Stock of a Person; or (iii) 5% or more of the
Voting Stock (or in the case of a Person which is not a corporation,  5% or more
of the equity interest) of which is beneficially  owned or held by a Person or a
Subsidiary of a Person.

      Agreement  - the Loan and  Security  Agreement  referred  to in the  first
sentence of this Appendix A, all Exhibits thereto and this Appendix A.

      Availability - the amount of money which  Borrowers are entitled to borrow
from time to time as Revolving  Credit Loans,  such amount being the  difference
derived  when the sum of the  principal  amount of  Revolving  Credit Loans then
outstanding (including any amounts which Lender may have paid for the account of
Borrowers  pursuant  to any of the  Loan  Documents  and  which  have  not  been
reimbursed  by  Borrowers)  and the LC Amount is  subtracted  from the Borrowing
Base. If the amount  outstanding is equal to or greater than the Borrowing Base,
Availability is 0.

      Average  Loan Balance - for any month,  the amount  obtained by adding the
unpaid balance of the Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans, Equipment Loans and LC
Amounts at the end of each day for each day during the  applicable  month and by
dividing such sum by the number of the days in such month.

      Bank - Fleet National Bank.

      Borrowing Base - as at any date of determination  thereof, an amount equal
to the lesser of:

                         $25,000,000 minus the unpaid principal balances of
         the Term Loans and the Equipment Loans at such date; or

                         an amount equal to:

                        (a)   85% of the net amount of Eligible Accounts
         outstanding at such date;

                                      PLUS

                        (b) the  lesser  of (1)  $6,000,000  or (2) 55%,  of the
         value of Eligible Inventory at such date calculated on the basis of the
         lower of cost or market  with the cost of raw  materials  and  finished
         goods calculated on a first-in, first-out basis.

                        For purposes hereof, the net amount of Eligible Accounts
         at any time shall be the face amount of such Eligible Accounts less any
         and all returns, rebates,  discounts (which may, at Lender's option, be
         calculated on shortest terms),  credits,  allowances or excise taxes of
         any nature at any time  issued,  owing,  claimed  by  Account  Debtors,
         granted,  outstanding  or payable in  connection  with such Accounts at
         such time.

      Business Day - any day excluding  Saturday,  Sunday and any day which is a
legal  holiday  under  the laws of the  State  of  Connecticut  or the  State of
California or is a day on which banking  institutions  located in either of such
states are closed.

      Capital  Expenditures - expenditures made or liabilities  incurred for the
acquisition of any fixed assets or improvements,  replacements, substitutions or
additions thereto which have a useful life of more than one year,  including the
total principal portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations.

      Capitalized Lease Obligation - any Indebtedness represented by obligations
under a  lease  that is  required  to be  capitalized  for  financial  reporting
purposes in accordance with GAAP.

      Cash Flow - for any period,  means  TMCI's  Consolidated  (i) Adjusted Net
Earnings  from  Operations  for  such  period,   plus  (ii)   depreciation   and
amortization   expenses  for  such  period,   less  (iii)   unfinanced   Capital
Expenditures  for such period,  less (iv) current  maturities and prepayments of
long  term  Indebtedness  that  occur  during  such  period  and  less  (v)  all
Distributions  made during such period,  all as determined  in  accordance  with
GAAP.

      Change in Control - shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (i) a
"person" or "group"  (within the  meaning of Section  13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934),  becomes the beneficial  owner (as defined in
Rule 13d-3 under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934),  directly or indirectly,
of more than fifty  (50%)  percent of the total  voting  power of all classes of
stock the outstanding of TMCI entitled to vote in the election of directors,  or
(ii) a change in the Board of Directors of TMCI occurs in which  individuals who
constituted  the Board of  Directors at the  beginning  of the  two-year  period
immediately  preceding  such  change  (together  with any other  director  whose
nomination for election by the shareholders of TMCI was approved by a vote of at
least  two-thirds  of the  directors  at the  beginning  of such period or whose
nomination  and election  was  previously  so approved)  cease for any reason to
constitute a majority of the directors then in office.

      Closing  Date - the  date on  which  all of the  conditions  precedent  in
Section 9 of the  Agreement  are  satisfied  and the initial Loan is made or the
initial Letter of Credit or LC Guaranty is issued under the Agreement.

      Code - the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in force in the State of
Connecticut, as from time to time in effect.

      Collateral - all of the Property  and  interests in Property  described in
Section 5 of the  Agreement,  and all other  Property and  interests in Property
that  now  or  hereafter  secure  the  payment  and  performance  of  any of the
Obligations.

      Consolidated - the  consolidation  in accordance with GAAP of the accounts
or other items as to which such term applies.

      Current  Assets - at any date means the amount at which all of the current
assets of a Person  would be properly  classified  as current  assets shown on a
balance sheet at such date in accordance with GAAP, except that amounts due from
Affiliates and investments in Affiliates shall be excluded therefrom.

      Current  Liabilities  - at any date  means the  amount at which all of the
current  liabilities  of a  Person  would  be  properly  classified  as  current
liabilities on a balance sheet at such date in accordance  with GAAP,  excluding
the Loans and current maturities of any long-term Indebtedness.

      Default - an event or condition the  occurrence  of which would,  with the
lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, become an Event of Default.

      Default Rate - as defined in subsection 2.1.2 of the Agreement.

      Distribution - in respect of any corporation  means and includes:  (i) the
payment  of any  dividends  or  other  distributions  on  capital  stock  of the
corporation  (except  distributions  in such stock) and (ii) the  redemption  or
acquisition of Securities unless made contemporaneously from the net proceeds of
the sale of Securities.

      Dominion  Account - a special  account of Lender  established by Borrowers
pursuant to the  Agreement at a bank selected by  Borrowers,  but  acceptable to
Lender in its reasonable  discretion,  and over which Lender shall have sole and
exclusive access and control for withdrawal purposes.

      EBIT - with respect to any fiscal period,  the sum of TMCI's  Consolidated
net  earnings  (or loss)  before  interest  expense and taxes for said period as
determined in accordance with GAAP.

      Eligible  Account  - an  Account  arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of a
Borrower's  business  from  the sale of goods or  rendition  of  services  which
Lender,  in its reasonable  credit  judgment,  deems to be an Eligible  Account.
Without  limiting  the  generality  of the  foregoing,  no  Account  shall be an
Eligible Account if:

                         it arises out of a sale made by a Borrower to a
         Borrower or a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of a Borrower or to a
         Person controlled by an Affiliate of a Borrower; or

                         it is unpaid for more than 60 days after the
         original due date shown on the invoice; or

                         it is due or unpaid more than 90 days after the
         original invoice date; or

                         50% or more of the Accounts from the Account Debtor are
         not deemed Eligible Accounts hereunder; or

                         the total unpaid  Accounts of the Account Debtor exceed
         20% of the net amount of all Eligible  Accounts (or, in the case of LAM
         Research,  30% of the net  amount  of all  Eligible  Accounts),  to the
         extent of such excess; or

                         any covenant, representation or warranty contained
         in the Agreement with respect to such Account has been breached; or

                         the  Account  Debtor is also a  Borrower's  creditor or
         supplier,  or the Account Debtor has disputed liability with respect to
         such Account,  or the Account Debtor has made any claim with respect to
         any other  Account due from such  Account  Debtor to  Borrower,  or the
         Account  otherwise  is or may become  subject to any right of setoff by
         the Account Debtor; or

                         the Account Debtor has commenced a voluntary case under
         the federal  bankruptcy laws, as now constituted or hereafter  amended,
         or made an  assignment  for the  benefit of  creditors,  or a decree or
         order for relief has been entered by a court having jurisdiction in the
         premises in respect of the Account Debtor in an involuntary  case under
         the federal  bankruptcy laws, as now constituted or hereafter  amended,
         or any other petition or other application for relief under the federal
         bankruptcy  laws has been filed against the Account  Debtor,  or if the
         Account Debtor has failed, suspended business, ceased to be Solvent, or
         consented to or suffered a receiver,  trustee,  liquidator or custodian
         to be  appointed  for it or for  all or a  significant  portion  of its
         assets or affairs; or

                         it arises from a sale to an Account  Debtor outside the
         United  States,  unless  the sale is on letter of credit,  guaranty  or
         acceptance  terms,  in each  case  acceptable  to  Lender  in its  sole
         discretion; or

                         it  arises  from a  sale  to the  Account  Debtor  on a
         bill-and-hold,   guaranteed  sale,  sale-or-return,   sale-on-approval,
         consignment or any other repurchase or return basis; or

                         the Account  Debtor is the United  States of America or
         any department,  agency or instrumentality thereof, unless the Borrower
         that  generated  such  Account  assigns  its right to  payment  of such
         Account to Lender, in a manner  satisfactory to Lender, so as to comply
         with the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. ss.203 et seq., as
         amended); or

                         the Account is subject to a Lien other than a
         Permitted Lien; or

                         the goods  giving  rise to such  Account  have not been
         delivered to and accepted by the Account Debtor or the services  giving
         rise to such  Account  have not been  performed  by the  Borrower  that
         generated  such  Account  and  accepted  by the  Account  Debtor or the
         Account otherwise does not represent a final sale; or

                         the Account is evidenced by chattel paper or an
         instrument of any kind, or has been reduced to judgment; or

                         Any  Borrower has made any  agreement  with the Account
         Debtor for any deduction therefrom,  except for discounts or allowances
         which are made in the ordinary  course of business  for prompt  payment
         and which  discounts or allowances are reflected in the  calculation of
         the face value of each invoice related to such Account; or

                         Any  Borrower  has made an  agreement  with the Account
         Debtor to extend the time of payment thereof.

      Eligible Equipment - shall mean Equipment acquired by a Borrower after the
date  hereof,  which  is in new and  unused  condition,  located  at  Borrowers'
premises  and  reasonably   acceptable  to  Lender  for  lending  purposes.   In
determining  such  acceptability  Lender  may,  but need  not,  rely on  reports
furnished to Lender by  Borrowers,  but reliance  thereon by Lender from time to
time  shall  not be  deemed  to limit  Lender's  right to  revise  standards  of
eligibility  at any time.  Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing,
Eligibility  Equipment  shall not include (a) Equipment at the premises of third
parties or subject to a security interest or lien in favor of any third parties,
(b) Equipment which is not subject to Lender's perfected security interest,  (c)
fixtures,  (d)  defective  Equipment  (e)  Equipment  not used or  usable in the
ordinary  course of a  Borrower's  business as  presently  conducted;  provided,
however,  any Equipment which would  otherwise be deemed  Eligible  Equipment at
locations  which are not owned and  operated by  Borrower  may  nevertheless  be
considered  Eligible  Equipment  if Lender  shall have  received an agreement in
writing,  in form and substance  satisfactory  to Lender,  from the owner and/or
operator  of such  location,  as the case may be,  pursuant  to which such owner
and/or operator, if required by Lender: (I) acknowledges the first priority lien
of Lender on such Equipment,  (ii) agrees to waive any and all claims such owner
and/or  operator may, at any time,  have against such Equipment and (iii) grants
to Lender the right to enter and  remain on the  premises  in order to  exercise
Lender's rights and remedies on terms acceptable to Lender.  Any Equipment which
Lender  determines to be ineligible or unacceptable  for lending  purposes shall
nevertheless be and remain at all times part of the Collateral.

      Eligible  Equipment  Cost - shall mean the price  paid by a  Borrower  for
Eligible Equipment, including software that is an integral part thereof and that
is sold as part of the purchase  price and not an add-on,  but excluding any and
all "soft  costs",  as  reasonably  determined  by  Lender,  including,  without
limitation, shipping, engineering, labor, installation, setup, testing and other
software  costs and expenses and further  excluding  all  commissions,  fees and
sales, excise and other taxes.

      Eligible  Inventory - such  Inventory of Borrowers  (other than  packaging
materials and supplies) which Lender, in its reasonable  credit judgment,  deems
to be Eligible Inventory.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  no
Inventory shall be Eligible Inventory if:

                         it is not raw materials or finished goods that is,
         in Lender's opinion, readily marketable in its current form; or

                         it is not in good, new and saleable condition; or

                         it is slow-moving, obsolete or unmerchantable; or

                         it does not meet all standards imposed by any
         governmental agency or authority; or

                         it does not conform in all respects to the
         warranties and representations set forth in the Agreement,

                         it is  not  at  all  times  subject  to  Lender's  duly
         perfected,  first priority security interest and no other Lien except a
         Permitted Lien; or

                         it is not situated at a location in compliance with
         the Agreement or is in transit.

      Environmental Claim shall mean, with respect to any Person, any written or
oral notice, claim, demand or other communication  (collectively,  a "claim") by
any other Person alleging or asserting such Person's liability for investigatory
costs, cleanup costs,  governmental response costs, damages to natural resources
or other Property,  personal injuries,  fines or penalties arising out of, based
on or resulting from (a) the presence,  or Release into the environment,  of any
Hazardous Material at any location,  whether or not owned by such Person, or (b)
circumstances forming the basis of any violation,  or alleged violation,  of any
Environmental  Law.  The  term  "Environmental  Claim"  shall  include,  without
limitation,  any claim by any governmental  authority for enforcement,  cleanup,
removal,  response,  remedial  or  other  actions  or  damages  pursuant  to any
applicable  Environmental Law, and any claim by any third party seeking damages,
contribution,  indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief
resulting  from the  presence of  Hazardous  Materials  or arising  from alleged
injury or threat of injury to the environment.

      Environmental  Laws shall  mean any and all  present  and future  Federal,
state, local and foreign laws, rules or regulations,  and any orders or decrees,
in each case as now or  hereafter  in  effect,  relating  to the  regulation  or
protection  of  the  environment  or  to  emissions,   discharges,  releases  or
threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants or toxic or hazardous substances
or wastes into the indoor or outdoor environment, including, without limitation,
ambient air, soil,  surface water,  ground water,  wetlands,  land or subsurface
strata, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use,
treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants,  contaminants
or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes.

      Equipment - all  machinery,  apparatus,  equipment,  fittings,  furniture,
fixtures,  motor  vehicles  and other  tangible  personal  Property  (other than
Inventory) of every kind and description used in Borrower's  operations or owned
by Borrower or in which Borrower has an interest, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired  by Borrower  and  wherever  located,  and all parts,  accessories  and
special tools and all increases and  accessions  thereto and  substitutions  and
replacements therefor.

      Equipment Loans - the Loans to be made by Lender to Borrowers  pursuant to
subsection 1.2.2 of the Agreement.

      Equipment Note - the Equipment Promissory Note to be executed by Borrowers
in favor of Lender as provided in Section 2.2(B) of the  Agreement,  which shall
be in the form of Exhibit A-3 to the Agreement.

      ERISA - the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.

      Event of Default - as defined in Section 10.1 of the Agreement.

      GAAP -  generally  accepted  account  principles  in the United  States of
America in effect from time to time.

      General  Intangibles - all personal  property of each Borrower  (including
things  in  action)  other  than  goods,  Accounts,  chattel  paper,  documents,
instruments and money, whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by any
Borrower.

      Indebtedness - as applied to a Person means, without duplication

                         all  items  which  in  accordance  with  GAAP  would be
         included in  determining  total  liabilities  as shown on the liability
         side of a  balance  sheet  of such  Person  as at the  date as of which
         Indebtedness  is  to  be  determined,  including,  without  limitation,
         Capitalized Lease Obligations,

                         all obligations of other Persons which such Person
         has guaranteed,

                         all reimbursement obligations in connection with
         letters of credit or letter of credit guaranties issued for the
         account of such Person, and

                         in the case of Borrower (without duplication), the
         Obligations.

      Hazardous  Material  shall  mean,  collectively,   (a)  any  petroleum  or
petroleum  products,   explosives,   radioactive   materials,   asbestos,   urea
formaldehyde  foam insulation,  and transformers or other equipment that contain
polychlorinated  biphenyls  ("PCB's") in concentrations that are regulated under
the Toxic Substances  Control Act, as amended,  or any other  Environmental Law,
(b) any  chemicals or other  materials or  substances  that are now or hereafter
become  defined as or  included in the  definition  of  "hazardous  substances",
"hazardous  wastes",   "hazardous  materials",   "extremely  hazardous  wastes",
"restricted   hazardous  wastes",   "toxic   substances",   "toxic  pollutants",
"contaminants",  "pollutants" or words of similar import under any Environmental
Law and (c) any other chemical or other material or substance, exposure to which
is now or hereafter  prohibited,  limited or regulated  under any  Environmental
Law.

      Inventory  - all of  each  Borrower's  inventory,  whether  now  owned  or
hereafter acquired including, but not limited to, all goods intended for sale or
lease by Borrower, or for display or demonstration; all work in process; all raw
materials and other materials and supplies of every nature and description  used
or which might be used in connection with the  manufacture,  printing,  packing,
shipping, advertising, selling, leasing or furnishing of such goods or otherwise
used or  consumed in  Borrower's  business;  and all  documents  evidencing  and
General  Intangibles  relating  to any of the  foregoing,  whether  now owned or
hereafter acquired by Borrower.

      Investment   Property  -  all  investment   property,   financial  assets,
certificated and  uncertificated  securities,  securities  accounts,  securities
entitlements,  commodities  contracts and commodities accounts of the Borrowers,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired or created by Borrowers.

      LC Amount - at any time, the aggregate  undrawn face amount of all Letters
of Credit and LC Guaranties then outstanding.

      LC Guaranty - any guaranty  pursuant to which  Lender or any  Affiliate of
Lender  shall  guaranty  the  payment  or  performance  by  a  Borrower  of  its
reimbursement obligation under any letter of credit.

      Letter  of  Credit - any  letter  of  credit  issued  by  Lender or any of
Lender's Affiliates for the account of Borrower.

      LIBOR Loans - any portion of the Revolving  Credit Loans, the Term Loan or
Equipment  Loans on which  Borrowers  elect  pursuant  to Section  3.1.1 of this
Agreement,  to pay interest during the LIBOR Interest Period applicable  thereto
at a fixed rate of interest based on the LIBOR Rate.

      LIBOR  Interest  Period - with  respect  to each  LIBOR  Loan,  the period
commencing on (and  including)  the date that such LIBOR Loan is made and ending
on (but  excluding) the  numerically  corresponding  date in the first,  second,
third or sixth  month  thereafter,  as  Borrowers  may  elect in the  applicable
request for such LIBOR Loan, provided that:

      (i)  any  LIBOR  Interest  Period  (other  than a  LIBOR  Interest  period
determined pursuant to paragraph (iii) below) which would otherwise end on a day
which is not a Business  Day shall be extended to the next  succeeding  Business
Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such
LIBOR Interest period shall end on the next preceding Business Day.

      (ii) any LIBOR Interest  Period which begins on the last Business Day of a
calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically  corresponding day
in the appropriate  subsequent calendar month, in which case such LIBOR Interest
period  shall  end on  the  next  preceding  Business  Day  of  the  appropriate
subsequent calendar month, and

      (iii) any LIBOR  Interest  Period which begins  before the last day of the
Original Term or any Renewal Term, as applicable,  and would otherwise end after
the last day of the Original Term or such Renewal Term shall end on the last day
of the Original Term or such Renewal Term.

      LIBOR Rate - with respect to any LIBOR Interest Period, the rate per annum
determined  by Lender on the basis of the  offered  rate for  deposits in United
States  dollars  in  the  London  Interbank  Market  of an  amount  equal  to or
comparable to the amount of the LIBOR Loan to which such LIBOR  Interest  Period
relates  offered for a term  comparable to such LIBOR Interest Period as of 1:00
p.m.  Boston,  Massachusetts  time two (2) Business Days period to the first day
for such LIBOR  Interest  Period.  The LIBOR Rate shall be  adjusted to the next
higher 1/8th of 1 percent equal to the quotient of (a) the rate set forth in the
previous sentence,  divided by (b) a number equal to 1.00 minus the aggregate of
the rates  (expressed as a decimal) of the reserve  requirements  current on the
day that it is two Business  Days prior to the  beginning of the LIBOR  Interest
Period under any regulation  promulgated by the Board of Governor of the Federal
Reserve System (or any other  governmental  authority having  jurisdiction  over
Lender)  as in  effect  from time to time,  dealing  with  reserve  requirements
prescribed for LIBOR funding including any reserve  requirements with respect to
"Eurocurrency"  liabilities having a term  approximately  equal to or comparable
with the LIBOR Interest  Period under  Regulation D of the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System.

      Lien - any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim
by, a Person  other than the owner of the  Property,  whether  such  interest is
based on common law,  statute or  contract.  The term "Lien"  shall also include
reservations,  exceptions, encroachments,  easements, rights-of-way,  covenants,
conditions,  restrictions,  leases and other title  exceptions and  encumbrances
affecting Property.  For the purpose of the Agreement,  Borrower shall be deemed
to be the owner of any  Property  which it has  acquired  or holds  subject to a
conditional sale agreement or other  arrangement  pursuant to which title to the
Property  has been  retained  by or vested in some  other  Person  for  security
purposes.

      Loan  Account  - the loan  account  established  on the  books  of  Lender
pursuant to Section 3.6 of the Agreement.

      Loan  Documents - the Agreement,  the Other  Agreements and the Security
Documents.

      Loans - all loans and advances of any kind made by Lender  pursuant to the
Agreement.

      Money Borrowed - means (i) Indebtedness  arising from the lending of money
by any Person to a Borrower; (ii) Indebtedness,  whether or not in any such case
arising  from the  lending  by any Person of money to a  Borrower,  (A) which is
represented  by notes payable or drafts  accepted  that  evidence  extensions of
credit, (B) which constitutes obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures,  notes
or similar instruments,  or (C) upon which interest charges are customarily paid
(other than  accounts  payable) or that was issued or assumed as full or partial
payment for Property;  (iii)  Indebtedness  that constitutes a Capitalized Lease
Obligation;  (iv) reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or
guaranties  of letters of credit and (v)  Indebtedness  of a Borrower  under any
guaranty of obligations  that would  constitute  Indebtedness for Money Borrowed
under clauses (i) through (iii) hereof, if owed directly by a Borrower.

      Multiemployer  Plan - has the meaning set forth in Section 4001(a)(3) of
      -------------------
ERISA.

      Obligations  - all  Loans  and all  other  advances,  debts,  liabilities,
obligations,  covenants and duties,  together with all interest,  fees and other
charges thereon,  owing,  arising,  due or payable from any and all Borrowers to
Lender of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not evidenced by any
note,  guaranty or other instrument,  whether arising under the Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents or otherwise  whether direct or indirect  (including
those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, primary or secondary, due
or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and however acquired.

      Original Term - as defined in Section 4.1 of the Agreement.

      Other  Agreements  - any and all  agreements,  instruments  and  documents
(other  than the  Agreement  and the  Security  Documents),  heretofore,  now or
hereafter  executed by Borrower,  any  Subsidiary of Borrower or any other third
party and delivered to Lender in respect of the transactions contemplated by the
Agreement.

      Overadvance  - the  amount,  if any,  by which the  outstanding  principal
amount of Revolving Credit Loans plus the LC Amount exceeds the Borrowing Base.

      Permitted Liens - any Lien of a kind specified in subsection  8.2.5 of the
Agreement.

      Permitted  Purchase Money  Indebtedness - Purchase Money  Indebtedness  of
Borrowers  incurred  after the date hereof which is secured by a Purchase  Money
Lien and which,  when  aggregated  with the  principal  amount of all other such
Indebtedness  and  Capitalized  Lease  Obligations  of  Borrowers  at  the  time
outstanding,  does not exceed  $1,800,000.  For the purposes of this definition,
the  principal  amount  of  any  Purchase  Money   Indebtedness   consisting  of
capitalized leases shall be computed as a Capitalized Lease Obligation.

      Person  -  an  individual,  partnership,  corporation,  limited  liability
company,  joint stock company,  land trust,  business trust,  or  unincorporated
organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.
      Plan - an employee benefit plan now or hereafter  maintained for employees
of Borrower that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

      Projections - Borrowers'  forecasted  Consolidated and  consolidating  (a)
balance sheets,  (b) profit and loss statements,  (c) cash flow statements,  and
(d)  capitalization   statements,  all  prepared  on  a  consistent  basis  with
Borrowers' historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting
details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

      Prime Rate - the rate of interest announced or quoted by Bank from time to
time as its prime  rate for  commercial  loans,  whether or not such rate is the
lowest rate charged by Bank to its most preferred borrowers;  and, if such prime
rate for commercial  loans is discontinued  by Bank as a standard,  a comparable
reference  rate  designated by Bank as a substitute  therefor shall be the Prime
Rate.

      Property - any  interest in any kind of property or asset,  whether  real,
personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

      Purchase Documents - the agreements,  documents and instruments relating
to the  acquisitions of Trinity  Electronics,  Inc.,  First Sources,  Inc. and
D.C. Electronics, Inc.

      Purchase Money  Indebtedness - means and includes (i) Indebtedness  (other
than the  Obligations)  for the payment of all or any part of the purchase price
of any fixed assets, (ii) any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) incurred
at the time of or within 10 days prior to or after the  acquisition of any fixed
assets  for the  purpose  of  financing  all or any part of the  purchase  price
thereof, and (iii) any renewals, extensions or refinancings thereof, but not any
increases in the principal amounts thereof outstanding at the time.

      Purchase  Money Lien - a Lien upon fixed  assets  which  secures  Purchase
Money Indebtedness,  but only if such Lien shall at all times be confined solely
to the fixed  assets  the  purchase  price of which  was  financed  through  the
incurrence of the Purchase Money Indebtedness secured by such Lien.

      Release  shall  mean  any  release,  spill,  emission,  leaking,  pumping,
injection, deposit, disposal,  discharge,  dispersal, leaching or migration into
the indoor or outdoor environment,  including,  without limitation, the movement
of Hazardous  Materials through ambient air, soil, surface water,  ground water,
wetlands, land or subsurface strata.

      Rentals - as defined in subsection 8.2.12 of the Agreement.

      Renewal Terms - as defined in Section 4.1 of the Agreement.

      Reportable  Event - any of the events  set forth in  Section  4043(b) of
      -----------------
ERISA.

      Restricted  Investment  - any  investment  made in cash or by  delivery of
Property to any Person,  whether by acquisition of stock,  Indebtedness or other
obligation  or  Security,  or by  loan,  advance  or  capital  contribution,  or
otherwise, or in any Property except the following:

                         investments in one or more Subsidiaries of Borrowers
         to the extent existing on the Closing Date;

                         Property to be used in the ordinary course of
         business;

                         Current  Assets  arising  from the  sale of  goods  and
         services in the  ordinary  course of business  of  Borrowers  and their
         Subsidiaries;

                         investments in direct  obligations of the United States
         of America,  or any agency  thereof or  obligations  guaranteed  by the
         United States of America,  provided that such obligations mature within
         one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

                         investments in certificates of deposit  maturing within
         one year from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or trust company
         organized  under the laws of the  United  States  or any state  thereof
         having  capital  surplus and  undivided  profits  aggregating  at least
         $100,000,000; and

                         investments  in  commercial  paper  given  the  highest
         rating by a national  credit  rating  agency and maturing not more than
         270 days from the date of creation thereof.

      Revolving  Credit  Loan - a Loan made by Lender as  provided  in Section
      -----------------------
2.1 of the Agreement.

      Schedule of Accounts - as defined in subsection 6.4.1 of the Agreement.

      Security  -  shall  have  the  same  meaning  as in  Section  2(1)  of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

      Security  Documents - the Pledge and Security  Agreement,  Patent Security
Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement and all other instruments and agreements
now or at any time hereafter securing the whole or any part of the Obligations.

      Solvent - as to any  Person,  such  Person  (i) owns  Property  whose fair
saleable  value is greater than the amount  required to pay all of such Person's
Indebtedness  (including  contingent  debts),  (ii)  is  able  to pay all of its
Indebtedness as such  Indebtedness  matures and (iii) has capital  sufficient to
carry on its business and  transactions  and all  business and  transactions  in
which it is about to engage.

      Subordinated  Debt - Indebtedness  of Borrower that is subordinated to the
Obligations in a manner satisfactory to Lender.

      Subordination  Agreement - a Subordination Agreement to entered into among
Borrower,  Lender and the  holders of  Subordinated  Debt in form and  substance
satisfactory to Lender.

      Subsidiary  -  any  corporation  of  which  a  Person  owns,  directly  or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, more than 50% of the Voting Stock
at the time of determination.

      Term Loan - A - the loan described in Section 1.2.1 of the Agreement.

      Term Loan - B - the Loan described in subsection 1.2.2 of the Agreement.

      Term Notes- the Secured  Promissory Notes to be executed by Borrower on or
about the  Closing  Date in favor of Lender to evidence  the Term  Loans,  which
shall be in the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2 to the Agreement.

      Total Credit Facility - $25,000,000.

      Voting Stock -  Securities  of any class or classes of a  corporation  the
holders of which are ordinarily,  in the absence of  contingencies,  entitled to
elect a majority  of the  corporate  directors  (or Persons  performing  similar
functions).

      Working  Capital  -  at  any  date  means  Current  Assets  minus  Current
Liabilities.

      Other Terms.  All other terms  contained in the Agreement shall have, when
the context so  indicates,  the meanings  provided for by the Code to the extent
the same are used or defined therein.

      Certain  Matters  of  Construction.   The  terms  "herein",  "hereof"  and
"hereunder"  and other words of similar import refer to the Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular  section,  paragraph or subdivision.  Any pronoun used
shall be deemed to cover all genders.  The section titles, table of contents and
list of exhibits appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the
interpretation  of  the  Agreement.  All  references  to  statutes  and  related
regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor  statutes and
regulations.  All references to any of the Loan Documents  shall include any and
all modifications thereto and any and all extensions or renewals thereof.



<PAGE>



                                LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A-1     Term Note - A
Exhibit A-2     Term Note - B
Exhibit A-2     Equipment Note
Exhibit B       Borrower's and each Subsidiary's Business Locations
Exhibit C       Jurisdictions in which Borrower and each Subsidiary is
                Authorized to do Business
Exhibit D       Capital Structure of Borrower
Exhibit E       Corporate Names
Exhibit F       Tax Identification Numbers of Subsidiaries
Exhibit G       Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Licenses
Exhibit H       Contracts Restricting Borrower's Right to Incur Debts
Exhibit I       Litigation
Exhibit J       Capitalized Leases
Exhibit K       Operating Leases
Exhibit L       Pension Plans
Exhibit M       Labor Contracts
Exhibit N       Compliance Certificate
Exhibit O       Permitted Liens
Exhibit P       Environmental
Exhibit Q       Broker's Fee
Exhibit R       Options



<PAGE>


                                       A-3
                            SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE-A
$4,700,000.00
March 2, 1998
                                                      Glastonbury, Connecticut

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned (hereinafter collectively, the
"Borrowers"), hereby jointly and severally promises to pay to the order of FLEET
CAPITAL CORPORATION,  a Rhode Island corporation (hereinafter "Lender"), in such
coin or currency of the United  States which shall be legal tender in payment of
all debts and dues,  public and private,  at the time of payment,  the principal
sum of  $4,700,000.00,  together with interest from and after the date hereof on
the unpaid principal  balance  outstanding at a variable rate per annum equal to
 .50% above the Prime Rate.

      This Secured  Promissory  Note (the "Note") is the Term Note-A referred to
in, and is issued pursuant to, that certain Loan and Security  Agreement between
Borrowers and Lender dated the date hereof (hereinafter, as amended from time to
time, the "Loan Agreement"), and is entitled to all of the benefits and security
of the Loan  Agreement.  All of the terms,  covenants and conditions of the Loan
Agreement and the Security Documents are hereby made a part of this Note and are
deemed  incorporated  herein in full. All capitalized terms used herein,  unless
otherwise specifically defined in this Note, shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in the Loan Agreement.

      The rate of interest in effect  hereunder shall increase or decrease by an
amount equal to any increase or decrease in the Prime Rate,  effective as of the
opening of business  on the date that any such change in the Prime Rate  occurs.
Interest  shall be  computed  in the  manner  provided  in Section 2 of the Loan
Agreement.  The interest  rate margin of .50% above the Prime Rate is subject to
reduction in the manner  provided in Section  2.1.4 of the Loan  Agreement  and,
under the circumstances set forth in Section 2.1.5 of the Loan Agreement all, or
a portion,  of the outstanding  principal  amount of this Note may bear interest
based upon the LIBOR Rate.

      For so long as no Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  the  principal
amount and  accrued  interest of this Note shall be due and payable on the dates
and in the manner hereinafter set forth:

                         Interest shall be due and payable monthly, in
arrears,  on the first  day of each  month,  commencing  on April 1,  1998,  and
continuing  until such time as the full  principal  balance,  together  with all
other amounts owing hereunder, shall have been paid in full;

                         Principal shall be due and payable monthly
commencing  on April 1,  1998,  and  continuing  on the first day of each  month
thereafter  to and including the first day of March,  2003, in  installments  of
$55,952.38 each; and

                         The entire remaining principal amount then
outstanding, together with any and all other amounts due hereunder, shall be due
and payable on March 2, 2003.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the entire unpaid principal balance and accrued
interest on this Note shall be due and payable  immediately upon any termination
of the Loan Agreement pursuant to Section 4 thereof.

      This Note shall be subject to mandatory  prepayment in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.3 of the Loan  Agreement.  Borrowers may also  terminate
the Loan Agreement and, in connection with such termination, prepay this Note in
the manner provided in Section 4 of the Loan Agreement.

      Upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default,  Lender shall have all of the
rights and remedies set forth in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement.

      Borrowers  shall pay a late  payment  fee equal to 5% of the amount of any
installment  of principal  or interest,  or both,  required  hereunder  which is
received by Lender more than 10 days after the due date thereof.

      Time is of the essence of this Note.  To the fullest  extent  permitted by
applicable  law,  Borrowers,  for  themselves  and their legal  representatives,
successors and assigns, expressly waives presentment, demand, protest, notice of
dishonor,  notice  of  non-payment,  notice  of  maturity,  notice  of  protest,
presentment for the purpose of accelerating  maturity,  diligence in collection,
and the benefit of any exemption or insolvency laws.

      Wherever  possible,  each  provision of this Note shall be  interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such
provision  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition or invalidity
without  invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of
this  Note.  No delay or failure  on the part of Lender in the  exercise  of any
right  or  remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a  waiver  thereof,  nor  as an
acquiescence in any default,  nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender
of any right or  remedy  preclude  any other  right or  remedy.  Lender,  at its
option, may enforce its rights against any collateral securing this Note without
enforcing  its rights  against  Borrowers,  any  guarantor  of the  indebtedness
evidenced  hereby or any other property or indebtedness  due or to become due to
Borrowers.  Borrowers  agree that,  without  releasing or  impairing  Borrower's
liability hereunder,  Lender may at any time release,  surrender,  substitute or
exchange any collateral securing this Note and may at any time release any party
primarily or secondarily liable for the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

      This Note shall be governed by, and  construed  and enforced in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Connecticut.

      EACH BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES RIGHTS AS IT MAY HAVE TO NOTICE AND/OR HEARING
UNDER ANY  APPLICABLE  FEDERAL  OR STATE  LAWS  INCLUDING,  WITHOUT  LIMITATION,
CONNECTICUT GENERAL STATUTES SECTION 52-278A, ET SEQ. AS AMENDED,  PERTAINING TO
THE EXERCISE BY LENDER OF SUCH RIGHTS AS THE LENDER MAY HAVE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE RIGHT TO SEEK PREJUDGEMENT  REMEDIES AND/OR DEPRIVE BORROWERS OF
OR AFFECT THE USE OF OR POSSESSION OR ENJOYMENT OF ANY BORROWER'S PROPERTY PRIOR
TO THE RENDITION OF A FINAL JUDGMENT AGAINST ANY BORROWER. EACH BORROWER FURTHER
WAIVES  ANY  RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO  REQUIRE  LENDER  TO  PROVIDE  A BOND OR OTHER
SECURITY AS A  PRECONDITION  TO OR IN  CONNECTION  WITH ANY  PREJUDGMENT  REMEDY
SOUGHT BY AGENT AND  LENDER,  AND WAIVE ANY  OBJECTION  TO THE  ISSUANCE OF SUCH
PREJUDGMENT  REMEDY BASED ON ANY OFFSETS,  CLAIMS,  DEFENSES OR COUNTERCLAIMS TO
ANY ACTION BROUGHT BY ANY LENDER. EACH BORROWER HEREBY REPRESENTS, COVENANTS AND
AGREES THAT THE PROCEEDS OF THE LOANS  EVIDENCED BY THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE USED
FOR GENERAL  COMMERCIAL  PURPOSES AND THAT SUCH LOANS  CONSTITUTE A  "COMMERCIAL
TRANSACTION" AS DEFINED BY THE STATUTES OF THE STATE OF CONNECTICUT.

      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Borrowers  have caused this Note to be duly executed
and delivered for acceptance by Lender in  Glastonbury,  Connecticut on the date
first above written.

ATTEST:                              TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                     a Delaware corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              TOUCHE MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              TOUCHE ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              ENTERPRISE INDUSTRIES, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                                 TRINITY ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                        a California corporation ("Borrower")

                                        By_____________________________________
______________________________          Name_________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary           Title _________________________________


<PAGE>


                                       B-3

                            SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE-B
$2,000,000.00                                                    March 2, 1998
                                                      Glastonbury, Connecticut

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned (hereinafter collectively, the
"Borrowers"), hereby jointly and severally promises to pay to the order of FLEET
CAPITAL CORPORATION,  a Rhode Island corporation (hereinafter "Lender"), in such
coin or currency of the United  States which shall be legal tender in payment of
all debts and dues,  public and private,  at the time of payment,  the principal
sum of  $2,000,000.00,  together with interest from and after the date hereof on
the unpaid principal  balance  outstanding at a variable rate per annum equal to
1.50% above the Prime Rate.

      This Secured  Promissory  Note (the "Note") is the Term Note-B referred to
in, and is issued pursuant to, that certain Loan and Security  Agreement between
Borrowers and Lender dated the date hereof (hereinafter, as amended from time to
time, the "Loan Agreement"), and is entitled to all of the benefits and security
of the Loan  Agreement.  All of the terms,  covenants and conditions of the Loan
Agreement and the Security Documents are hereby made a part of this Note and are
deemed  incorporated  herein in full. All capitalized terms used herein,  unless
otherwise specifically defined in this Note, shall have the meanings ascribed to
them in the Loan  Agreement.  The interest  rate margin of 1.50% above the Prime
Rate is subject to reduction in the manner provided in Section 2.1.4 of the Loan
Agreement  and, under the  circumstances  set forth in Section 2.1.5 of the Loan
Agreement all, or a portion,  of the outstanding  principal  amount of this Note
may bear interest based upon the LIBOR Rate.

      The rate of interest in effect  hereunder shall increase or decrease by an
amount equal to any increase or decrease in the Prime Rate,  effective as of the
opening of business  on the date that any such change in the Prime Rate  occurs.
Interest  shall be  computed  in the  manner  provided  in Section 2 of the Loan
Agreement.

      For so long as no Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  the  principal
amount and  accrued  interest of this Note shall be due and payable on the dates
and in the manner hereinafter set forth:

                         Interest shall be due and payable monthly, in
arrears,  on the first  day of each  month,  commencing  on April 1,  1998,  and
continuing  until such time as the full  principal  balance,  together  with all
other amounts owing hereunder, shall have been paid in full;

                         Principal shall be due and payable monthly
commencing  on April 1,  1998,  and  continuing  on the first day of each  month
thereafter  to and including the first day of March,  2003, in  installments  of
$33,333.33 each; and

                         The entire remaining principal amount then
outstanding, together with any and all other amounts due hereunder, shall be due
and payable on March 2, 2003 .

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the entire unpaid principal balance and accrued
interest on this Note shall be due and payable  immediately upon any termination
of the Loan Agreement pursuant to Section 4 thereof.

      This Note shall be subject to mandatory  prepayment in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.3 of the Loan  Agreement.  Borrowers may also  terminate
the Loan Agreement and, in connection with such termination, prepay this Note in
the manner provided in Section 4 of the Loan Agreement.

      Upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default,  Lender shall have all of the
rights and remedies set forth in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement.

      Borrowers  shall pay a late  payment  fee equal to 5% of the amount of any
installment  of principal  or interest,  or both,  required  hereunder  which is
received by Lender more than 10 days after the due date thereof.

      Time is of the essence of this Note.  To the fullest  extent  permitted by
applicable  law,  Borrowers,  for  themselves  and their legal  representatives,
successors and assigns, expressly waives presentment, demand, protest, notice of
dishonor,  notice  of  non-payment,  notice  of  maturity,  notice  of  protest,
presentment for the purpose of accelerating  maturity,  diligence in collection,
and the benefit of any exemption or insolvency laws.

      Wherever  possible,  each  provision of this Note shall be  interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such
provision  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition or invalidity
without  invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of
this  Note.  No delay or failure  on the part of Lender in the  exercise  of any
right  or  remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a  waiver  thereof,  nor  as an
acquiescence in any default,  nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender
of any right or  remedy  preclude  any other  right or  remedy.  Lender,  at its
option, may enforce its rights against any collateral securing this Note without
enforcing  its rights  against  Borrowers,  any  guarantor  of the  indebtedness
evidenced  hereby or any other property or indebtedness  due or to become due to
Borrowers.  Borrowers  agrees that,  without  releasing or impairing  Borrowers'
liability hereunder,  Lender may at any time release,  surrender,  substitute or
exchange any collateral securing this Note and may at any time release any party
primarily or secondarily liable for the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

      This Note shall be governed by, and  construed  and enforced in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Connecticut.



<PAGE>


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and
delivered for acceptance by Lender in Glastonbury, Connecticut on the date first
above written.

ATTEST:                              TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                     a Delaware corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              TOUCHE MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              TOUCHE ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              ENTERPRISE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              TRINITY ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


<PAGE>


                                       A-3
                             SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE
$4,000,000.00                                                    March 2, 1998
                                                      Glastonbury, Connecticut

      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned (hereinafter  collectively the
"Borrowers"), hereby jointly and severally promises to pay to the order of FLEET
CAPITAL CORPORATION,  a Rhode Island corporation (hereinafter "Lender"), in such
coin or currency of the United  States which shall be legal tender in payment of
all debts and dues,  public and private,  at the time of payment,  the principal
sum of  $4,000,000.00  or such  amount as may be  advanced  from time to time to
Borrowers as Equipment Loans under the Loan Agreement (as hereinafter  defined),
together with  interest  from and after the date hereof on the unpaid  principal
balance  outstanding  at a variable rate per annum equal to .50% above the Prime
Rate.

      This Secured  Promissory  Note (the "Note") is the Equipment Note referred
to in, and is issued  pursuant  to, that  certain  Loan and  Security  Agreement
between Borrowers and Lender dated the date hereof (hereinafter, as amended from
time to time, the "Loan Agreement"),  and is entitled to all of the benefits and
security of the Loan  Agreement.  All of the terms,  covenants and conditions of
the Loan  Agreement  and the Security  Documents  are hereby made a part of this
Note and are deemed  incorporated  herein in full.  All  capitalized  terms used
herein,  unless  otherwise  specifically  defined in this  Note,  shall have the
meanings  ascribed to them in the Loan  Agreement.  The interest  rate margin of
 .50%  above the Prime Rate is subject to  reduction  in the manner  provided  in
Section 2.1.4 of the Loan Agreement and,  under the  circumstances  set forth in
Section  2.1.5 of the Loan  Agreement  all,  or a  portion,  of the  outstanding
principal amount of this Note may bear interest based upon the LIBOR Rate.

      The rate of interest in effect  hereunder shall increase or decrease by an
amount equal to any increase or decrease in the Prime Rate,  effective as of the
opening of business  on the date that any such change in the Prime Rate  occurs.
Interest  shall be  computed  in the  manner  provided  in Section 2 of the Loan
Agreement.

      For so long as no Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  the  principal
amount and  accrued  interest of this Note shall be due and payable on the dates
and in the manner hereinafter set forth:

                         Interest shall be due and payable monthly, in
arrears,  on the first  day of each  month,  commencing  on April 1,  1998,  and
continuing  until such time as the full  principal  balance,  together  with all
other amounts owing hereunder, shall have been paid in full;

                         Principal shall be due and payable monthly
commencing  on April 1,  1998,  and  continuing  on the first day of each  month
thereafter to and including the first day of March,  2003, in installments equal
to 1/84th of the aggregate amount theretofore advanced to Borrowers as Equipment
Leases; and

                         The entire remaining principal amount then
outstanding, together with any and all other amounts due hereunder, shall be due
and payable on March 2, 2003.

Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the entire unpaid principal balance and accrued
interest on this Note shall be due and payable  immediately upon any termination
of the Loan Agreement pursuant to Section 4 thereof.

      This Note shall be subject to mandatory  prepayment in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.3 of the Loan  Agreement.  Borrowers may also  terminate
the Loan Agreement and, in connection with such termination, prepay this Note in
the manner provided in Section 4 of the Loan Agreement.

      Upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default,  Lender shall have all of the
rights and remedies set forth in Section 10 of the Loan Agreement.

      Borrowers  shall pay a late  payment  fee equal to 5% of the amount of any
installment  of principal  or interest,  or both,  required  hereunder  which is
received by Lender more than 10 days after the due date thereof.

      Time is of the essence of this Note.  To the fullest  extent  permitted by
applicable  law,  Borrowers,  for  themselves  and their legal  representatives,
successors and assigns, expressly waives presentment, demand, protest, notice of
dishonor,  notice  of  non-payment,  notice  of  maturity,  notice  of  protest,
presentment for the purpose of accelerating  maturity,  diligence in collection,
and the benefit of any exemption or insolvency laws.

      Wherever  possible,  each  provision of this Note shall be  interpreted in
such  manner as to be  effective  and valid  under  applicable  law,  but if any
provision of this Note shall be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such
provision  shall be ineffective to the extent of such  prohibition or invalidity
without  invalidating the remainder of such provision or remaining provisions of
this  Note.  No delay or failure  on the part of Lender in the  exercise  of any
right  or  remedy  hereunder  shall  operate  as a  waiver  thereof,  nor  as an
acquiescence in any default,  nor shall any single or partial exercise by Lender
of any right or  remedy  preclude  any other  right or  remedy.  Lender,  at its
option, may enforce its rights against any collateral securing this Note without
enforcing  its rights  against  Borrowers,  any  guarantor  of the  indebtedness
evidenced  hereby or any other property or indebtedness  due or to become due to
Borrowers.  Borrowers  agree that,  without  releasing or  impairing  Borrower's
liability hereunder,  Lender may at any time release,  surrender,  substitute or
exchange any collateral securing this Note and may at any time release any party
primarily or secondarily liable for the indebtedness evidenced by this Note.

      This Note shall be governed by, and  construed  and enforced in accordance
with, the laws of the State of Connecticut.



<PAGE>


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and
delivered  and  accepted  in  Glastonbury,  Connecticut  on the date first above
written.

ATTEST:                              TMCI ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                     a Delaware corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              TOUCHE MANUFACTURING COMPANY, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              TOUCHE ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              ENTERPRISE INDUSTRIES, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

______________________________       By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________


ATTEST:                              TRINITY ELECTRONICS, INC.,
                                     a California corporation ("Borrower")

                                     By________________________________________
Secretary/Assistant Secretary        Title_____________________________________





<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the 
consolidated balance sheet and the consolidated statement of operations and is 
qualified in its entirety by reference to such statements.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              Dec-31-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   Dec-31-1997
<CASH>                                         312,682
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  3,950,341
<ALLOWANCES>                                   0
<INVENTORY>                                    9,721,050
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               14,389,729
<PP&E>                                         6,583,260
<DEPRECIATION>                                 0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 28,743,146
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          11,275,942
<BONDS>                                        0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       4,057
<OTHER-SE>                                     13,295,090
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   28,743,146
<SALES>                                        38,946,666
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               38,946,666
<CGS>                                          28,756,048
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  8,138,114
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               (367,822)
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             598,376
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                1,821,950
<INCOME-TAX>                                   685,764
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            1,136,186
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   1,136,186
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  0.31
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  0.28
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission